'l l1 ! t I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I 211.2,4 Acid Soluble Matedal (Fide Agqresate) When tested as described in BS 812 : Pad 119 theJine aggregate (naterial oui.ino a s mm sievecomplying with Bs 410) shallcortain not more than 25% bt massof acid soluble material eitherin thefractlon relarned on or rn the frac'tion passing, a 600 $ m sieve. Water The wate. shall be. of drinking quarityor in accordance with the recommendations of appendix A of BS 3148 : 1980 ADMDfflJRES AND ?IGMENTS Proprietary accelerating, rbtarding and waier reducing agentsshall comply withBS 5075 : Pad l. Pigments shallco.nply wilhBS 1014. Calcium chloride shall comply with BS 3587 FINISHES The flnish should be agredd belween the manuiacturer andthe Engineer' concrere descnbed as'natu|al coloui shallcontain no pigment ln comoosite paving blocksthe sudacelayershall be formedas an integral oan & ife utoct ano st'allbe not lesstnan5 mm thick' BINDERCONTENT The cement content of the compacted corcreteshall be. not less than 380 tolm'. ior equiv"tent aurability' pav:ng blocks made with-binder constituents iin"ii""" ".i*r\, portland c;11ent shallhavea higher binder-content than ""uino lfo"r.. mide in a similarway using only Po4la'1d Cement The Lnqinierwill decioe the add;tional binder content The compressrve srengln lesiwitt Ue ttreontv guide lo the amount of additional binder needed SIZES AN'D TOLERANCIS Sizcs . Pavinqblocks shall have a wor( size thickness of not less than 60 nm' i"o"-"n tro"i" "ftaff oe rectangura'w:th a works:ze length of 200-mm and.a work size width of 100mn].Type'Sb ocksshall be of any snaPe lnlng.wurn a 295 mm square coordinatirg spaceand shallhave a worK slze wlom nol . less than 80 mm. The preierred worksize thicknesses are60 mm' 65 mm, 80 rirm& 100mm' A chamfer atound th€ wea ng suriace with a worksize not exceeding 7 mn1 in width or dePth shall be permittedr AIIarises s'albe o'utiformshape 2r7.1-6 217.2.7 217.2,7.1
Transcript
'll1
!
tIIIII
IIIII
It
IIIII
211.2,4
Acid Soluble Matedal (Fide Agqresate)
When tested as described in BS 812 : Pad 1 19 the Jine aggregate (naterial
oui.ino a s mm sieve complying with Bs 410) shall cortain not more than
25% bt mass of acid soluble material either in the fractlon relarned on or rn
the frac'tion passing, a 600 $ m sieve.
Water
The wate. shall be. of drinking quarity or in accordance with the
recommendations of appendix A of BS 3148 : 1980
ADMDfflJRES AND ?IGMENTS
Proprietary accelerating, rbtarding and waier reducing agents shall complywith BS 5075 : Pad l.
Pigments shallco.nply wilh BS 1014.
Calcium chloride shall comply with BS 3587
FINISHES
The flnish should be agredd belween the manuiacturer and the Engineer'
concrere descnbed as'natu|al coloui shallcontain no pigment
ln comoosite paving blocks the sudace layer shall be formed as an integral
oan & ife utoct ano st'all be not less tnan 5 mm thick'
BINDER CONTENT
The cement content of the compacted corcrete shall be. not less than 380
tolm'. ior equiv"tent aurability' pav:ng blocks made with-binder constituents
iin"ii""" ".i*r\,
portland c;11ent shall have a higher binder-content than
""uino lfo"r.. mide in a similar way using only Po4la'1d Cement The
Lnqinierwill decioe the add;tional binder content The compressrve srengln
lesiwitt Ue ttre ontv guide lo the amount of additional binder needed
SIZES AN'D TOLERANCIS
Sizcs
. Pavinq blocks shall have a wor( size thickness of not less than 60 nm'
i"o"-"n tro"i" "ftaff
oe rectangura'w:th a work s:ze length of 200-mm and.a
work size width of 100 mn]. Type'S b ocks shall be of any snaPe lnlng.wurn
a 295 mm square coordinatirg space and shall have a worK slze wlom nol. less than 80 mm.
The preierred work size thicknesses are 60 mm' 65 mm, 80 rirm & 100 mm'
A chamfer atound th€ wea ng suriace with a work size not exceeding 7 mn1
in width or dePth shall be permittedr
AIIarises s'albe o'uti form shape
2r7.1-6
217.2.7
217.2,7.1
211,2.7-2
ItII
rY
Tol€rances
The maximum dlmensional devjations from the stated work sizes for pavingblocks sl^all be as follolvs:
2mfi
gmm
lengthwidthlhickness
Where a paving block inbludes profiled sides, the profile shall not devlatefrcm the manufact!rc/s specmcatjoh by more than 2 mm.
COM?RESSIVE STRINGTE
The corrpressive skength of paving blocks shall be not less than l9 N/mrn'zand tqe crushlng strenglh of any individual block shall be not less than 40N/mm'.
SAM}LINC
The following sampling procedure stiall be used for the compressivestrength test.
a) Before lalng pavrng blocks, o vlde eacl' desrgnated section, compris:ng. not.moie.lhan 5000 blocks, in a.consignment into elghl app.oxirnately
equalgroups, Clearly mark al lsamples ai thol ime ofsarnpling in such away that the designated section or part thereof and the consigninentrepresenled by lhq sample are clearly defined. Take lwo (2).blocks fromeach groJp.
b) Dispatch the sa'nple to the test laboratory, t;king precaufons to.avoiddamage to the paving blocks jn tfansit. Each sampte shalJ be.accompanied by a ce4iiicate fom the persor responsible for ta(ng thesample, stating that sampling was caried out in.accofdance wjth thisPa4 of BS 6717.
c) Protect the paviog b'ocks from damage and contamnatior u,ltil theyhave beed tested. Cany or,,t any tests as soon as possible after thesamole has been taken,
MARKDIG
The foUowilg particulars relating to paving btocks made in accordance wrthlhis standad shall be indicated clearly on the delivery note invoice,manL.facture/s or supplie/s certificate or bfochure suptljed wjth theconsjgnment o' blocks:
a) The narlle, trade nark or oiher means of identificadon of theranulacturer.
b) The number and date of this British Standard, i.e. BS 67j7 j pa.t 1 :19€6'; or latest rev's.on.
I!
I217,2.4
2t7.2.L0
II
tsl
,t
.t:lII
H
tIIII
2t7.3.1
a)b)c)
CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
Levhe the Coocr€te BIocks
The totalarea to be covered with p€ving block shall be prepared byi
MEASi]REMENT AND PAYMENT
Compaction of subgradeLaying of subbase in a thickness specilledLaying of crushed aggregate base of lean concrete in thickness as per
Tolerance of these layers shalt be as per appl:cabie requkement of eachltem ot mts soecrTlcat ons
Paymenl fof each of the above itenr shall be made under the reiative iteftt afwofl(,
The total a.ea will thereby be d vide with nylon strings lnto sectofs of natmore than 1.5 square meters..This shall be.done to control the alignment ofpaving blocks and to avoid mlltiplicalion of devjation in sizes bf pavingblocks.
I
III
II
II
IIIt
Mgasurement
The €rea lo be measured shall be bourd by lines shown on the d.awinos oras directed by the Engineer. U,lit of reasure'nenl shall be sqJare ;etelmeasured in horizontal pldne.
Pavmeat
The quality determjned as p.ovided above shall be paid for lhe unit price ofcontraot for each square meter of paving block installed inclilding sandcush:on and sand filJ:ng In jo;nF and alt ofer rirork reJared for in-sfalliropaving blocks. Cost shall incLde al i rabou., materia s ano equ;pment foiproper cofi Pletion of work.
Pay ltemNo.
Description Unit ofMeasurement
217a lnstallaiion ol paving blocks60 m.n thick
217b lnstallation of paving bl6cks80 mm thick
217c Installation of paving blocks100 mm ihick
SM
SNJI
SM
IIII
217 4
it
tI
ItIIt
Fl
IIIII
.*l.l
lffil
SURFACE COURSES
AI\D
PAVEMENT
IIItIIItTIIIIIIII.l
.tIII
IIiE}!l!9
SURFAGE COURSES.AND PAVEMENT
GENERAL .
It
This section describes the requrrements and p.ocedures for execution ofsurface courses and pavenents. The matedals to be used shall conform tospeciications and lesting procedurcs as per American Association of StaieHighway and rransportatioi Ofilcial (AASHTo) oi tne American Societvi.,.Testing snd Mate al (ASTIV) as indicared in their latest editions. Sampt6s otmatedals for laboratory lests and iheit subsequent approvals shall be utiliieJaccording to these references unless otheMise directed by the Engineer.
l\laterials wiich do noi conform to the requirementg of these specifjcationswil be rejected whether 'r place or not. They sha| be removed immeaiaieivfrom the site of tne wo.k at the expense .of con(ractor. Wh:r;subgrade/subbase and_paving ooerarions are in progress, a detoua shall beprovtoeo ror ven cu ar flow iT order to avoid aly public inconvenience aridlho.oughiy be maintained tili completion of th;t particular section ot lhepfoject or as a whoe. In order lo expedite the passage of public trafficlnrolgh or around the work, the contrector shall lflstall road siq1s. warn:nolighrs flares, baricades and otl-er facil:ties for the safety convirience anidkection of public tfafflc. Also where difected by the Engineer, theconkactor snal, furnish conpetent flagmen $hose sole duties shail con;ist oid,recting the movemeat of pJblic kaff,c tnrough or around the work. Thecost offurnishing and installation of such road-slgns, lights, flares bardcadesand other facilities, shall be included in the respective work item. Should theEngineer poini out the inadequacy of warning and protectjve meaaurbs, andrequire additional measures, such action on the part oflhe Engineer shallnot relieve th_e contractof frorn responsibitity for puOtic safety or airogate hisobligation to furnish.and pay forthese services. ,
-
I
IITIITI
300.1
tI
3 0 1 , 1 ASPHALT CEMTNI
Asohalt Cement shall be ai oil asphalt, or a mixture of refined liquid asphatanit refined solid asphalt, prepa.ed from crude asphaltic petroleum ll shallbe free from admixture !,lith any residues obtained by lhe artificial distillationof coal, coal tar, ot paraffin and shall be homogeneous and free tom water'No emulsification shall occur when a lhirty (30) gram sarnple is boiled for two(2) hours with b,vo hundred and fifty (250) cubic centimelers of distilled waterir a.five hundred (5Oo) cubic centimete.s E.lenmeye- fask eau:poed w;th ateflux co'tdenser,
Asphall Ce'nent slall be classiied by penelra on and when tested inaccordance with the slanda-d methods of tests of the AASHTO' the g'ades.ot asohalts sha{l conform to the aequiremenls set forth in Table 301_2 Theoradd of asphalt to be used shall be in accordahce with thes€ specifications;r the special Provisioms olas directed bythe Engineer.
Ei.TVTRONMENIA]. FACTORS
la a'eas where hghly frost susceptible soils and severe low temPeraUreoondltions are encoufltered, it may be necessary to remove and replace soilssusceptible to irost heqve ot lake other precautions pdor to pavenienl
. constructlon. In extremely hot climates, asphall rnlxes should be designed toresist rutting ana maintain stilfness at high temperatufes.
Because asphalt mixtLres a-e influenced by temperaiure. it Is recomme.dedthat different asphalt grades be used vt'nere different tempeEture conditionsprevail. Table below gives recommended asphalt gfades ior varioustemperatute conditjoTs.
SEIf, CTING ASPHALT GRADE
Temperature Cond tro,r Aspha't Grade t
Co d, mear anoLal ak tempe'aiu-e AC-10: 7 deg.ee C (45 degree F) AR4000
' 80 / 100 Pen
wa."1, mean annual ai'ienperature AC-20beh{een 7 deg. C (45 deg.F) AR-8oooand 24 def.C (75 def. F) 60 / 70 Pen.
'Both medium sehing (MS) and llow setting (SS) emulsified asphalls areused in emulsifled asphalt base roixes. They can be either ol two types:cationic (ASTM O 2397 or AASHTO M 208) or anionic (ASTM D977 orMSHTO M 140). Selecting one of the two.shall depends on the type ofagg-egare used for betg afflnilY
I
30 i - i
t;l'tIt
301.3
The g|ade of emulsifled asphalt is selected primarily on the basis of its abilityto satisfactorily coa! the aggregate. This is determined by coating andstabllity test (ASTM D 244, AASHTO T 59). Other factors important in thesele6iion a.e the water availability at the job site, antlcipated weather at.thetime of constauciion, the mixing Process lo be used, and the curjng rate, .
CIJT.BACK ASPEALT
LiqLlid asphalts (cut back) sharl consist of materials corfo.ming to thefollowing classifications. When tested in sccofdance with the slandardmeihods of tests of the AASHTO, the grades of liquid asphaft shall con{ormto tl-e reqJirements specified in the lable 30'-3 and 301-4.
Medium curiag products designated by lelters Mc, shall corsis: of aspnaltcement fluxed or blended wiih a kerosene solvent.
Rapid curing products designated by the letterc RC, shall consist of asphaltcement with a penetratjon oi grade 80-100, fluxed or blended with a naphthasorvent,
EWI,LSIFIID ASPEALT
Asphalt ic emulsions shail be coriposed of a bituminous base Lrniforr lyefiuts fied wth waler and an emu,s'tyjng or stabil:zing agent. They shall beclassified according to us€ a9 Rapid setiing or slow Setiing, and shallconform to the requirernents specifled lnTable 301-5,
The bituminous base used in manufacturing RS-1 type emulsion shall bessphali cement, Grade 120-150 or Grade 200-300, as designated by theEngineer.
The bituminous base used ln manufactuing SS1 iype emulsionpaving asphalt, Grade 60-70 or Grade 120-'150, as designatedElg.neer.
shall bebY the
II
lII
It
IIIII
301.4
IttI
301:2
APPLICATION TEM?URATURES
. TABLE 301-1
Arplic!fi or Teriperatuls R!;Eea oC -r'1"
, .
in'
iE^+.ii:
::'|I
:.i
I
IItII
rl
II
)-l
I
Asphalt Type /crade
Mixing Temp Sp|ayingTempe|atureRoad Mixes
a) Asphalt Cement(All g|ades)
As requked to achieveviscosiiy of 75-150 secs,Sayboli-Furol or as requiGdto achieve a KinematicViscosity ot 150-300cenUstokes.
Resldue fron disiillation at 360 "C (6{iO "F)Vo ume percenkge of sample by diffe'ence
Tests gt. residue flom o:stillatior:
penetratiqn, 1OOg., 5 se9., €t 25 "C (77 "F)
I D"cti l ' ty, 5 cr/n:n. cn (see note 2) .-.. ..
I solubility in Trichloroeihylene percenl. :....
02065
70
120
10q
0.2
140
25X
66
254
0'15
60
120
100
99.0
4.2
500
105587
?54
o45 .
66
800
120
100
s9.0
o.2
1600
80
, 254
TABLf, 301.3 .
ruoumlvEtrts ron urprurvt-cunn*c rrpn "stulrr-rs
r'usr{g-I&!a
2 ,
As an akemate Saybort Furorvicosit i€s may be specil ied as fo' lowng:
crade N4C-70 Furol Viscosity at so"c (122"F) ' ijo to tzo Sec
cfade MC-250 FurolViscosity at 60"C (140'F) - 125 to 250 Sei
Grade Mc-8oo FuiolMscosity at 82'2"c (180"F) - 100 to 200 sec,
l. penetration of residue is mofe thal 200 and;ts duct: l i ty al 25oC (77"F)is less than 100 cm., the nate ar wil be acceptable f its d-ctility at 15 5"C (60"F) is more than 100 cm.
t^r
IIttt
"fIttII
itii1!
E*!,:301-b
II
IIItIlI
IIIIIIttIIt
TABLE 301-4
RXOUTREMXNTS FOR RAPrD-CURTNC TYPE AsPr{$LTs (AASBTO i\,r-81)
No!e: As an alternate, Saybolt Fufolvicosities may be specified as followlng:
crade Rc-7Q FurolViscdsity at so"c (122"F) . 60to 120 Sec.
crade RC-250 FurolVjscosity at 60"c (1409F) - '125 to 250 sec..
crade RC-800. FurolViscosity at 82.2'C (1800F) - 100 to 200 Sec.
RC-70 , RC -i250 .RC - 800
Min. Max Mi!. Max Ii!. .Ma*
10507085
80' 100
99.0
a.2
140
60i8o
65
80
100
99,0 .
120
800
'15
4575
60'100
99.0
4.2
1600
12a
Flasr point Gag. open cup), Degree C ... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinemat:c Viscosty at 60'C (140'F)(See Nolel \ nA^ t i . l ^La<
Oistillalion iest
Oisillate, percentage by volume of total distillaieat 360"c (680"F)-l ronoa /a"roc\
at 225"C (437"r)..,.,...............
Resldue from distillation at 360 oc (680 'F)
Volume percentage of sarnpie by difference.... . .
Tests on residue fro'n distil,ation:
pe re r |a t i on , l oog : 5sec . . a r25oC(77oF) . . . . .
Duc l l l i t y 5 cmh '1 , o l25 "C (77 'F ) cm . . . . . . . . . . . .
gqsffElad;9F€54-4sF=E*9:;EE=EEse.giR'-H€s*5365 ! ! r f D = = ;
i 5 9 : : qqr d 3,8 g g g| .1 = a ; n I
i !5iiati i a i ; ^ . :
, iai jg,gi ! i i :n :
* 4P ;63 & i 6 ' , 3
Ir
N 9 3
n6; t
3 8 ' , 4
o J o J ' . 1
;
N P
i3fiE:i 9 o 6 ' ;
.q .a7; a
l ! r o o ; X
F?GqA€.: Q+€* P = : fi i ; e : €; o o q {
[* x€B?="se
;68
' , ,BSr*
=
tI BITI'MINOUS PRI]\4E COATnEu
III
ItIItIII
302,1 DESCTEIgN
This work shalt conlist of fumishing all plant. labou' equipmenr. mate'ia'and performing all operations io applying a liquid asphalt prime coat od apreviously prepared and unlreated; earth sub grade,. w.lterbound basecourse, cnrshed aggregale base course, tops of rbadway shoulders, and asotherwise shown on the plans in stdct accordance with the specillcation andin conformitywith the lines shown on the drawings.
MATERIA.L REOUIREMENTS
Asphaltic material shall conform to the requkefirents of the item 301 -"Asphaltic Materials", eithe. cutback or Ernulsified Asphalt, which ever isspecified in the Bi,l or Quantlties.
Prime coat shall be applied when the surface to.be lreated is dry; except thatwhet emulsifled asphalt is used, the surface may be reasonably moist. Theappllcation is prohibited when the weather is foggy of rainy, or. when theatmosphedc temperature is below fiffeeh (15) degree c unless othenl/isedirecied by lhe Engineer. Prior to the applicatlon of the prime coat, all loosematedals shall be removed fror,] the surface aod the same shall be cleanedby means of approved mechanica sweepers oi blowerc ' and/or 'har1d
brooms, untillt is €sJree from dusi as is deemnd pfacticable. Notrafflc shallbe permilted on the surface afier il has been prepared to receive thebituminols material. Prior to the application of pdme coat on.bridge decksand concrete pavemenis, the'surfaces shall be cleaned.of all loose materialas described in Section 302.3. All expaosion Joints shall be cleaned andfilled with bituminous material as difected by the Engineer. Areas to beprimed wr]. oe classifled as unde':
(') The top ot eadh surface or wjter bouno base courses fforn apo:nt baenty (20) centineters oritside the edge of the pavementiin" to zo
'"F!-E:Gld-tnJ. tiiii on ttre opposite side bf the
roadway,
(ii) The top of the shoulders from the inter-section of embankrnenislope afd lop of subgrade lo the edge of the pavement line.
(iiD Tl-e E'idge weaing surface fion cu'o to cu'b and end to end oib4dge weaing slrrface
(iv) Other surfaces as showr on the plans or ordefed by theEngineer.
Primed suface shallbe kept undisturbed for at least 24 hours' so thafthebituminous material travels beneaih and leaves the top surface in non"tacky condition. No asphaliic ope.ations shall start on a tacky condition
i02.2
I
30x.3
II
I
III
302-1
III
,l302,3,1
3423.2
Equtomept
The liquid asphaltic matdrial shall be sprayed by means of a pressuredistibltor of not less than '1000 litre capaciiyr mounted on pneumatic tylesof such width and numberthat the load prodlced on the road surlace will noiexceed hundred (100) Kg per cm width of tyrc. lt shall be of recognizedmanufaclurer,
The tank shall have a healing device able to heat a complele charge ofasphalt ic l ;ql id up to one hundred eighty (180) degree C. The heati lgdevice shall be so that overhea '1g w:ll not occur. Consequently, the flamesmusl not touch directly on the castjng of the iank containing lhe asohalticliquid of gases theretrom. The Conkaclor will be respons'ble for any fi€ ofaacident resulling ffom heating of bitumirous maierials. The liquid shall becirculated or stirred during the heaiing. The tank shall be insulated ih such awav that the drop in iernperatLre when lhe tank is flled and rot heated. willbe iess than fwo (2) degree C pbr hour. A ther4loneter shall be fxed to thetank in ader to be able to conlrcl contlnuously the temperature ofthe liquid.The tner.lofieter shall be placed in such a $/ay that the highest t64peratu.ein the tank is measured. The tank shall be furnished with a device thatindicates the contents. The piFes for filli.1g the tank shall be furn:shed v,rithan eas'ly irterchargeable liker.
The distributor shall be able to vary the spray width of the asphaltio liquid insteps ol maxin-urn 10 cm, to a total Wdti of four (4) M. The sp.ayiog barshall have noz?les froan which the liquld Is sprayed fan-shaped on the roadsurface equally distribuied overlhe totalspralng width.
The djstfibutbf 'sh
all have a pump for spraying the liquid driven by a sepa.aiedlotor, or the speed ot the pump shall be synchronized wlth ihe speed.of the :dlslributar. The pump shall be furnished with en.indicator showing lhepedorrnance ln litres pef minute. At the suctioi side the pump shall have atilter easlly exchanireable. A thermometer shall be fixed, which lndicates the .tempefaiure of the liquid immediately beiore it leaves the spraying bar.
The d str'butor shall be furnished wjth a tachometer indiceidlg the speed inmeter per minute, The tachometer shall be vislble ffom the drive/s seat.-Ihe function of the distributo. shall be so €xact that the deviation from thep.escribed quantity to be spread on any square fieterdoes not exceed 10%o'
The diskibJto. shall be eqJipped with a device for hand sprating-bf []i6-bituminous liquid, to cover any irregular area or covering the area imprcperlysprayed.
AElelssilSrEhjgsi4elsi4
Imrned'ately before appiying pr:re coat, the fu l area of sulace io be treatedshall be swept with a powe. brcorn to remove all dirt afd othef objectionablematerial. lirequired by the Engineer, lhe surlace shall be made moist bllnot satlrated. Asphaltic Materials shall be applied at
-
I
IIt
II
I'tII
IIII
302-2
rlr1l.IIt
tIII
lemperature stated in ltem 301 by approved pressure distributors operatedby skilled workmen. The spray nozzles and spray bars shall be adjusted andfrequently checked so as to ensure uniform distribLtion. Sp.ayinq sharlce6se immediately upon any clogging or Inte.ference of any nozzie andremedjal measures taken before spraying is resrmed.
The rate for application bf asphaltic materjal (cui bacuemulsified) sha be asundert
TYPE OF SURFACE
1. subgrade, subbase,Water bound base co' rses,and Crushed stone base course.
2. Bridge, Weafing Surfaces,Concrete Pavement
LITRES PER SOUART MXTER
i[itrimum Ma mum
.1 .75
IIIIl
Itt
0.15 0 .4
Howevel, the exact rate shall be specified by the Engineef deierrnined fromfield trials,
The test methods shall be delemined by the Engineer dnd performed by theContractor in the presence of Engineer.
The prime coat shall be left undisturbed for a period of at least 24 hours, andshall not be opened to traffic uniil it has penetrated and cured suificiently sothat It \iill not be picked up by the wheels of passing vehlcles.
'The
Cont?ctor shall maintain the prine coat unti the next course is aoplect.Care shall be taken that lhe application of bituminous material is not inexcess of the spocmed arnounls; any excess shall be blotted wiih sand ofsirnilar treatment. All are:ls inaccessible to the distrlbutor shall be sDrayed .fnanually using lhe device for hand spraying from the distributor.
The surface oistruclu,es and trees adjacent to ihe area being treated shatlbe protected in such manner as to pfevent their being spatle.ed orma ed. .
Whe€ no convecient detour :s available for lrafi ic, operatioas shalt beconfined to one-hdlf the roadway width at a time. The Contractol shallprovide proper traffic control so that vehicles may proceed without damageto the primed area. Wofk shall not be started on the portion of ihe road nolcovered by previous applicatioo uniil the surface previously covered hasdr'ed and is ready for kaffic.
30?.4
302,4.1
MIASUREMENT AND PAYMEM
M€asurement
The un't of measurement shall be sqJare nete- as actually covered by primecoat in accordanoe with these specificalions. No measuremenl or paymentwill be made for the.areas primed outsida the limits, specified, hefein, shownon the pla.s o. des glated by the Engineer
II
302.4,2
Blotting matsrial v.,rill not be measured for payment and shall be consideredsubs'diary to the Prime coat.
Pavrnent
The p€ynrent for area pdmed measured as stated above, ghall be inade forthe contracl lnit price per SM'whish payment shall be full compensalion forfurnishing all ]abour, material tools, esuipment ehd incidentals and fbrperforming all lhe work involved in applying prime coat, complete in place inaccordarc6 wilh these specificadons:
Pay ltem Descrlpiion Ljnit oiNo, Measut€ment
302 Biluminous Prime Coat,
IltIIItII
"lIIIT
I.n
lI
RII
3424
I
t;I 'rFNI 303 EITUMNOUS TACT( COAT
I
I
Ttttt
tI
303.1
303.2
303.3.r
DISCRIPTION
.The work covered by this section shall consist in furnishing all plant, labour,equipment end applying asphaltic maledal on a previously preparedasphaltic layer, in addition to pedorming all operatlons ln connection with theapplication of a Eituminous tack coat, complele in accordance with thesespeci{icaiions and to the width shown on the typicai c|oss- sections ofapplicable drawings.
VIATERIAL Rf OUIREMENTS
Asphaltic material shall conform to the requirements of item 301, 'AsphalticMaterials" for emulsified asphalt, or cut back asphalt as called for in the Bill
tII
lmmediaiely before applying the tack c6at, all loose mate;ial, dirt or otherobjectionablo maiedal, shall be removed frofit the surface to be keated by
. power brooms and/or blowers, supplernented with hand brooms, as directbdby the Engineer. Ihe tack coal shall be applied only when the sudace is dry,however for emulsmed asphalt, appllcation may be nrade on a.reasonablemoist surfaoe, Application of tack coat shall be avolded In case oftoggy orrainy weather. Prior t0 the appl:cation, ?n inspection of the ptepared surtace
. will be made by the 'Engineer to determlne iis fitness to aecelve theBituminous binde. and no tack coal will be applled untilthe surFace has beenapproved,
Equiometrt
Equipment shall conform in all respect to the provision under ltem 302.3.1and shall be subject to the approval ol the Engineer in addition to therraintenance oF tl"e same in a satisfactory working conditior at all times Ahand power spray altachmeni lo a bitumen pressure distrjbutor or othelcontainer having an independently operaied bitumen pump, pressu.e gauge,thermometer for determining the tempe€ture of lhe asphait tank contentsand a hosq connected to a hand power spray suitable for applying theBituminous tack coat in the amounts specified - allto be such as to meeithe
ofQuantities.
CONSTRUCTION RXOUIREMI NTS
approvalofihe Engineer, shallbe furnished .
Applicatiod of Asohaltic Materiall
Asphaltic mate'ialshall be applied by means of a pressure distribLtof, at tnelemperature staied in ltem 301 forlhe parlicular rnatei:jal being used. Ratesof application of cul back shall be within the runge of 0,2{.4 litr:es pefsquare meter and for e.nu{sifled asphalt the rate shall be wiihin the rage of0.3 - 0.6 litre pef squafe meteri thq exact rate shall be specified by theEnqineer.
IttttI
303-1
. 303.4
303.4.1
Cdre shall be taken that ihe applicaiion o{ asphaltic mate.ial is not in excessof the specified quantity; any excess asphalt shall be blottdd by sand ofsimilar keatment. All areas lnaccessible to the distrihjtor shall be treatedrianually using thd device for hand spiaying fiom the distibutor. Thesurfaces of struotures and trees adjaoent to the areds being treated shall beprotected in such a nianner as to preventtheir being spatlered or mared.
Where no convenient detoui:is available for trafUo, operations shall beconfined to one-half the roadway wjdth at a time. The Contractor shallprovide propef traffic co rol so that vehicles may proceed withoui damageto the treated area. Work shall not be started on the portion of the road notcovered by previoub application until the sudace pfeviously cove€d hasdried and is ready for Paving.
Trafic shall be kept dff he tack coat at all times: The tdck coai shall besprayed orly so far in advarlce olthe surfaoe course as will permjt it to drytoa "iacky" condition. The Coniractor shall maintain the tack coat unti( the nextcourse has been placed. Any area that has becorne fouled, by kaffic orothervdse, shall be cleared by Contractor.at his own cost before the nextcourse ;s applied.
Mf,ASUR.TMENT AND ?AiIMENT ,
Me3suremeqt
The quantitias ot Bituminous Tack Coat shail be measured in sqlare neterforlhe actual area Tacked wlth asphaltic matedal on lhe prepared surface inaccordance with this specificat;on.
.Pald€trt
The payment of bitLminoJs Tack coar. mebsureo as srated above shall bebaid tor at the Contract unit prlce per square meter, whlch payment shall befull compensation for furnishing all labour, materials, tools, equipment andincidentals and for perfolming all the work invoived in spplying.Tack Coatcomplete in place" as shown'on the Drav/ings and in accordance with thesespeiiflcarion.
303.4.2
Pay ltemNo,
D€scripiion tJ nlt olMeasurement
BitumlnousJack coat. st\4
303,2
II
III
ItlII
'tIIIII
:T
tI LTEM 30'l
t
IIII
I
I':t
304.1
BITLUINOUS SURFACE TREATI\,IENT AND SEAL COAT./PA.D COAT
DESCRI}TION
This work shall cdnsist of one or mo.e appllcations of asphaltic maierial aidone oa more covers of aggregates or qn application of asphaltic materiFLwithout aggregates applied in accordance with these specifications and il'lconformit wjth ihe lines and width sbown on the typical cross-sections of asestablished bY the Engineer'
{VTATERIAL REOIJIREMENTS
Aegrestte
Aooreqate shall co.sist of clean, dry, hard, durabe, Iough, angular' soLrnoc;;hel stone or crushed gravel of unifo.m quality' a'1d free from dirt' clayano other objectionable maher. Aggregates from only the soufces ofeslabllshed adhesior paoperties woulo be used The percentage of wea'L:rrthe Los Angeles AbEsion iest (AASHTO T-96) sharl not be more than f\':tyr4o) Aooreqate crushirLq value (ACV) v!4ren tested as per BS-812 (1990)
--liiiii nifexieeo zsy". When sub;ected to five (5) cycles of sooium-sulfate
soundness tesling. as detemined by MSHTO T-104, it shall have a weightlosi ot not greaier than ten (1ol percenl The moistu.e content in theaooreqate applied directly to the surface of the bkuminous material shall notei;eeo tn|.ee (3) perceFt by weight plus ore-hall (1i2) the wEtef absorptionof rhe agg'egite ;t the time of delivery to the Projec't. In no case shall Jree
moislure be drawing from the t'uck bed
The portion of aggr€gate retained on the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) sieve shall notcont;in more ttrln fifteen (15) pe'cent of pan:cles by weight o' flat o'dlonqated or both, that tl"e ratio between tbe maximum and the miniTumdime;sions exceeos 2.51r. Flakiness lndex, tesled undef BS-812 (1990) pa1
105, shall be 25 (r'nax) ior nominal size 18 mm and 12 mm and 30 (max) fornominalsize gmm. .
The nominal sizes ol aggregales useo for sudsce ireatmerl; showl egainst
t 304.3 r"-sr.J*ts*a"*!ryT[SAt the time of the application, the weather shall be warm and dry, and theroad sqrface shall.bd clean and dry. Spraying shall not be done L,njess theroad temperature is above twenty (20) degree C for at least one hour prio. tothe cornmehcemeni of spraying operations, and lhe tempe.ature shall nat beless than t\a€nty (20) degfee C during the spraying. Prior to applying theasphaltic material. dirt and other objectionable Taterials snarl be removedfrom the sudace and surface snall be primed as per item 3O2r lf so directedby the Engineer, the surface shall be cledned by Fower brooming of wifebrush until all loose and foreign matedals ere rernoved,
Eouibm€nt
Equipment shall coriform in ali respects to tl_e provisions under ltem 302.3.1.The €quipment shall be operaled by the manpower specially ttained tor thjswork. Necessary salety arrangemenl lo. the wofkers, equipment and traffjcsl.all be ensured du.irg $e operations.
Prerarrtion ofSurface:
lregularities and surface damage e.g. pot-holes, deprcssioris, raveling, shallbe cofiected prior to surface dressing. The Engin€er shall also satisfyhimseif that fundarilental pavement defecls e.g. base failure, drainageproblems etc. have been remedied before surface dresslng is attempted..Areas, which ar:e excessively rich in bitumen e.g.'bleeding', shall be cut ouland patched. All patches, however, occasioned shall be thoroughlycomoacted, sealed and blinded wilh dusher dust before openjog to lraitjc torsei'er?l days before surface d.essing comrneaces.
lmrned'ately prior to the app|calion of binder all di.i. dust are foreign naterialshall be removed by ihorough brooming and / or.the use of compressed ai..Adhedng mud or other soiling may be removed !sing water and brushes, thegenersl use ofwatefto wash the road shall not be permitled.
+rrrr**ttt-+Asphalt cement, Iqu'd asphart anc e-ulsi ied asphalt shall be applied bym6ans of pressure distributor mafual or automatic at. the temperaturespecilied for the type and grade of. asphajl beitg used. The rdtes ofapplioation shall be within the fanges given in Table 304-1
I
304J.1
30{.3.3
ItIlItIt
304-3 .
The spread of biturninous materials. shall be at least ten (10) cm nore thanihe Wdth to te coverbd by ttre i$(jregate from the spreiding device. Thedistrjbutor shall be moviog forwa.d at proper applicatlon speed at the timethe spray. bar is opened. Any skipp€d.areas or deficiencies shall becorrected in an approved manner. Junctions of Spreads shall be carefullymade to assurc a smooth rlding sirrface. The length of spread of bituminousmaterial shall not.exceed than that which trucks loaded with cover coaimateriaJ can Immed'atey cove.. Under no cj.cLmstances shall operationsproceed in such manner that bituminous material will be allowed to chjll, setup, dry, orotherwise impajr retention ofthe cover coat.
The distributorwhen not spreading shall be so designed that the spray ba. ormechanism will npt drip bituminous materjal on the surtace of the traveledw6y. Disirjbution of the bituminous materlal shall be so regulated andsufficlent bituminous material left in the distdbutor at the end of eachapplication, so thai there wir:be a uniform diltribltion oi bituminor.ls mate.ial.In no case shall the dislributor be allowed to expel air with the bitlminousmaterial therebycausing uneven coverage, The angle of the spray nozzlesand the height of the spray bar shall be so adjusted and trequently checkedthat uniform distdbutlon is ensured. The distribution shrillcease immedialelyupon any clogging or inierference ol any nazzle and correctjve measuEsshall be iaken before distribution is resumed,
Spreadips ofAgqregate
lmmediately after applylng the asphaltic materiat, dry aggregate shail beuniformly and evenly distriblted over lhe Aeated sudace from ah apprcvedmechanical. aggregaie spreader or any other means approved by thdEngineer. The Fuck carrying tl-e aggregate sl-all move backwaid
_as it
spreads same, so as to prcveot the tfes of lhe truck and the mechanlcalaggregale spreader from driving directly on the newly sprayed agphalt..Nopodion of the binder shalJ refnain uncovered for a peiiod in excess oF twehfv(20) minutes after sp.aying.
lmmedialely after spreading of the aggregate, the treated surface shall be.rolled with a setf-propelled pneumatic-Vre rctier having .a minirilum contactpressuae of 2.8 Kg/squafe centimetec, A steel-wheeled roller weighingbetween six {6) to eighl (8) tons rnay be used as a second roller. Rollini:shal contnue only unti l a smootn, horoLgl- ly compacleo suface iaobtained. Procedures of starting, 6topping, or turning of any piece ofequipment which resltlts in displacement oi the cover material br danaoe totfe seal courses be proh;biteo.
Any place vviere bnoef shows on the sudace shall be cove.ed wikladditional aggregate and flrther rolled and broomdragged until an evensu4ace results, and does noi adhere to liheeJs of veh:cles. Overlapgirq tneapplicafions of cove. malerial shall be avoided ald'a sp age snajl beremoved from lhe sudace.
Th€ quaniity of aggregates io be applied shall be within the ranges specmedin Table 304.1.
tI
It
ttt
304;3.4
t
I"lIItIIIII
ffiII
. - (
304-4
trIttIIIII
I
304.3.s
304.3,7
304.t.8
30.{.3.9
!4cEE!3!!!-sl.II3$!
Detouring of highway traflic for.this work on running road will not be providedfor or permitted, except when authodzed by lhe Engineer, All constructionoperations shall be coordinated.to result in the least practicable delay oftraffic. Ore way traftic shall be maintained and traillc speeds restricted tofifteen (15) Km pe. hour. The conlractor shall provide flagmed, warningsiqns, banlcades, and a sufflcient nurber of pilot cars to control ka{cth;ough the biturrinous seaJing operations when so d:rected by the Engineer.pilol cars shall be used to lead the trafficthrough the areas of all distribulionand sealing operalions. Pilot cars shall be light "Pick up" trucks or otherapproved vehicles and shall be equipped with signs reading "PILOT
CAR - DO NOT PASS" in both English and Urdu languages. Two (2) signs'shall be mounted on the vehicles so as to be.clearly visible from bothdirections, One (1) llagman shall be stationed immediaiely ahead of theapplication of the biturninous material and one (1) flagman immediatelybehind the secljon belng rolled, Suitable speed limit signs shall bedisFlayed, and the signs shall move fon^€.d with the flagman as the workprogresses.
No sepa.ate payment shall be made tor conformance to this paragraph. Allthese items being considered subsidiary-to the item (s) given in the Bill of
. Qua-tit 'es.
Workinq P€riod
All work shall be so coFducted that the work of applying asphalt aldaggregate and of all rolling shall be oampleted during the lime lrom sunriseto sunset and under favorable weather condiiions as determined by theEngineer.
Maiotesance of comoleted work
When d'rected by the Engineer, the Contraclor will be requked to addbituminous material or aggregate o. both lo the portion of road idertified forsuch.pufpose on the projecl. Furnishing additional bituminous material andfumishing, spreading, dragging and rolli.g of additional aggregate will not bepaid for sepa|ately b{ will be considered as subsidiary wofk pertaining to theretevant item of "Bit,Jminous Surface Treatment"
ooenini to Trsllic and tfrer-care
There shal' be no detay il" opening a completed surface dressing to tfaffic ata controlled speed..Pdol to opening to trafijc any spillage of aggregates shallbe removed and any binder drips or wind blown contamination shali bedusted with crusher wasle. After 2-3 days undel traffic, excess stone wjll be
. reiroved oY brLsl";nS
Ptd Coa t
To enslre chipping retentibn when surface dressing a very hard surface' apad coat consisting of application ol an initial binder spray followed by 6 mm.;hipping will be -pplied. Aftef stabilizing of pad coat under kafflc' thetppropriate sudace dressing will be applied.
II
II 304-5
30.1.J
30J.J,l
_rlMEASUREMENTANDPAYI}IENT T TIMe'suremen'i
f IlThe quantity of sudace keatrrent to be paid for shall be measured in square .$ - |meter with;n ihe theoretical line in pjace as shown on d|awina. No allowance S I Iwill be given for material placed outside the theoretical limits of finishea $ . f Isurfacing whbther placed for, due to rbqujrement of conkactor's ooeraljons + r I
::::::-,*"
*" 'irniis due to in€dequare coniror,
* | |rl
Tae aggregqte and asphaltic rnateiial measured as stated above shart oe i f Ipa'd lor al.the contfact unit prce.pe. square rrete. for a particular iterf listed ; f Iberow and. shown _0n lhe bi oF quantities, which paymedt sha be flfl *i Icompensation for fumishing all labour, materials, io6ls equioment and il - |incidental for performing all the work in the construction of bituminbus + I Isurface lreatment.or seal coat compleie in place and according to E
-lspecificatior, includirg priming of surface. € |
Pay ttem Description Unit of F I INo. . . l l l leasurement l$ -l
;;;;;;;:";- -*- '$ ll
304 b Doubie sudabe Trearment sM 'Sii
Iso4c Tripte surface Trearment . sM i$
t I I"s -l304 d Seal Coat / Pad Coat :
s ll' '
;rll $rl l, € |
+ ll' ' e l
€ -lEtlff ir l'"d IFlgtl#"1#tl I
304.6 F I
Erl*=t
tl_l
30-{.1.2
IttI!
TABLE 304-1
Ouantities of Materials for Bituminous Surfsce Tr€athents.
tIIttItIIITII
Notes:-
r) Bituminous maierial types are (a) asphalt cement, (b) cut-back or emulsiiledand (c) Asphali cement, cut-bacR and emulsifled.
Quantit ies of bitum,nous maGriaj may be varjed by the Engrneer by 1 1S%depending on siie conditjons.
Prime coat shall be applieo prior to the surface treatrrent for the newlvconstmded pavemeni at the rate as specmed in the item 302.3.2.
Surface Trertm€nt Aggregqre 'Bitumiro$s Material.
T$" Application Size No. Quantiry Kg,. /Sq.M
Quaidty Litres/ Sq.M
TYPE,
Single Single 2(a)
1 .63 (b)
Doublei t rs l 24.A
1.90 (a)
2 .14 (b)
Second 3 12.5(4,)
1 .63 . (b)
Tripple
. t-l€t1.90 (a)
Second1.19 (a)
1.63 (bThird 3 .0.68 (c)
Seai Coat / Pad Coat wiihAggregate
4
305.1
ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING COURSE - PL
DrSCRIPTION
This work shall colsist of furnishing agg'egales and asphdlt binder at acentral mixing plant, io a speclfied rnixing temperatufe, lranspoding,spreading and compacting the mixt!re in an approved manner on primed ortacked base, subbase, slbgrade, brjdge deck or concrete pavement inbccordance wilh these specificatidns and in bonformily wllh the lines, g€desand lypical cross-s€ctions shown in the drawings or as directed by theEngireer,
30s.2 r4"=E3+reas@Y*305.2.1 MineralAggrps|tes
The Aggregates shall consist ol coarse aggregates, fine aggregates andfi,lef material, if required and shall be Clean, ha.d,lough, durable and soundparticles of uniform quality, geology, petrology and free fiem decomposedmaterial, vegetable matter, soil, clay, lumps and othef deletedoussubslances,
Coarse aggregate which Is the material retained on an AASHTO No.4Sieve; shall cqnsist 9f one hundred (100) % crushed rock of crushed gIavelhaving two (2) faces mechanically cfushed. The type of source shail beuniform throughout the quarry location from whe€ such a materjal isobtained. lhe coarse aggregales shallbe free fronf an excess oi flat orlaod
' elorgated Part icles.
Fi;e aggregaie which is the maierjal passing from AASIiTO N;. 4 sieve,shallconsist of 100% crushed materialfrom rock or boulder, Fine Eggregate'shall be stored separately, and no nalural sand \ajll be allowed in the mix.
Whenthe cofibined grading ofthe coarse and fine aggregates is deficient inmaterial passing the AASHTO No. 200 sieve, mineralfiller maleriel shall beadded as approved by the Engineer. lhe filler shall consist of finely dividedmineral natter such as rock dust, hyd.rated lime, hydtaulic, calcined dusl' cemenl gI other suitable mine.a) matter lree irom lumps, balls or otherde'eterious marerial ard snall conform to the following gfadationj
SieYe Designaiion
---!1II' -I
0.600 , No.3o0.300 ; No.500.075 No.200
!i P€riedt Passine I
iI . 100I 95-100i 70-1oo
:edt Passins byW
TII,lItIItIIll
305-1
I
1The coarse and fine aggregates shall meet ihe folloMng requkemedts: l
a) The percent of wear by the Los Angeles Abrasion iest (AASHTO. T 96)shallnot be more than thirly (30).
b) Ihe loss when subjected to five cycles of the Sodium Sulphaie' Soundness iesl (AASHTO T 104) shall be less than blelve i12)percent.
c) The Sand Equivalent (AASHTO T 176) detemined after atlprocessing except foraddition of asphall cement shall not be lessthan d5.
d) All agg-egates shalt have a liquid limit of not more thel twentviive (2t and a Pl€sticity Index of not more than four (4) a;dererrined by MSHTO T-89 and T-90.
'
h)
The portion of aggregates rctained on the 9,5 mm (3/8 inchlsieve shall not contain more than 10 percent by weight of flataod/or elongaled particles (ratio of maximum to minimumdirnension = 2.5:1).
Skipping test shail be pe4orned on crush aggfegates asdescribed under AASHTO-182 and only that material shall beallowed wh:ch -quallfles the test.
The coarce aggregates shall be checked if desired by thoEngineer for cationic and anionic behaviour so that their afiinitywith lhe bitumen to be used is verifieo.
Pevograohic exanination of the coarse aggfdgate shall beconducted If so dkected by the Engineef.
Tf'e percentage.of particles l.aving certa:n proporlrons between thilir larqestand sma lesr dimersions (.e oetlveen the la'gest distance lhe panic'esta.lfill o]Jt between two parallel planes that will permit.ihe particle to pass), shallbe dete-mined in the fol lowing wayl
i. Fatm a sample of co6rce aggtegates, all parlicles passing No. 4
ej
s)
ITIIII
sieve are eliminated. The sample shall be of sufllcient quantitvthat at leasl1Q0 particles remain.
By means of a sliding calipef, the largest and srnallestdimensions, as deflned above, are deiermihed for each particleand its propofiion calculated (with one decimal), .The total weights !f parlicles having the propo.tjons lwo and ahalf (2.5) or less and th.ee (3) or less, are determined and theirpercentage in relation to the total sample are calculated.*i*
Asohallc binder to be mixed wlth the aggregate to proouce aspl.a't ic baseshall be asphali cement penetration gfade 40-50, 60-70 or 80-100 asspecified by ihe Engineet. Generally it will meet the requirement oIAASHIOtv-20.
according to tabie 5,3 MS-2(Asphalt Instiiute - USA ),
tI
-(
II305"3
nfi
:'i
SieYe Deslg!atlon Percetrt Passing by'lV€ighi
lnrd Inch
25 119 31412.5 1129.5 3/84 .76 No .42.38 No. 8
1 .18 No . 160.075 No, 200
'100
90,100
56-70
23-35 .
2-8
10075-9060-8040:602040
3-8
Loss of StabiJity
IIII
!
I
tI
305.2.4
At least one week pdor to production, a Job-l\,4ix Formul6 (JN4F) for theasphaltic wearing course mixture or mixtures to be used for the proiict. strattbe estab{ished jointly by the Engineer and the ContEctor
The J\4F shall be estab{ished by L/arsha lvlefl-od of l\,4ix Desigr accordjnoto the procedLre prcscribed in the Aspaalt lnst:tute [,4anua Series No. i(N4S-2). sinh ed:t ion 1993 of the latest Edit ior.
The JN4c, wit l ' lhe ai lowable tole€nces, shalt be within ̂ e naster ranoespecilied in Tsb(e 305-1. Each JMF shall ind:cate a single percentage"ofaggregate passing each required sieve and a single percentage ot bitu'mento be added ro the aggregates.
The ratjo o'weghr off i l ler (Passing No. 2OO) to that of asphatr shall fanaebehiveen 1 - 1.5 for hot climate areas with terperatJre rore tnan 40 oC..
Afief the JMF ls established, alt mixtures fumished for the protectrepfesented by samples taken from the asphalt plant during operation,. shallconfom thereto wiih the following ranges bftolerancesl
In additiol to meetjng the reouirements specifieq in the precediag i ien-s themixture as established by lhe JMF shall also satisry the followlng physicalpropefly:
Loss or l\larshall Stabil:ty by irnmersioa o. specinen in water at s;xtv (601degree C. for lwenty fou. (2.1) hours as compared with the staoilitv rl]eai(rre;after jr'rmersjon Jn w€ter at sjty (60) deg'ee C. for irenty (20) n:nules shaJlnot exceed tweniy (20) percent. If the mixture.fails to meet this criterion, lheJMF shall be modified or an anti-stripping agentshall be used,
Should a change of sources of materials be made a new.Job [,4ix Formulashall be established before the new material is used. When unsatisfactorvresults or other conditlons make it necessary, a new Job Mix Formula will be
, Asphalt Conteni.
Weighl percent of toial mix !a.3o/a
required.
CONSTRUCTION REOUIREiVIINTS
Construciion requirements for this ltem shallspecified for Asphaltic Concrete Base Courseexcept as modiied in the iollowing sub-iteins.
contoI,a Wth the same asPlant Mix under ltem 203.3,
t
II
105.3.1 ?reoaration oiBase Course Surface
Before spGadjng materials, ihe surface of the previously qonstucted andaccepted base couTse on which the mix ls lo be plaoed shall be conditjonedby appllcation of a tack coat, if directed by the Engineer
Pa.ement Thick!ess and Tolerances
The asphalt conc_ete wearing course sha,l be compacted to the desired leveland cross.slope as shown on the dfawirlg or as dkected by the Engineer.
The tolerances in compacted thickness of the wearing course shall be13mn from the desired thickness shown on the drawings. For determinationof lhickness one (1) co|e per hondred meters of each lane will be taken. lfthe thickness so determined is deficient by more than three (3) mm, but notmore than ten (10) mm, payment will be made at an adjusted price asspecifled in table-1, crause 305.4.2.(2) ofthis specificatjo4.
Ihe saface of the weadng course shail be tesied by the Engineer using a5 meters stGightedge at seiected locations. The va ation af lhe surFaceffom the testing edge.of the straightedge between any two contacts,longitudinal or transverse wjth the Surface shall at no point exceed iive (5)millimeters. The cross tall (camber) shall be with 1 0.2 perceni of thatspecified, and the level at any point shall be within I three (3) mm of thelevel shown on the Drawings. All humps or depaessions exceeding thespecified tole€nce shall be corrected by removing lhe defective work and.replacing it with new materjal, by overlaying, or by other medns s€tisfactoryto the Engineer.
Acceptsnce Sampl i rg a!d Tesi inq
Acceptanc€ o'sampl:ng ard lesting for this hen with fespect to materalsand construction requirements, not specified hereln, shall be in accofdancewith the relevant, ''fables for Sampllng and Tesiing Frequency', in these!pecifications.
ITEASIIREMINT AND PAYMENT
MeasuredeIt
The qlantities of Asphah c, $eadng course sha l be rneasured by volune i-lClM. laid and compacted ln p{ace. tuleasuremeots shail be based on thedimehsion as shown on plans or as otheMise difec{ed or authorized by theErgineei. A tole'arce ot l three (3) mm sha,l be allowed ir conpactedthickness of lvear:ing coLirse. However, any asphalt in excess of 3 mm shallnot be paid and any layer deficient by more han 3 mm bul not excgeding lOmm shall be paid as per clause 305.4.2 (2) of this specillcation.
The qua4rhy of bitumen materiai used is incuded in the asphak concreternixture and will not be measured separately.
.ri*-,
3:
IIIIItI
-rl
III
305.4
305.4.1 III
, . \
II
II
I!
I
II
i
Qlantities !f Bitdmen or asphaltic concrete \,!Ested or reftaining on handafter compleiion olthe work shall not be measured or paid for.
Pavmeni
'1) The quaniiv determined as provided above shall 6e paid for at thscontract un.t price resoectivelt for each of the pariicular tav items rrsi^ibelow and shown ir tfe Bill of Quantitjes . which pdces inO pavntenjsl-al constitute futl cornpensation for al the cost! n""".""rv i6|. ft.proper comp'etion of the work p.escrjbed in ihis item. e""f,"ft
"iolt"" "iant'stripping agent, if allowed and Lrsed to meet wrth JMF requirementshall not be pa,d direc y, pay.nent shal be deemeC to be incJuCeOln merespective pay items ofAsphaltic wesdng cour"" _
-
Z) !qi93-Ag+Sl-9!! lf the thickness delermined as per ctause 305 3.2 oithis specification js deflcient by morc than three (3) mm. but not morethan len (10) mm, paymentwill be made at an adjuat;d price as spdcifie;in table-1 below;-
. Table _ I
Deliciency in thicl$ess as determiled. by cores
Proportional Rrte of co;tr;;Price attowdd.
0.0 fim to 3,0 mm '100%
90%
800/o
Wher lveaing course is rrore than ten (10) nm dencient in thickness.the contractor shall remove sJch deficient areas and rep,ace !he.n witJ]Wearing course of an app'oved q.rl:ty a.']d thic(ress or the co']trad;rrnay opt to place a. addit ionel layer of wearing course asphalt qradinowith a mnimum thickness.o.35 mrr. The contracto. wil t recive nicompensatioo for the above additional work.
Alternately, the Contractor -ay choose to overlay lhe area in a thicknessof 30 rrm (mir.) wilh smooih kansitiol as aoproved by the Enginee. o;e:the- skle witf ro extra compensation.
I
Fay ltem. oescriptionNo.
Unil ofMeasurement
305a Asphaltic Concrete torWearing Course lclass A)
305 b Asphaltic Concrete iorWeafing Course (Class B) OM
L_!
I
ITEM 306 SIIOULDER ,TREATMENI
II
306.2
306.2.1
306.1
306.1,1
306.2.2
306.2.3
306.2"4
DESCRIPTION
Thrs work shall consist of constructing shoulders of the tvles sgecifiedhereinafter in accordance Wtn he specifications and in co;ior.nity to thelines, grades thlckness and typical cross-sections shown on ihe 6lans orestablished by the Enginee..
Detinitiotr of Shoulders
That portaon of the eompleted road conskuction which lies above theelevation of the subgrade or sub-base and Which extends from the edde ofthe wearing course to the point of inter-section Wth the.embankmeni sl-ooeson eitfer side of the road cenlerline. :
MATERIAL RIOIJIRE MINTS
Xarth Shoulders
The rnaterial used for',Earth Shoulders', shall consist of suitabie materialsfron roadway or shuctufal excavation supplemented by additional suiiablematerialfrcm borrow excavation or as designated on th6 plans and shall b;obtained FroTn sources app:oved by the Engineer.
Assresate Shoulders
Material Lsed for'Aggregare Shoulders sha,t be of class.desiglated onthepla.'ts and shall confgfm io all lhe fequkemenls of jtern Z6lL ,iGranuiarSubbase", item.202, 'Aggregate Base Cou.se', or.iiem 206, ,W;ter BoundMacadan Base""
Soil 99!n€d t Stabillzed Shouldels
l\,4ateda'for so'l cement sho;rders shall con.om to arl the requirements ofitenr 204, "Soil Cernert Stabilized SJbbase o. Base,.
AJphaliic Meteriais
l\4ater'als for sJrface treatrrer! of !-oulderc shall be liquid asonarts.enulsified asphalts or asphalt cement as spec:fied or slowr on tne drawjno;and in the. Bill of Quantit'es. Asphaltjc materials shall corform to all tierequirements of item 30'i for the type specified.
.,1).
II
.!l
ITI
IttItII306-1
alIIIIItII
IIII
ItI
306.3
306.3.1
coNsrRucrroN RroutrirMENTs
Ger1€fal
All shoulders shall be formed and compacted as soon as practicable aftefthe agphali paving on the trefflc lanes ls completed, however in the case ofcement concrete surfacing, shouldering operation shall not be initiated priorto Enginee/s approval.
Stould€riqs aEd delineatior
On pro;ects that_carry traffic throu_gh conskuction, the conFactor.shdll_bssi1--Wl roadway s.rdacinglayef, unless weatnef cono[ons p'event Ifts operaiton. In whtch case theshouldefing shall begin as soon as the weather does permit. lf theconfacior fails to begin the shoulde.ing \aiihln a redsonable time aflelthetast layef has been laid, whether the projeci. has a flow of traffic thtoughconstruction or not, the Engineer may oader tbe conhactor to cease pavinguntil lhe shoulder wo* has begun. The shouldering shall be a continuousoperation from that ti.ne on until comirleiion, wiih the weather being the onlydelaying factor, The Contractor shall, on roads under trafilc or as direcled bytho Engineer, delineate the edge of pavement as soon as ihe surfacing isbegun and maintain the delineation uniil the shouldefs afe completed, Thedeiineatofs shall be appro,ted prior to use and dhall be placed aithe edge ofthe surfacing at ?pproximately one hundred (100) metef interuals, The costol this delineation will be considered subsidiary io other items in the Bill ofQuanliiiqs and will not be paid iordkectly,
Earth Shoulders
Earth shouiders shall be cQnslructed in accordance with.the. applicable.paragraphs under ltem 108.
Aseregrte Shoulders
Aggregale shoulders shall be constructed in accorqance with t1erequirements oi ltem 201,202 ot 206 whichever is shown on the drawing!,
Soil Cemept Stabil ized Shoulders
Soil cement stabilized shoulders shall be construcled in accordance with therequirements of item 204.
Asphaltic Treatrnent of Shoulders
The asphaltic trealment of the prepated shouldefs shall be either abituminous surfac€ treatment or seal coat or a layer oi asphaltic concrete asshown on the plans or in the Bill oJ Quantities. Detailed constructionp.ocedures for the particular trealFent specifieo are oudined under irem 203304, or 305.
t'
305.3.2
306.3.3
306.3.4
306-2
306.4 MEASURXMENTANDPAVITIENT
. The quantities for shoulder materials and treatment shall be measured andpaid foras specified underthe particular pay iterns in the work listed below.
The quaniities of different items of \tork as mentiored below shali. be added' 10 relative items ofthe billof quantities.
Pay Item Description Unit ofNo. Measurement
'08 a Format:on oi Embankment f-omRoadway Excavation inCommon Material ClVl
'108 c Forrnation of Emba.kment.from Boir6w Excavation inCommon Matedal I CM
II
:rlIIIIt
.!l
ros o Formation of EmbaoKmdnt Fromstructural Excavalon inCommon Material. CM
This ltem shall consist o{ furnisfjng and mixing aggregates with asphaltbinder at site in mobile mixing plant, spreading, compacting on an approvedpdmed subgrade, subbase or base couGe, tor potholes repair, levelinocourse and wearlng course in accordance With the specification and i;confo.mity with the lines, grade, thickness and typical crosg-seclion shownon the DEwjngs or as directed by the Engineer lncluding sealing of coldbit,rminous surface cracks with sand-bitumen slurry.
lllATERLrlL RE OIJIREMENTS
I
IIII
ItII
III
307.2.1 Nl ineralAssresate
l\4inefal €ggregates fo. BIT-MAC Construction shall consist of coarseaggregates, fine aggregale and filler material, all.conforming to the followingsoecifi cation reauirerrentst
a Coarse aggregare which is the flateiral retained on No. 4 Sieveand Passjng 25.4 mm si6ve, shall consist lf.crushed rockcrushed bou{der, or orushed gra!€I. lt shall be clean, hard,tough, sound, du(able, ftee from decomFosed stones, organicmaiter, shales, clay lumps of other deleterious substances,Rock or boulders from which coarse aggregates shall. beobtained, must be of uniform quality lhrorJghout the quarrylocatio4.
b. Fine aggregates which is the material passing No. 4 sieve shallconsist of cnrsheq sard.
c. When combineo gradation of coai:se and fine aggregares isdeficient in material passing No. 200 sieve, mineral tiller shall beadded. The fille. matefial shall consist ofllnely divided rock dusifrom sound roc*, hydraled Jjme or hydrEuljc oement. Ai ihe timeol use il shall be sufficiently dry lo flow freely,.free fron lumps,
Aggregate shoulo be stored o0 ha'd ciean surface so as to facil i tate ororrptinspeciion and control. Private ' pro pe rty shall not be used for storag-"purposes without wfiiien consent of the owner or lessee and payment to hi.nby conlractor, lf necessary. Material shall be stored in such a way as to.prevent segregation and coning to ensu.e proper conlrol of gmdaiion, Theequipment and methods used for stockpiling and femoving aggregates shallbe such that no degGdation of agQregate vrlll result a.d no appreciableamount of toreign material will be incorporated inio the agg.egaie. Whenaggregates containing a wide range of sjzes are to be incofporated, theymust be stockpiled separately to prevenl intermingling. Mioeral Filler mustbe protected lrom moistlre to eliminate cakjng and hardening.
tII
307-1
lI
30'1,2.2
307.2.3
&!crn!-!ec!ii!ar
Asphaltic binder used shall conform to standard specjfication of petroieumasphaLt having g'ades 60-70 0.80-100 penekarion. ceneralry i t Wll rneetth€ reouirelent of MSHTO M-20, Table 301-2-
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
Opt:mum crading Curves for dilfefent typos of hot mi* asphaitic desiqnrelsted to ouaniurr o- repak work ard maximum size of aggregates, givenr:n'lable 307.2,4, must be carefully selected conside ng aGiaga thickness ofparcnes.
Design sFeet unde.lab e No 307.2.,4 showjng Dense Graded Mix Lsed forIeveling courses and potholes should use linle asphall content of suchquantiiy lo prevent bleedlng thrcugh subsequeot weiring co!rce or sufacet|eatment. Design sheet undor table No. 307.2.8. is suitabie for open gradedweadng course having rough surface texure with good skid resistan; thusl^aving minimLim b'eeding tendency.
,t
347.3
lvlixine Reouiremert
Asphalt cement sharl be heated to a nax. te.npeGture of 163 deg.eescentigrade ar the lime df mixing Asphatt;ement heateo above 163 de;reescentigrade shall be .ejected. Temperature of asphalt shall be che:kedTreq!entry. Eacn aggregate ingfed;ert shall be heated to tenoerature 1SO_160 degfees centiorade for at least six (6) mi'lutes beFore mixino of asDnaitcement to ensure comDlete drying. of aggregates. The ra.ge oi headng ofagg€gates shaJI be skicUy followed, to ersufe p.oper coatjnq of aoqreoaies.Fine agg.eg61g5 shatl be int.oduced into tne dryef (nixer) i.st fJffo*".a outhe coarse aggregates to assure pfoper mixing. euartiry o'aqoreqares feit0 dryer (mixer).must be accufatelli co-troiled oy suitabie mets-uri;g devicettron oox) navrng predetermtned volume of o'1e (1) cuoc foo( of asinstructed by Ehgineer.
To achieve uniform mixjng and proper coatjng, aggregates and asphaltcernent mLst be thoroLghly mixed for a mirimum Auration of ninetu agoiseconds. _ I!4xing l irre shall be proionged to nunared (tOO) seconds i icoalng or_ aggreg€les ts Tot. proper. Afte. one hurdred and twenty (120)
::1"11,_]r,l :^::^:".j possrbre ro ser sood coating. the asgresara dryrg
Both biiLJmen and aggregaies must be heateqthe mixerdaurn. Mixing lemperature shoulo oe17n Aod rp6 . . 6 /+ i ^ raAa
iime musi be increased.
before they are combjned inkept viithjn the range of 140-
I
TII
.rt
IIIIIIII?47-2
*
EE
v.9 n . . =q \l a 6, ai,; i i f te;
= F i:d <*
EE
EIh E i D rFs a .., 'j : ; - . , 1 E . i
5PE3F'- .9 5r -g :=FPp"d
5
gf 5 *gE ft 6 <'9- : E . I ts i -. E = 9 ' i +>t r i 'd<*
! - E isa -E 6r Zj _!. 6i:l
=P ! :9
E . = q * 4>tr{ 'd<*
z
b=gt
5 ;i= i 9 . !
i 1 >>: o i
5-=5
F
Q
d
sf.-
t
sfl
< i \zg
\
=6: $ ?
s
I
JJ
oRRN t
z ii)
a
o-s
E
€ 0 -
E'6
o-
!
'6
E
E
e
a
&.E
3-q
s
E
eu
'6
o_sBs
.9
eo-
zl
FIgl
z ltsIedl
5t;lAIol\t\.1
zl:.1! l
al
E,f
,.1
z
III
!ItIIIIttIIIII
-tlc.tl
11
tl'.It
IIIIItIItIII
.A
a
s
i5'
=E
-!
9.
o.
v z.6
€
;s-E
g
-o
s
q. s'E
t!.
L
F
a ro=
o_:
€
!F
x i j
z
s s s
a
i, r.,' sz
\z
s
&
s
s
F=
l >6 ll
NF
I g \
- 1 4<<s =€3 =€3
<.:
2
Pn .P l<: EE = 5
; : s i d E6> a I =.43 ,: i'1 r; : r Ea<g 3 YY
> ! > - l <E e3 =-: + i ; . 6 g
,TE H 1' T,-a r ! s*< r 5 i
=
*r .Pi<: : 6 = .5' o .93 i
x,86ff1*-.-q @ _'- h,
t3
? r s?P = <i#EEn=:
ci:g$sEF=F99
I
IIItII
TII
III
IItI
307,3.2
307.3. '1.2
J07,3.{.{
J07.3.J
J0?.3.4.1
Deep Ps lches/Pot holet
The surfaies of base collrse thus prepared as mentioned under lte.1 207.sl"all be primeq to receive Bit Mac in a thickness as pe. drawinqs or asdirected by the Enginee., Bit Mac shall be spread carefully to avoidsegregation. Compaction shall be done with equipment sulted to the size ofjob- A vibratory plate compactor is recommended for small patches.Whereas roller r.nay be more p|actical for larger areas. Straight edge oistringline shall be used to check riding quality and the alignment of thepalchi
Leldirs Course
All local depressions corruQateo suface, ripples acrdss the pavenentsnould be recilfied before leveling course is placed. Clean the a-ea free ofdusi or other lQose mateial wlth mechanical broom or compressed air.Apply |ght tack coat 0.2 to 0.7 l i tres pe. sqdare mete' of A.C 80/100penetration grade. After orying dense gfaded hot B t-Mac shall oe sp'ead inlayer not more. thqn s€!ell-F+ centimeters in thickness. Spread shall bedone carefully to F.event segfegation and compact with steei wheeled andpneumatic tyred rcller. For gmall pot holes hand tempers shall bs allowed.Use stringline to check the riding quality of the levelirg course,
Wearipg Surface
Minilvl i :{ i ts Plant
Local made biilmen ?ggregate rrlixer equipmenl used for prepar"tiofl of Bit-Mac shall be in good working gofdition, of sufficient caFiacity, capable ofbeing operated to produce a uniform blend wiih the given ingfedients.
Preparirt ion of rgqresrtes
Aggregates shall be stored and handled as discussed undef item 307.2,Matedal Requirement.
Hsulips EouiDment
Bir-lvac n xed material snall be de ivered ir tight. clea- a'ld srreotl_ 'retal
bed haod lrolleys, or any method as convenient to the Coitractor and
tI
IIII
approved by the Engineer.
Prena$t ion of Basc or E\ is l lns P, lvcm€ui Surfac!
Sudace of base or exjsting pevernenl upon which Bjl-Mac mjx is to beplaced shall be cleaned by neans of compressed airto remove dust or.asapp.oved bY the Engi-eer.
tIIII
III
J07.3.1.5
307.3.4.6
Priming shall be done jn a manner as descrjbed in iiem 302. The rate ofapplicalion of prime coai shallbe 0.8-1.S litres per squere rneter Tack coatshall be done in a manne. as described in item 3OS. The rate of aoDlicationof tack coat shall be 0.2-0.4 litres pe. squbre meter. When silrface ofexisiing pavement or old base is irregular, it shall be brought to uniform' grade and cross-section by leveling course as descdbed abovd.
Sand biiumen slurry to seal the cracks in clod biturninous surface shall beinjected by pressure pumps with nozzles tilled at the end instead of sofavpipe in conveniionalhaff 's kol ley.
Spreadins and Finishins
Bit-l\ilac m'xtLre shall be placed or epp.oVed sudace, srruck oFf to reaukedsection fianually with rakes o. hand tools by expenenced foreman.distibuted over the entke width or parlial widlh as reqlired. AII mjxfuresshajl be spread at tempeElures not less lhan one hulalred and fortv {140)degrees centig|ade. I\rixture sha rot be placed on any wet suface or Wherithe atmospher'c ternperatlre is below five (5) degree centigrdde or when the.wealher is foggy or rainy.
Compact io l
Rol er sfarl be steel wheel or oneufiatic ty-ed. The rotler (s) ahall bein ooodwo'king cond;tion, capable of reversing without backlash, capabJe t6 beoperated at speeds slow enough to avoid displacement of Bii-i\,tac. ThenumbeJ and weight of roll€rc shall be sufilcjent io compaA the nrixture whiieit is still in workable condition to obtain compaciion lo Engineer,s satisfaction.The use of equipment which resulis in excessive cruining ot ag6regiG;sharJ not be pernitteo.
Afief spreading ard stfike off as soon as the rnix coldiljon pernit the ro,linato be pe.formed without excessive shoving or teairg, ll-e Bit-lvtac mixtur;shait be lhoroLlghty and u-jforrly compacted. Rotl.ig will not be p.olonaedto avord apoearEnce o[cracks. Roll'ng wil] be dore lolgirudinallv, beqinn]noat tne tower sade of the spread and proceed:ng towa;ds the friqtrei siOeloverrappirg successive trps by ar leasl one half (1/2) the widin bf rearwheels of roller.
Rolle. shalr be operated .t speed slow enough to avo;d displacement ofmrxure, I o preven! adhesrof 0f mrxture 10 rol ers the wreeJs of rclle.s shallba kept properly rnoist with water. bur avoiding excess w?ter. Rolinq shallbe conlinued untir all ro. er marks have beer erimiraled.
Along b--ns. curbs, heade.s, wa ls ald otfer D,aces not accessibje to therofer, the minure shajt be thoroLlghiy compacteo wih hot hand tampeis oimecFanrcaltarrpers.
Any f.ixture tnat has beco.ne cold enough m xed Wrl- d:..i o. js defeciive inany way shall be replaced with iresh l.ot mixtJ.e ano con pacled Io conformtl_e requirenen!.
,'ltI
_}"f
IIII
III
l:
e
ih-#-+
€
-#
307-4
t
I
IIItI
tIt
It
307.4
307.4,r
I4EAIIBEMExL 34!lAlO4!!T
trIeasut€i ieot
Unless otherwise sl-owr on the.plans or as directed !y the EnoineerqJardty of 8IT-MAC shall be measured by theoretical votume or comiactedmix, in place, in cubic metefs. Measurenent will be based bn thedimensions as .shown on plans or as dkected by the Engineer Nomeasuremenl will be made for unauthotized areas or for extra- thicknessthan specified. Minimum quantityfor pot hole shall be O.OS cubic meters.
PrYme!t
The accepted quantities measured above shalj be paid for at -e corhactunit price per cubic meters of BIT-MAC fot the pay ltem listed below andshown in the Bill of Quant'tjes, which price and payment shall constiiute fucompensation for sluny seal, priming and tacl( coat, turnishing all maierials,haullng .piacing, rolling, labour, equipment, tools and lncidentals ndcessaryio comPrete the item
This ke4r shall cons:sl o' feahg a-d removar of the exjst.ng asphaltconcrete 'ayer to a desjgnated depth. adding a calcutated qubrijty of asphaltbinder, addilg of freshly prepared aspl-alt concrele of specifieo qralitv.Frixing. Iaying a.d compacdor of p.operty mixed asphah concf;te inthickness and wldih as per dEwings or as directed by the Engineer.
I'TIATERIAL REOUTRTMf NTS
, Materlal specifications fot coarse and.fine agg|egates and asphalt bindershall corespond tb the speciflcation rbqlirernenta elaborated under items203, 300 and 305 respecrively.
coNSTRUCTIoN RxoUIRIME}iTs
Heaiine the Existins Pevemert
Asphalt pavement shall be heated and softened by preheaters or in builtinfrarcd gas fired heaters. to temperatures between 140-j70 degrees C.
SfarifiinE Asphalt Course
Rotaling shaft scarifiers fitted with carbide bils shall remove asohaltic courseto a depth as specified in drawings or as dhected by the Engineer. Scarifiersshall be controlled by electronic devices to ensure removal of anateaials to arPEu ,e ! . uEPU ' a , , u g raus .
l i l t ing ot necl, imeO rvlarrr iqt
Formu'a for lhe adn'ixtu'e Wll be based on naterial anarvsis of ex'stinopavenenl oy birunen extraction and sieve analysis. l,4are.ial to be adde;may be asphalt binder or aggregate. which wili be calculated to eFslieprepafation ol prcper f inalmix.
Addiiion of Fresh Asrhalt Concrete
Fresh asphalt concrete of specified design prepafeij as per ltem 203 or 30Sshall be added in propoltion to be established as pef fequjrement of iine andgrcdes or as directed by the Engineer. This shall be done in conventional
. way through dumper-hopper arangement. Fresh material sha,l be calriedby drag-slat conveyor lnlo a second mrxer. Eiact. mixinq ratio wiJl beachieved by calib.eting the speed of tne ereckorically adius-table draa-statconveyor to the foMard advance speed o'tl-e rerixer A s;cond mixeishallensure homogeneiiy ofreclaimed and fresh asphali. Engineer shall establishthe ratjo of fresh and ex:st.ng asohalt premix ro be retated, oefore sta.tinotuis operarion. Thls ratio shall deDe,]o uoon fl-e qua[ty of existig aspha,ti;concrele,
308-1
lIt
ilIII
308.3
308.3.1
t,l
308.3.2
308.3..3
II
.308,3,4
IIIIIII
t
III
IIt
308.3.5
308.4
&"*"d&rTt-Laying and p.eliminary compactiol of rrixed asphalt shall be efiected bvtamping and vibrat'ng screeds of the recycling equipment. Screeds shall b;able to lay the mix tn e to the levels and grades requircd by the drawinqs o.as difected by the Engineer, Comoaction shall be cafded oLr'i bvconventional equipment to achieve hinely seven (97) percent compactio;with respect to the laboratory compaction achieved by the mixed asphalt asper Marshall rnelhod.
GENER4L REOUTRE}{ENTS
Any othet physical propedy essential for workmanship or quality control shabe fixed by the Engineer and conlractor jointly. Physical properties of thefresh materlal shall .corfespond to the appllcable requjrements of suchirg.ed,ents in tn;s speciical ions.
MEASUR-f MENT AND PAYTIENT
Flearurement
'---_Ihe.-quantity -of-rseyoled ,esphalt ,shall-b6- measured -in -iubi6 -meiersr-of.-.,-^ --. -asphalt concrete removed and relayed after mixing of other ingredients suchas asphaliic binder or fresh wearing course asphalt.
Measurement-and payment ol ftesh \,{earlng cource asphall or asphalticbinder shall be made in tons and paid under applicable item of worksepa|ately.
JUO.J .Z. ------------
, , ,e eqe,rL!) , , , . - . - , ." - . .p,ovided above shal l be paid at the contracl unl lpTice pef cubic meter as shown in B.O.Q., acceptably laid and cornpacted inplace, which payn€nt shall be deemed to include full compensation forfurnishing all malerials Labour, equipments, tools 6nd incide.tials necessaryto conplete the item.
II
tII
II
308.5.1
I
I
]
IIIl'
Payment for asphaltic binde. or iresh asphalt wearlng course shall be rnadeseparaiely under relalive item of work as given below:
PayNo.
Item Description Unit ofl\,4 eas u rcme n t
308 a
308 b
308 c
Ton
Ton
Recycling of Asphalt Concrete(0-60 nrrn Thick) CM
Bilumen Binde. Grade(40-50, 60-70, 80-100)
Wearing Course Asphalt
308-2
I
rrf,M 309 COLD MILLING I.t_L
IIItI
J09.1
i
iIII
9E#
#ixsik
.&i,*
s l l,#lg ii i lS I. 5 1; 1 j i.d i
309.2
3og,2.l
pEscRi?non
This wo* shall cons:st of njlting (cutting) of concreie or asphaltic lavea to adesrgnated tevetand widrh by m€ans of Spec;al.zed Equipment, removai ofcut materjal and disposal as per Special_ provision oi as Airectea ly itreEngineer.
PIlrBue1laN.BlallRE!'EIIs- Specialized eqqipment lo be used for this item of work shall be capabie offollowing opera pnsj
D Mi ing drum shall.be capable of level and gfade adjustrnents andit shall have vadable speed provision to ensure
'proAu*ion oismooth or rough milled.surface.
ii) Level ald grade conrrot shalj be ensured through ejeckoricsensofs, capable.of giving an accuracy ofl two (2) ;m.
iii) Scraper bars_and beit corveyor system sha.l ensure pickjno andloaolng OT mtled rratena-in a truck,
ConstructlonProc€dure :
Area shal b-a earmarked with respect Io depth of n"iilirg which sfa.t be soljljn strips looking to the width of mi ing drum and wiatn oi!re"io O" miiiea."'r'
yll:g.T:Ii-._l.."]' !" adjLsted io cur to requ red deptF. M,,t:ng drum shatloe corelated to st(y or_sking ine arrangement to ensr.r.e miJtiqg iccordinq ioreq!lred grade and profi le.
"j.l
I
Mijl ing shall proceeo.f iof l ore edge of the roao. spip by skip.in a mai.rnefuar nay ensLire resLlting sLdace even and level_
llilled maierial,shall be removed and djsposed as per Special pfovis,on oras d;rected by the Enginee-.
ful i l led surface sha,,be cteaaed by wire brJshes o, compressed ai. fors.bseqUert operation.
IIIII
-{
TT309-1
le309.3.
309,3.1
MEASUREMENT AND.PAYMENT
M€asuremer't
The quantity oi cold milting to be pald shall be measured by the numbe. ofsquare meteE of area Fil,ed and cleaned as described above, as perd'awings or as directed by the Engireer. No a lowance will be given tormilling out side the approved limit. Any such area milled beyond approvedlimits, sh6ll be reinsiated by the Contractor at his o\\,n expense.
PaYment
The acceFted quaniity measured as_provided above shall be pEid at thecontract unit price per square meter of cold rnilling for the pay items as listedbelow and in the BIO.Q., which price and payment shall constitute Jullbompensation for labour, equipment and lncidenlals necessary to cdmplete
tI 309.3.2
Ir-lIIII
tI
'n:*'
Pay ltem Description LJnit of
309 a
309 b
309 c
st\4
siv
SM
Cold lvlilling, 0 | 30,mr.t
Cold lililling, 0 - 50 mm
Coid Milling, 0 - 70 mm
III
309-2
I
t
rrf,M 310 CONCRETE ?AYEMEI{f S
II
,l)-.
310,I DESCRF ON
This work shall consist of a pavemenl composed of portland cement. concrete with or withoui reinforcement as specilied constructed on a
prepared subgrade or base course in accordance with these specificationsand in conforrnity with the lines, grades, thickness and typical Cross-sectons' shown on the plans. Eoth plain arnd reinforced conb.ete shall lncjude
. deformad bars For contractlon joints and dowel bars for expansion ioints oras shown od the D.awings.
310.2
310.2.1
I}tATERIAL X,XOUIREMINTS
Cotrcrete
Colcrete lnarerlals shall corform to lhe requiremenls j;dicated in jten 40land as specitied heroinafter. In addition to it the contractor shall advise theEnginee. lmmedialely afler the awad of the conhact ot the sou.ce oi alln'aterials to be used in proportioning canc-ete fo. the work. lf the conkactorla(er proposes to obta;n nat€jria's from a diferert sour;e, Fe shall notifu theEngineer et least thidy (30) d6ys before suih rnatedals are to be used..'Reitrforcins Steel
Concrcte reinforcement shall corform to ltem 404 or as indicated on the .Drawings. lf reqlired, steel fabric for'reinforcernent of concrete shallconform to AASHTO il4 55-73. lt must be supplied in sheets.?olvthetre Sh€elins
Porylrele sheefng for placing immeo:ately be,ow cdTcrere slabs shall be0.065mm.thick or h€ving a minimurn weight of.ijfty (SOt grams per squaremeter (whrchever is g.eateo made fro?l po ylhene oi other approvedhydrocarbol thermoplasiic resin (p-oduced by tne polymeriza[on of eihvleneurder high pressure and density) and givel an anti_stat;c treame;t to.educe dust attraction and reduce friction. Ihe sheeting shall have theminimum mechanical prope.ties.sholvn in table as underi
3tt.2.2
310.2,3
tI
310-1
ItIttItII
310.2.J
.310.2.5
Joint Filler
Joint filler shall consist of cand o. other suitable long fibres of a cellularnatLire uniformly impregnated wit5 asphalt. The asph€{t content of the ;;i;imaterial shall be between thirty and fifly per cent. ttre joint materiat witinoideteriorate unde. any weather condihons and is to be of such a character asnot to be permanenUy deformed or broken by mode€te twistjng, bendiro oiother ordinar/ handling. strips o. the joint fi er whicn do not confor.n to-tnespecified dimensions within lhe tole.ance + two (2) mm for thickness and ;twelv€ (12) mm for depth afe to.be rejected. All.damaged strips are to b;fejecled lOO.
Joint Serl ine Compound
. 'Joint sealing compound is to be as BS 2493(1973) type A1. or A2,. or asapproved bythe Engineer.
The compound is to be impermeabte, is to withsta.d ah weather condit jonsand s to be capable of adhering to the concrele witnout crackino, soallino ordisintegrating and will not require an inpracticable conditjon oi Oinesi orcleanliness of the concrete slabs.
--.--:'------*'Wiere-rccommend-ed'ty-1h'frm-dnuIaA-rjre-df.}h6t-3aaiing aoi-poihd,-;primer supplied by him is to be used to improve adhesion,
310.2.6 lJoYel Brrs
lIIItI
!IIIII
Dowel bars shall be cut from mild steel bars and will be app.oved by rneEngineef, The Contractor's attention is directed to the requirernent that one. end of each dowel bar in all joints, except bonded construction joints, shallbe sawn and not sheared so that no irregllarities likely to interfere with .ils
.sliding action in the concrete shall occur. The minimum length of the dowelbars spaced at one meter cenke 10 centre or as.shown on the drawings,shallie thirty five (35) tjmes the diameter of the bar used unless otherwisespeciiied or as directed by the Engineer.
310.2.7 Expansion Cqps
Expansion caps for dowel bars in expansion joinis shall consist of pressedmetal sleeves pl!gged at one end by punching the specifled Joint filler boardof a wad of cotlon waste ot similar compressibility and sealed at the endagainst entry of modar. The tube shall have an intemal diameter permitiingsl idi lg or the dowel oar out close enougl to prevent entry of mortai.
310.2.8
310.2.9
310,?.10
DarkenineAseqr
Darkening agent foi lhe top course of concrete pavements if ordered andspeoiiied shall be a cadon biack; eithe, as an aqueous dispersionoontaining at least 25% of solids, to be added to the mixing lvater, or as aself-dispersing powder to be .added to aggregale and cement: lt shall beapproved by the Engineer as noo-deleterious and as giving a grey colourand shall be added at the rate of 0.1olo by weight of the mixed concrete if it isaqueous dispe.sion. The minimun] quantity of self"dispersing powdershallbe 0.025% byweight ofthe concrete aggregate.
The darkening agent shall be frde from sulphur trioxide and lrom any gthernatte- delete ous to concrete,
Cracklnducine Battens
Crack inducing battens shal' be of wood or of any other suitable maierjalproposed by ihe Contractor at the tirna of tendedng and approved of at theaward ofthe Contract or app.oved by lhe Engineer at his discretioo afte. the.award ot tho Cant act, Baltens of highly. absorbent vrood dr oiher.nalerial .shall be of cross-sectional dimensions shown on the diawings, and treated,to pfevent adhesion belween them and lhe concreie.
Sampling.and Te3trns
,i
I
II
II
II
ItI
r l ri
Ail matedals shall be appfoved by the Engineer piior to usa In the ryork.Additional samples will be taken and tested by the Employer during theprogress of the work lo check on the qualily of the materials being suppliedand/or piaced by the Contractor. Ihe results of these tesls will be availablefor the Cbntractor"s use, however they afe not intended for constructiohcontrol puposo. The qontractor sho{]ld set up his own tesi tacilities or .arange the sarne tom a private laboratory, to assu€ thal his malerials addlvorkmans_;p cornply wth the soecifcatron.
CONsTRUCTION REOUIRI!!IENTS
The base upon wlich tFe conc.ete pavenent is laid shalt be leveledcompacted and true t0 the giades and cross-sectjans shown on the plansand shallbe sa maiQtained, as provided under such olhef items throughoutthe period.of placing concrete p:lvement.
To ensure the proper depth and dection,. a scratch template tue to depthand section and rcsling 9n accurately set side forms shall be moved over thesurface immediately befo.e placing conqete, and any irregularities shall beimmediaiely corected. High Spots sball.be planed down and the Contractorshall have the option of €ither flling low spots to the pioper elevation withapproved material which shall be watercd compacted and struck off to thefequired grade or of placing additional coJrcrete. No measurement orpayment will be made fof such additional concfete.
IIIIII
/ , . {
I
3I0.3
310,3.1
310"3
I
II
310.3,:
Until the subgrade had been checked end approved, no matbrial shall bedeposited thereon . Storing or stock piling of materials on the subgrade andplacing of slrfacing material or laying of pavement on muddy or frozensubgrade will not be permitted.
Forms
Side torms shall be made of metal oi an approved section and construction.provided with adequate devices fo. secure selting so that when in place. lheyshall .witnstand the impact and vibradon of the compacting and f inishin;equ:pment with sehler.ent not exceeding 1.5 mm in three {3) merers lorm itale plane sudace on the top of the form and inside face sha{l not vary moretnan six(6) millimete.s from a plane sudace. The wldth of the bases ;f steelforms shall be not less than their height except that thetoms having a basenot iess that two-third(2/3) of their height and meeiing all other iequirementsherein nay be used fof malJal laying of non rectangu ar bays.
The deptn shall be equal to the thickness of the pavemenl at rhe edge or ass\own on the plans. The forms sections sl"all be tighdy joined by each jointfree from play in any direction. These forms shall be stacked witn steelstakes and shall be of € length approied by the Engineer. Each sectio| offorms shall have s{ake pockefat each end and al intervals of noi more thanone and one-half (1i5) melers between onds.
Each section of forms shall be stfaight and free form bends and warps at allt imes.
Side forhs for machine placing Shall hav€.rglted section steel rails whichshall be of adequate stiffness lo carry the laying, aomp€ction and finlshing
Imacnlnes,
ITIItII!
'These machines shall not .un on folded $heet metal form tops. The lopfaces of the forms are to be caretully cleaned and mainiainedt Thd fonnsshali be withoui horlzontal joints and with flange braces extending outwardon lhe bpse not less than two-thirds the heighi of the forms. Each staak
..pocket shall be equipped with a positive non-detachable wedge. fheseforms shall be placed by using at least three sleel pins of the size and lengthapproved by the Engineer or as shown !n the plans. They shall be equip?edwiih positive locking devices which will permit neat tight joints and do not.dpform under impaol vibration by thrlst, Pins for stacking forms in place.shall be made of steel ai least two(2) centirneters i,r diarneter as directed bytne Engineer in case of impfactjcal !se.
Wooden forms may be used for cJrves having a raoius o! less tl-ar flfiy (50)meiers. They shall be m:rde of two and half (2.5) centimeters welj seasanedsurfaced planks fasibned togeiher and shall be attached securely to ar/ooden base in width. AII wooden forms shall be bEced at.least evervsixly(60) centimeters with steel p:ns of the s:ze and lengrh here in specified.Straight forms shall be set out as chords to cbnvex edges and as tangents toconcave edges, but payment \aill not be made for concreie outside thecuNed eoges s1o!,!n on tne D.awings.
310-4
III, Before placinE forms the underlying malerial shall be excavated to .the
. requked grEde, and-shall be fi.m add compact. The fofms shall have fullbearings upon ihe foundation. throughoui their length and shall be placed.
. wth exactness to the required grade and alignmeni of the edge of the.finished Pavel-lent.
Forns shall be sej to the required lines and grades well in advance ofplacing concrete, prefprably not iess than two ltundred (200) meters. Formsshall not be removed for at least twelve (12) hours afler the concret'e has' 'been
placed. Forms sha l be carefLl ly refloved iT a manner to avo'd damageio the pavement Under no circumstances lvjll the ljse of Fjry barc beMeen.thd forms and the payement be permitted. Pavement which In the opinion ofthe Englneer is damaged due to the careless reftoval of foffns shall be
. tepaved by ihe Conhaclor as directed bi the Engineer at the ContEctodsown exPense.
Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and olled each time they are used.
Special tornis or.other suppoding devices meetidg the apprcval of theEngineer shall be used to support the joint filler at kansverse contro{ jointswhefl concrete is lo be placed on only one side of the filler. When pavementis placed adjoining existing concrete pavement upon which the.fifishingmachine will travel, any ireguladties in the old pavement shalt be gfounddolvn to a taue uniform surface of sufflcjent width to accammodate the
. wheels of the flnishing equipment if necessary to obtain proper smoothnessof the pavement.
310.3.3 iomoosii ion and Compr*siy€ strenqth ofCotrcrete
,l
lIT
1. Composirion
(a) All concrete shall be proportioned by weighing afd sh'all conform. to thefollowing strength and mix requirehrents
' D Comp.essive Skength,.28 days minimum 2OO kg/sq. cm.ii) Cement content, sacks (50 Kg) 2.5 (min,jiir) Waier cement ratio, maxirnum 0.45iv) Slump '. . 25-75 mmv) Enirained air, percent 3i0.6vi) Nominalsize of aggregate .11h', Max.
(b)At leasi 35 days prlor to ihe stari of paving dperaiions and after approvalof all matedals to be used jn the concrete, ihe contraclor shdll submit forapproval, the mix design he. intends to use based on p.oportionedweighls of cement, a- eltrairment agent. satu.ated sudace dry6gg.egates and water. This mix design wilt De telted by the Engineer anaappaoval will not be.granted unless the average twenty eight.(28) dayscompressive strength exceeds the minimum strength requiremeni by atleast 15 percenl. Ho{ever the Engineer may allow paving operation onthe basis of seve t (7) days slrenglh ii he is salisled with the resulrs ofseven (7) days skength.
tjf
IITTIT
'{
I310-5
III
IIII
I
Ii-
t
IIT
I
ttIItI
c) The cement content given in the foregoing table is mlnimum. lf it is nol.sumcient to produce concrete ol the compressive strength specified itshall be increased as necessary with out additional conginsaijon underthe contract.
d) The compaessive strergth o{ tie concrete will be determined bv lesunqstarda-d cylinders made from concrete taken frol the miier. Themaking, cLrring and testing of the specimens wiJl be-in accoadance withAASHTO T23-73.
e) Dudng the couEe of corstruqton. when lhe source of any mated?l fo. theconcrete is to be changed, or if there is any vadation io the qL,al:tv of thematerials furnished. additional lests and oecessary adjustments in themix Fhall be made as re_quiied to obtain the specilied strengths. .
' -
2. Corristeriy
The requked consistency of lhe concrete mixure shall be such thdt themixiure wll be cohesive, u_iform and plas c, permitting proper handjinq andfiaish. When deposired it sn.r.l not fow, but shall rerain in a conical Diie.There slal l be minimurn of segregation and suFlus water durino theprocess of handling and finishing. The siiJmp shall be determineid bvAASHTO T119-74 except lhat during lhe course of constructjon control oiconcrele may be acconrplished by the ball penelr€tlon as ouflined inAASHTO T183-72. Two and a half (2.5) centimeter ball penetBtion jsconsidered equivalent to a slump of five (5) centimeters.
The cemenl contenl shall be determined by means of a yield lest lnaccordanco with AASHT d T 121 -7 4,
310,3.4 BatrhirsendMirire
Concrete shall eit l_er be batched a.d mixed at a certral batchinq and mixlnoplant or batcned at a cenkal batching plant for ei lher mixirg' i f ietO mrxeriadjacent to the iorms for slabs, or mixed ln a truck mixer, When cement issupplied in bags, each batch of concrete.shall contain a whole number ofbags of cement.
D-&i$!!gJsqr!!si$
All aggregates and bulk cemeni for use in pavement shall be batched byweight by means of autonatic devices,of approved type confofmlng to tnerequtremen$ speclrte0 Det0w:-
The batching shall cons:st of div.ding the aggregates into three sizes, eachstorgd in a separate bin; of.placinli lhe cernent in anothar bln, add ofrecombining these ingredients as herein provided.
310-6
:ig'tvlatertal discharged from the several bins shall be controlled by gates or by '*
mechanical conveyors. The means of withdrawal trom the several bins anA "5of disqharge from the weigh box shall be so interlocked that not more than ';
one biri can disiharge at a timei thai the order of discharge oan be changed '.i
as desired by the Englneer.i and that the weigh box cannot be tripped untilth9 required quaniity from each of the seveial bins has been deposited -.
therein- should a separate weigh box be used for edch sjze ot aggfegate, all t" itherern- iinoura a separae wergn Dox 0e useo lor eacn sze ot aggregare, arr iL ibins rnay be opdEted and discharged simultaneously. The discharge shall : ibe so regulated that the arnolnt of matefial digcharged into the weigh . Ihopper from any bin, viith weighifg devioes at rest, will be within two (2) kgoftheweight called. fo. bythe scale setting for the bin.
Wher tl-e d scharge irom the several bins is cortrolled by gates. each gateshall automatically lock in an open of partially open position untilthe (equifedwejght is discharged into the weigh box, after which lhe gate shailautomaticaly close and lock.
Scales utilised in ihe batching device may be of lhe sp.ingless dial tyie 9r of nrhe rnult'ple bean tYPe. i:
tf they are the dial tylie, the dial shall b.e of such size and so aranged ihat itmay be easily.ead from the ground, The automatic weJghing device of thedial scqle shall be so marked lhat the nuhber of proportions required maybe set on the dial at the same lime and thai propodions may be changed
:lIII
Il
I
IItI
-f-
I
IIII
.t
II
without delaY.
_i! .
lf they aro the rnultiple bean type, the separate bea'ns shall be dutbcra-ticatlyconnected to rhe hopper o'weigh box in seoueFce. Mult iple beafl scalesshall be provjded with an indicator operated by the maln beam which willgive positive visible evidence of over or under weighl. The itdicator shall beso designed that it wjll be operated during the addition of the last seventykilograms of any weighing. The overtravel of the indicator hafd shall be alleast one-third of the loading travel. Ind'calors shall be enclosed againstmo sture and dust.
Tne beams or dlal of automatic scales shall be so ananoed that\4eighing Lrits will be ir a conlpanmenr trar n-ay be lo;ked atrequirerirent of the Engineer.
lner e g u r r E r r r v ' r L v ' u ' c L r r v l r s c r ' I
: : l
It is tle iniention of this Speciication that the device shall be Eltomatic totne enent thai the only manual operation rcquked for combin;nQ theingredients fo'one batch sl-'all be a sing e operalion of a svJitch or a sta-rter.
A.l r-dceptacles used for we;ghing nate-ia s togetl.er with the scales of anykind used in batching materials, shall be so insulated against the vibrat'on o.movernent of the resl of the plant due to any opetaijng equipmeni, that theerror in weighing with the entlrd plant running will not exceed two per cent ofany setting nor exceed one and a half per cent ofany batch.
I
310-7
Ttttj
IItIt
Should separate supplies of €ggrcgate materials of the same size group, butof different moisture content, be available at the baiching planl, withdrawalsshall b€ made from one supply exclusively and the matedal thereincompletely exhausted before stading on anolhe.
The moisiure content of the aggregate shall be such that no iisiblesepamtion of moisture and aggregate will take place during transportationfrom the batching plant to the poinl of mixing. Aggregates containing excess .moisture shall be stockpiled pdor to use unlil sofficienily dry to meet theabove requirement.
Except where small quantit ies of conc'ete only ar6 to be used, when theEngineer may permit otherwise. lhe equipment fo. batching of concretematedals shallconform to the {ollo'oJing 'equlrements -
The batching equipment shall be substantially constructed on a fkmfo!rndation, high enough Ebove irucks being loaded to function properly. ltshall have thrde (3) bins and a weighing hopper . The bins shall have atotal capacity of not less than 100 tons, and the partitions betlveen themshall extend not less than one(1) meter above the bins. The bins shall beequipped with baffle boards so as to assist drainage of the aggregatesand preve[t the d€ined out water from passing through the oullet gate.Al platform shall extend around the weighing hopper fof easy means ofinspection, adjustme-t and weigling.
The weighing ho ppef shal l'ave a s:ngle compadrneFt wlth a(ange menlsfor rcady removal of excess material, and with a discharge gate openingparallel to the portlon of receiving trucks. The amount of opening of thedischarge gate .shall be readily controlled. There shall be suificlentcl€arance at ail points for the v/eighing hopper to function properly. The
' Weighing scale shall bq of the beam or spdngless dial type of gtandarddesign and make, and s)'all be able to reco.d the true weigl't wilhin two(2) kg a! maximum load. The beam type shall have sepa'ate beams fo'each size of aggregate, and each beam shall have an gasily operated..locking device. A dial which will show the weight when lhe load is withinfody live {45) kg of that required and an approved signal device shall beprovided.
The weighifg scales shall be arranged lor ready standa.dlzation, and witheach scale shall be fumished a sel of slandatd weights including €even25 kg, two 10 kg, two 5kg and two (2) kg weights, For batchers otcapacity of half (1/2) cubic meter or'less, the standafd weight to befurnished shall be as approved by the Engineer. The tolerance to thesescales shall be wiihir those listed in table 3 of the US national bureau ofstandard NBS handbook 44. The standard weights shalf be proldctedagainsi the defacernent and injury, and shall be easily to handle and.attached. AII pads of lhe weighjng devices and appudenance of thebatching equipment shall be substantially made and shall be maintainedin pfoper operating condition. lf in the opinlon of the Engineer, any pad orall of the weighing deviaes o. othel appurlenances are not satisfactory,they shall be replaced in satisfactory at the Contracto/s expense.
IIIITIIIt 2:' -_.
310-8
tt
In lieu of the automatic. devices for controlling lhe.weighing of theaggregates and buJk cement as oescribed in the fdfgo,ng sp;bifiation forbatching equipmert, the Coltractor may be permitted to substitutemanually controlled dev'ces, pfovided approvSl for such devices isgranted by the Enginee.
i i) Unloadins tnd Hautiog Eauipm€rt
nggregaie shall be transpo.ted fronr the batching plant te field paver mixers. ir batch boxes. vehicle bodies or otfer conta;net.of adequate capacitv anoconstrLrction to ca.ly the volLhe requtred, properly.
Paditions sepa.ating batches shall be adequare a^d effected to oreventsp:lling from il're companmenr to another whjle iransit or oejnq dumoed.Where cement is sto.ed in bulk, the conkacrof shall Lse a suitab-le heihodof handling the cement frorn weighing hopper to transporting container orinto the batch itself for transportation to mlxer, with chute,
-bool ot other
approved device, to prevent loss of cement and ananged to provlde positiveass{.t.ance of iJ-e actLal presence in each batch of lfe entire cemenrsoecitied.
Loose cement shall be lransported to ihe mixer in w€tdjn;loi cornparlmentscarrying the full amount of the cement required for the batch or it mav becanjed in compa.tmefts covered by the. aggregate. Baiches where ce;entis placed in contact with the aggregaies rnay be rejected unless mixed withidone and a half hoLrs of sLicF contact. Cement in origina,ly shjppinqpackages.nay be transporled on topor the aggregates, eacn conia:n;n! trr!TJmber ol bags required by the job rrJx.
Batcl-es sl'all be deJivered to m;xer separaie ard :ntact. Each batch shall bedumped cieally into the mixer WlhoLt loss of cenent, and whet more thanone batch is carried on the truck without spilling of materiat from one batchcompartment rnto anotl-er,
iii) Batchirie t; Ceniral Mirirs planf
At a central mixing plani, batches shall be discharged troh the weiohjno. .
l:lfliI" ll?-lf I "lll:I dj,:cuy by s€viy or by eGvarins containeritars"e
enougr lo contatn the 0atch. the ptant shajl be aranged to ensLlre that the;eis no loss of cement during transierffdtn the wdighing hopperlo mixer Oium.
lv) Fi€ld Mixing Equlpm€nt
The concrete nixef sl-arl be 6 batch mixer so designed as Io ensureposttive, uniform distribution of materials throughout the ;€ss. fle slze anOtype o'nixer usec on various crasses o'work sfal l be as specineO Ueo*and shall be approved by tfe Ergireer. For alt wor{, *te.e il.,e uoirrrn"liconcr€te to be placed jusiifies it, the nixer sl-all have a capacitv or not le;thal ore cub,c meter, sh;ll be of approved make and aicepiaole to tneEngineef, and shall comply with the fotlowing requifenentsi
,-l-
II
II
IIII
I ITt
.tl
I&l
II
IIII
, . (
I
3'10-9
.
II
tI
t!I
tII
II
Mixers shall h?ve a 'ocking device preventing the mixture f.or. being.dischafged before the expiration of the specified mixing time; an automatic
. lockjng device preventing materials being placed in the mixer beforedischarge gate is closedi a regulator that will maintain the rate of speed forwhich the mixer has been designed; a signal devlce that will funciion when' water is added; a vertical water tank with €n automatic device that Wllmeasure and discharge the required volume of wateri valves to preventoverflow inio the mixing chamber of on to the ground when the dlschargevalve is clqsed and into lhe tank when openi and valves and piping in propelorder to prevent any leakage. The automatic device for measuring anddischarging the requ'red voiume of water sha' l be aranged to discha€e apredetermined volume,.to be easily adjusted to discharge a largef or smalleavolume, and lo register the volume discharged accurately on a gauge or dialwhich shall be calibrated before the mixef is used and shall be kept propeilycalibrated. A by-pass valve shall pefmit the discharge of all the water into ameasuring can for the purpose of calibration. The measuring oithe volumeof water required shall be done by means of adjustable dischafge deviceonly.
The loadirig skip ofthe mixer shall be substantially made and sliaped so that' wet sand and other malerials will not remain in it [ten it is being discharged.The mixer shall not be used when any of the devices above stated are notfunctioning properly, or when the blades of the mixer have worn do\Ml toriinety (90) per cent of their orlginal widih. The Contractor shall fumlsh acedified statement from the manufacturer as to their original width. The .mixef sha'l be kept clean and free from hardened mortar.
v)Truck Mir€rs
' Truck mixers shall be used only when permitted by tfe Engineei in writing.Each transit mixer shall have a watertight drumr suitable rnounted and fitted
. with adequate blades capable of propefly combing the mixture. A barcnmeter and locking device to prevent discharge prior to completion of mjxingshall be provided on each un.l. Measudng lanks, equipp€d wilh outside tapsand valves to facilitate checking thelr calibralion, shall be provided fof themixing watgr..All waier added to the mixer shall be passed through an.approved water meter, Iocated between the water lank and mixer drum,.equipped wjth indicating dials and totaliset, and capable of measuring anddischarging a specified amount of water within an accuracy of one per cdnt.'The devjce shall provide means of readily vedf/ng the amount oi water
. added to mixing shall be provided on each mixer. An lnspection openingshall be plovided on each mlxeT, to permil ready determinatign of the
' . consistency of the concreie being placed in the forms. When.pick-up and' throw ovef blades are worn do\an iwo.(2) centimeter or more in depth, they
shall be replaced with new blades. The Contracior shall furnish a certilledstatement frorn the manufacturer as to the original depih of the blades.
310.3.5 Placi[gConcrete
' a) Ceneral
The fiixef shall be operated outside of the forms al all times excebt atloca ons where lhe Elgineer deems it 1ot feasible to do so.
IItIt
TI
310-10
II
When ordered by the Enginee., the subgrade shall be moistened asdirected, prior to the placenent of the subglade pqpef such,as pollhenesl"eeting.
Concrete mixed in central plant shall be kanspoded,,vithorJr delay fron themixing plant to the posiiidn for layidg and any;onirete vrhjch ifi tle opinion.of Engineer has been mixgd too long befofe reachjng,. the wofk wi beaejecled and sl'al'be removed from lhe site. Ihe conc'ete shall be deposjtedor the subgrade in successive batcnes lor the fJllwdth between forms and!n a manner which will require as little rehandling as possible, Sp.eadingshall be done by an appfoved medhanical spreadef in a manner that willp€vent segregation and separatiQn of the matedals. Necessary handspreading shall be done with sl_ovels, not rak-.s. Wo.kmen shall nol beallowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete wilh boots or shoed coated withearth or fofeign substances. the amount of material deposited shall besufficiently in excgss of that required io fofm the pavement to the requiredcross-section afte|. consolidation .in order to provide a roli of concrete aheadofthg front screed ofthe linishing machine for the fulllenglh of the screed.
Corcrete shall be thoroughly corsolidated agalnst and along the taces ot sllfo.ms and alolg the full length and on both sides of ajl expans on iointassemblies by means of vibrators jnse.ted in the concrete, Vjbratoc ;hallnot be permitted to come in conlacl with a joint assembly, the grade or aside form. In no case slall lhe vibrato. be operated longef tha'r fifteen (15)secords. Concrete shajl be deposited as near to expanalon and contfaci:o;joiris as possible withour d slL.biJ"g theo- bul shalJ not be dumoed from thedischarge bucket or hoppe- on Io a joi,]t assenbJy. The hopper js vverlcentered on the joint assembly Damage to jo:nt assembl;es caused bvdumped concrcte shall be repaired imfiediatety as directeo DV the Enoheel
. at Conkactofs expense: Trucks deliverirg concrete sl-aj] not ru-n onpoJythene sheeiing nor shall lhey run on completed slabs untii at leastfouneen (11) days aftef placirg rfe concreie,
Should any concrele n'ateaals fall o. or be worked :nlo the surface oi. completed slab, they shalt.be removed irnmediaiety by methods approved bythe Engineer.
Placement of concfete ahead of the initial sp€adef strjke off shall not bemo.e than fifteen(15) minutes ahead oi final sirreader slrjke-of. lf concreteis placed lh o.e(1) layer only, the placernent df qoncreie shall not be mofelhan twenty(2o) minutes ahead of the spreaderslrjke off, :
In order to secure adequatg compaction, the concreie is io be soaead with asurcharge above tre finished levet of the taye.. Spreadinq comDact;no andfinishi"g ope.at;ons are to be conoleted without delay
The total time taken from the addition of the water to the mix uftil iheconpletion or il.e suface .ilishing ope|ations shatl not exceed -inv (30)mirutes when the shade or n,x lempefature exceeds twentv seve; i27ideg-ee C or rorty (40) ninutes when less rhan twerty seve,t 1iz1 Aegrei Cl.The mixing a"d pJacing ol the concfete shall prog;ess QnlV ai such- a rateasto permit prope- fnishing protecl ing ald cuf"g of tne paveraent.
II
.ffi'{
I+*
ttII
I
t+l
I.T
tIIrl
II
e!It
310-11
I
t
IIII
I'
The additives shall be added to the concrete mk so as to ensure mofesetling time. The top of the tofms shall be kepi tfde from accumulatjon ofconcrele or foreign matedal. The Contractor shall not permjt theaccumulation of laitance along the edge ot a slab poured adjabert to oneprevior.Jsly placed. Any accumutation of laitanbe shal oe removed andreplaced with fiesh concrete. As soon as the s'de fo.ms are rembved, theedges of t 'e slab shall f irct be irsoected by the Engilee" and any minoihoney combed areas shallthen be filted in with modarcomposed of one oa.t
E"r::!"?:, " tvvo parts of fine aggregate lnder the supervision of the
b) Wear}€r Condit ions
Fo. corc.el ing during houco,d weather. requi.ements AOt.3.6 1t1 of thesespecifications wilL be followed.
Placins Reinforcemenr
All pavenent reinforcemelt s\all be placed as shown oa the pJans. Allmarginat ba{s, dowel bars, and lie bars required by the plans sha be held inproper posiiion by sufficient numbef of metal bar supports or pios asapproved by ihe Ergineer. l f the center joint is to be sawed in l ie! of ptacinqthe metal cenle. strip, the fie bars may be installed mechanicatly by neaniof. equipment and methods approved by the Engineer. The satisfacloryplacerneni of the tie ba.s shall depend upon the ability of the mechanicjldevico to place the tie bafs in their true positiorl The Engineer may require,when satisfactory placement is not obtained by mechanicat'meanc, that the'tie bars be insialJed ahead of placing the concrele and lhat they be securelystaked and tled if necessary to hold them in their exact position. The use of
. removable devices, supporting the bars from the forms, will not be permitted.
Following the plac;19 of tle concrete. it.shall oe srruck off to con.orm io ihecross section sho,,vn on the plans and to an elevation such that When lheconcrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface ol the oavementwil be at the elevarion shown on the plans. Wl^en feinfo-ced concretepavement is placed in iwo (2) layefs, the ertife width of the bottom lave.shall be struck-off to such length and depth that the sheet of fabric or barmat may be laid full length on the concrEtetin its final position without furtherrnanipulatio,l. The reilforceme'rt siall then be pJacec direc y upor thecorcrete after which the top layer of the concrete shall be plabed, struc< oFand screeded. Any position of the botton layer of the conc.ets which hasbeen placed more than thidy (30) n]inutes wjth oui being covered with thelop layer shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the' contractors expense. Plai.] conc.ete and bar reinforced bridge approacnpave'nent may be placedil one (1) laye..
Wl.ere bro (2) layers of wife mesh -einforcerent are required, as at bridgeapproaches, the bottom layef shall be supported in lhe requked position withbar chairs. Separators shall be used for the lop layei if the strike otf cannbtbe properly used for the opetation. Laps in adjustmenl.sheets or mats oireinforcement sha I be as Shown on the ntr.c | ,^^ ra-2'tFt14 rh6
tIIlIItIII
310.3.6
I 310-12
II
I
3t0.3.7
centefline ofthe pavement will not be permitted except for unusualwidths ofpavement lanes or for irregular areas. lf the plans do not show dirnensionsior laps, the miniml/m lbp either pe.pendicular or parallel of the cenledine of
'ihe pavement shall be flfteen (15) centlmelbrs. The adjacent sheets shail 6E .fastened or tied together to hold all pads ofths sheels in the same plane.
Reinforcing steel shall be free frcrn deirimental arnounts of dirt, oil, paint,gfease, loose mill scale. and loose o. thick rusl which coLld iripair bond ofthe steelwth the concrete.
Joints
Jo nts shall be constructed exacuy ii accordance with the ieta:ls shown oathe plans and specifications and with the best of workmanshjp. Failure toconstruct the joinis as called for and in the besi possible. fianner, as ideterftined by the Engineer, will be cause for Suspensior'r of work until thecauso of the defective $ork is remedied,
lf rernoval o'eiisri'1g paveFlert of any type is required to connecl wirh tfenew pavement, and the i€fmination ol the rcmolal ls not ai an exlsiing joint,the new joint shall be made by sawing the exlsting pavemenl nol less thanfive (5) centinete's deep belore remova .
' a) E\paosion ioinls
The subg.ade at Expansion joinls shall be accuraieJy trimmed to therequired cross section and to the pfoperdepth ofthe pavement.
A stdng line shall be stretched between the pavemenl forms along thecenteriine of the joint. One half of the length of each .dowel ba. shall bepainted in accordance with the direcfions shown on the plans and thenlhoroughly coated with hard grease, or lub.icant as approved by the
. Engineer, to prevent the concrete frofi bonding to that portion of thedowe
The entire joint assembly shall be of a type designaled on the planS andshall be insialJed in such a posiiion that the centerline of the jointassenbly is perpend cula- to lhe centedine of the paveri"ent slab and lhedowels lie parallel to lhe centedine of tbe slab. Finished.joints shall notdeviate more than six (6) millimeters in the hodzontal alignl-neat from a
. straighl lino. No plLrgs of conc.ete shall be permitted any whefe withinthe exoansion sDace.
A slip sleeve of the dimensions shovm on the plans shall be pJaced onthe g€ased end of each dowel. The greased ends shall be free to slidein ihe dowel holder and shall extend in the direction as indicated on theplans. Afyexcess grease on the dowelholder shallbe femoved,
Thb joint shall be securely staked or fastered in place pdor to placing theconcrete and in a manner t0 ensure the joint afd the dowel bars wjllfemain in their iropef position after lhe concreting and ll-nishingooerations are con'pleled.
"l-+-
tI:lII
",1II:l.l
:l{'
,l:l
M,ll
11
I
II
tI
Joints for pavement designed for two (2) or less lanes of traffic sl^all beassem0teo aTo Insla ed In one (1) continLous piece or the connectionsbetween seclions shall be made rigid and tigl-t ro p.event o.ts t
_
sections of the jo:nrs.. _The length oi ind;vidual pieces of the expanironjoint filler shall be not less than the width of dng (1) traffic lane of tnepavement.
Tne f inishing macline shall be opeiated ir a .ranner thai wii t . preventdisp{acement of lhe,o nt. l f fof any reason jt is recessary to stfarahten ajoint, any dep.ession caused by this ooeration shall immediately b-e f i l ledwith fresh cgncrete, respaded and baought to the originel c.own inadvanpe of the longitudinal finishers. Any fluid lailance of modar causedby thib operation shall be removed and replaced with tresh concrete.
As the ilnlshing machine approaches the joint on ihe firsttrip, the excessconcrete shall be shoveled ahedd and the tanper and each screect. inlurn, shall be lifted over lhe joint. On the second trip of the flnishinamachine, the screed inay be operaled ovet the loint,
b) Contrsction Joints
lIII
-an_a pproved-concrete-saw-+h e-iointrshatl-.n ot-be.3avred- .1|l niil--thE - - lconcrete has ha.dened to tl-e extent that tearing snd reve.ing isprecluded. All joirts shall be sawed dLrring the in,tial cuang period a1dthe sawing shall begin before the pavement starts shdnking and before
. : uncontrolled cracking takes ptace. Any prcceriure which results inI premAture and uncontfolleq cracking shall be revised lmmediately by
adjusting the seqlence of cutting the joints or the time interval lnvolved
::y?rT n:, ff ":?in"J [i",::r"fi ':"":*""':n",r;"" Jl;"il:'lf #"iJflovernighl without having the joints sawed, The joints shall be sawed at
. lkaight line and perpendicular to the centedine of the pavement. The
:::' i:#:lf ii* ",xT:ii'i, :? :?i:i":?'"':L1,?x,ffiili? J:xxwater appied unoe. oressure imrnediaiely after the joint has been cLlt,and before lllling with joint compound. When the plans speciry that
. dowels be installed through contraction . joints, r'the subgrade at thecontracUon. joiirts shall be accurately trimrned to the reqlired crosssection and to lhe proper depth of the pavement. A string line shall bestretched b€tween lhe pavement forms along the center line of the joinl.
. Each dowel shall be pairted and thoroughly coated !^/ilh hard grease orlubficant, in acco.dance with the direciion shovvn on the plans or asapo.oved by the Enginee. lo p.event the corcrete from bond:.g to thal
::3"'"[iJ.'::'fl :T:".T", :il:''i''$ffi ::T'J":,ii',?:',il"'i'"".lH:centedine of t le joinr assemb.y s pe.pe']diculaf to the centei l i le of theslaband the dowels l ie pafaLle tothe slab sudace and pafallel to the
. cenlerline ofthe slab, The greased ends of the dowels shal1 be ptaced
I
310-14
in the diection as indicated on lhe plans and shajl be free to slide ln lhelowel holder. P'ny excess hard grease on the dowel holdel shall be
c]!derl!cil-s-L&r45
Lonq:tudinal ioints shall be constructed in conforTance with Ihe detai lsshoin on the Dlans. When tne fabricated steer skip is specifed it sl'allbe held rigidly ln place with an adequate nomber of Pins driven lnto theslboradelo erisure that it wjll remain true to line and grade du ngconareting and flnishing operatlonq. On multiple lane p€venient whefelonqituoinar iotnts are consruded at the form l:ne, al app'oved recessedfo'.n and ri i bars wil l be required The fuldepth fab4cated sreel sPipd;sianated for other lo4gil ldilal joi^ts will not be pern_itted. When sawed1o;nti 61s sgecified or used, sJitaole gJidelires or devices sl'6ll beiumished to ensrlre cltting the longitudinal joint on the true lines asshown on the plans. The sawing of longitudinal joints shall be pedofmedat a time that willprecllde.enatic of uncontrolled cracking. Sawed jointsshall ba fllled with the type ofjoint compound indicated on the plans The
before illling wiih joint compound.
d) Construction Joints.
A oult colstrJction.joirt sha I be maoe perpendicular lo the centedine ofthe pavement at the close of each days work and also wnen the processof deoos'tinq concrete is stopped fol a length of time such urat, in tl'eopinior of thle Enginee-, the corcrete will have lake'l its i4ital set. Thisioint sFaf be formeo by using a clean plank header havirg a nori:naihickness of five (5) centimeters, a width of not less lhan the thickness ofthe pavement and a length of not less than the width of the paverneni. .The header shall be cul kue to the crown of the flnished pavement and.shall be accurately set and held in place in a plane at rjght .ngles tocenterline and perpendiculal to lhe surface oflhe pavenent.
The top swiace oi lhe header shall be protected wilh steel as approvedby the Engineer. on the face along with the center of the,header theresbalJ be fastened a trapezoidal pi€ce of melal or wood the filll length olthe header, five (5) centimeters wide and at least twenty ive (25)milliFeters in depth to form a gfooved joint, The header shall have drilledholes to accommodate the dowel or tie bars hereinafter specified. Uponresumption of Work any sufplus concrete renaining upon the subgradeshall be removed..The headei shall then be carofully temoved and fresh
'concrete deposited against the old in such a mannef as to avoid inj!ry tothe €dge oflhe old concrele. The fresh concrete shall be vibroled into thegroove in a manner to ensuae an intedocking joint,
tII
{
310-15
IIII
i -
IIIIIl,'IItIIIItItt
Dowel bars or load transfer devices shall be used in.all construction ioints' in accordance with the details shown on lhe plans. lf no such details areshown on the plans, lie bars as provided for ihe longitudinal joint, andspaced.at foriy-five (45) centimeter cente.s, shall be placed across thejoint in a plane parallel to the surface of lhe pavement approximaietymidway between the top and bottom surfaces of the pavement, Theedges of the joint shall be gfooved, edged, and sealed with the materialused fo. sealing expansion and contraction joinis,
No constructior joint shall be placed within three (3) mete$ of anexpansion, contraction, or other constluction j0int.
e) SeallnE Joints
a) Matedals: Joints shall be sealed with materJal of the typedesignated on the Plans
b) Hol Poured Jointsr The joints shall be sawed as piovided ln sub. item 310.3.7(b) and covered as provlded in sub item 310-3.7(c).
After the lourleen (14) or seventeen (17) day curing period for. the pavement has elapsed, the jute o(lother protective covering
shall be rernoved ffom the .ioint and the ioint thoroughly cleanedof all loose scale, saw dust. dirt. laitance ol other matler,
- cleaning rnay be accomplkhed with.a compressed air:jet, air andwater under pressure, wire brushes or in extaeme cases the joint
. shall, when directed by the Engineer, be resawed to ensure a. completely clean joint. The jqint surface6 and adjacent areas of
the slab shall be thoroughly clean.
The hot poured joint Baterial shall be heated in a heating unitapproved by the Engineer to the temperatqre wiihin the rangerequi.ed as shown by tests. The joi.t shall be filled trom the .
. bottom of the saw cut to the su.face of the pavement. Any joint. with a depth greater than twenty' five (25) millimelers sha I be
filled with a minimum ot two (2) layers, each layer beingapproximately equal ;n dePth.
Cold Poured Joints: Thejoints shall be saw€d as provided in sub-item 310.3.7(b) & 310.3.7(c) and cleaned ol all loose saw dust,laitaflce, diir, other foreign matter and free water.
The joints shall be filled immediately after cleaning. The nozzleused must be so designed that the joint is filled completely frombotiom to top. The joinl shall 6e filled so it is. rounded on topabout six (6) mil'imeters above lhe pavement surface.lmmediately after the jolFts have bebn filled, they shall becovered v/ith strip of nonabsorotive paFer al least four (4)centirnelers widb: Eleven (11) kilogram glassline or healy c.aft issuitable. The paper shall remain on the joint until it weathers orwears off.
I
i=-*.
310-16
O PerBsrent Iteqder Eoard
lmrnediately after the forms are rernoved lrom the ends ol conbretepavement that \dill be exposed to other than pefmaneni type surfacingand tehporary and permaneflt lraffic, a headerboard havin'g dimensioni
. of noi less than elght 18) centimeteG (nomilat) by twenty (20)centimeters shall be bolted securely to the encl of the pavement jn amanner to protect the edge of the pavement from damage, The headerboard shall extend the full roadway width, but may beJn two (2) sections,At the time of p{acing the concrete , six (6) (three for each lane), thjrteen(13) ni l l imeters by Weniy (20) centimeteG bolts shalt be emoedded tnthe end ol the pavement in.a.mannef that wil j hold the .header boafdsecurely. The header bo6rd shall be shaped to conform to the crown ofthe pavement and shall be installed flush with the concrete pavementsu.face. Ihe llnishing and Inltalling of the-header boafd shall becJnside.ed subsidiary Work pertaining to the other iten s in the Birl ofQuanlir:es and will not be paid for di/ectly.
The header will not be requrred on concrete base course Work.
; .
i
IIttIIIt
,l+l
I:
II
3103.8
After being spread and struck-off as provided in sub-item 910,3.5 ',placinoConcrete," the concrete shall be furlher struck-off and consolidated with a;approved finishing machine to such an elevalion that when finishinqoperations are compleled, the surface will conform to the required grade anacro\ivlr. The finishing machine shall operate over the entire surfac; at leasttrice, the first iimd wjlh the finishing m€chine tamper and both screeds inoperation. A uniform roll o'concrete approximately fifteen (1S) celtirete|sabove the pavernent g€de shall be ma;nta;ned ahead o. the f onr screed folits entire length du ng the first trip over wilh ihe finishinq .machine.'Excessive tamping or firisl.ilg resulting in b.irging a,] excess;f mo.tar tothe surface will not be oermitisd.
After the last pasg ol the finiihjnd machine, a mechanical longitudinalfinisher shall be operated over the concrete surface. The forward m;tjon olthe longitudira'f lnishef shall be so adjusted tnat the screed wil l pass overeach pod:on of lhe sJrface ai least t!^/ice. The loFgitLdirat firisher shall oeoperated in a manner lhat wlll prevent excessive slump,ng ol lhe conc.ete althe fo.m lires o- lhe netal center stlp o. the loss o. the crown of lhepavement. lf .ecessary or when ordered by the Engjneer, the finisher shallbe operated in one dieciion only or shall be opefated from o4iv the form tothe centey'ine in ordef to ensure that ihe proper cross seitjon of thepavement is obtained. The leading edge of the screed shall clea.lhe tormsuppn completion of each lransvease pass in order to clear the pavementsuface oi aoy la;tance of thin nonaf
ln genera., lhe aod tion of superiicial watef to t,te surface or the,concrete ioassis! ir firisning ooeratio'ls wirl not be permitled. lf tne appl;caiion of watertc the slrrface ls pefinitted by the Engineer, it shall be applled as a fog sprayby means o'app.oved soray equiornenl.
H.n:[i'I:f":1",l']Ji"'sftsli::lJ:r ;Y:ls 9le or the precedins methads or
;ii::: r i*j,r:"";',' ri*::ii'ji+i:i:?ii!nl:J::'-ffr ":':;r,""-aiJo""i.,-#ii -i'# il;ffi ;;il::":"i::t[:::iir"jl'*;::i?;iiiub,i,l.oo,
.uOO'"."nring. one of the pfeceding mettrods of tongitudinai
When the tongituoinat finishing has been cor"pteted, ti.te eltire surface shallbe tested wih skaighredges not less than fl^ree (3) meters in fenoin.-iil
:ffi :'1x'"::,":1!'il!:;:::l,'i:"J:lJ",i'"" l"lg"*::*";im:;-;l:pavement shalJ be in successive srages o. not more fl.an on" r,uri rriil ii,irengln ol ne straightedges. All laitance, surp,us w€ler. and ine.t maierialshallbe rcmoved from the surface. AII high ptjces stral de woriea Aowi'ln?
**s that cannoi be creanea snatt oe discardeo an-o nlw.
ti:"i$if 1T :h;,"ff " [*j""#';,$"f :";jfl : FIil,,J.: Tf, :1.j[]"':l(ne concrete at exoanson joints.shal be fn shed with an edoer6tne
tIIIlIttIItttIII
310- r8
310.3.8.r
radius shown on the plans. The exlosed. edge ofthe pavsment shall befinished ,,\iih an edgei lo a.radiss of six (6) milllmeters ADy iool maiksappea.ing on the slab adjacent to the joints o|edge of slab shall beeiiminated by dragging tl'e surface. ln doing this, tl'e rounding of the conefof the slab shallnot be disturbed,
4!-4llr]It!t!:J:g
lJness otherwise specified. hard finishing metfods will rot be permittedexceot unde' the folLowing cocd't ions:
i) In the event of oreakdowl of the mechanical equipment. handmethocs may be used to finis\ the concrete already depos:ted onthd grade \dhen the brcakdown occurs, and no additional
' concreie shall be placed until such equipment is repalred to thesatisfacton of the Ergineef.
li) Narrow widths pr areas of irregulaa dimensions where operationof mechanical equipment is iFpraoiical as deternined by theEngineer, may be linished by approved hand methods.
iii) Sl'od lengths of pavement, such as bridge Eporoach pavenert,where the operallon of mechanjcal equipment is irnpraclical may
. be flnished by apProved hand methods.
Corcrere, as soon as placed, shall be s$uck-off and screeded. Anapproved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall beprovided for stdking off the botiom layer of concrete if reinforce.nent.isused,
The scr6ed for t l 'e sudace s.a,l be at least one (1) metef lorger lhan lhemaximum wldth of the slab to be skuck-oft. It shall be of appfoveddesign, suffioienUy rigid to retain its shape, and be constructed either of
. metalor other s!iiable material shod with metal.
Consolidaiion shall be attained by the use of a suitable vibrator or otherapproved eqJiPment.
ll. operation tne screed shall be moved fo&ard 01 lhe forms wjth acombined longitudinal and kansverse shearing motlon, moving always inthe direction in which the work is progressing and so hanipuiated thatneithbr end is raised fiom the sjde forrns during the striking off process. lfnecessary, this shall be repeated untjlthe surface is of uniform lexiure,kue lo grade and cross secliol., and ifee fror porous a-eas.
Afier the concfete has been struck-off, it shall be further sniooihed, lrued,and consolidated by means of a longitudinal tioat The hand operatedlongitudinalfloai shall be not less lhan thrce and one.half (3.5) meters inlength and fifteen (15) centimeters in width, propedy sllffened to prevenlflexing and w6rping. Ihe longiiudinal floai, operated from fooi bddgesresting on ihe side forms and spanning bui not touching the
tItt
:
:
I;, ' 4 '
t+l
' {
IITII
310-19
IIII
t: '
corcrete, shall be worked w(h a sawing molion, while held in a floalingpositioo paraliel to the road centedine, and passing gradually frcm oneside of the pavement to the other, Movefient ahead along the centedinqof lhe pavement shall be ln successive advances of not more than onehalf (1/2) the length ofthe float. Any excess water or soupy material shallbe wasted over the slde forrns on each pass.
At the option of lhe Engineer, the long-handled floals having bledes notless than one and one half (1.5) meters in length and lifteen (15)centimeters in width may be substiluted for the hand opeFtedlongiiJdinal f loat.
All other ooerations after this substitution for the mechan:cal eqJrpnentshall be pehormed in the manner previously described
Concreting bperaton shal be perforned anly In dayright ' Llnde- nociicumstaices shall concrete pavement placed or finished at night,
Removlng Forms
Unless otherwise provided, forn! sharl nol be rernoved from freshly p acedconcfele until it has sel for at least t.welve (12) hours' except auxiliary formsused temporarily in Wdened areas Forms shall be removed carcfully so asto avoid damage to the pavernent After the fofms have been removed' thesides of the slab shall be cuted as speciired for the su.fdce Maiorhonevcombed afeas will be considered as de'ective woft and shall beremoved ard replaced al ihe Conlractols expense, as difected by theEnoineer. Aay area or section so removed shall not be less thal three (3)mejers in length nor less than tl'e fLll wdth of tl-e lane lnvolved. When it isnecessarv to remove and replace a section of pavement, any remainingpodion of the slab adjacent to ibe joints that is less than three (3) rneters inienglh, shall alqb be femoved and replaced.
Pro(ectins anil Curins ofConcrete Patement
!) lnit ial Curine
As the surface of the newly-laid pave'nent is progressively finished.lhe in:t'alcuring and prctection operations shall be started.
Upon corpletion the finishing operat:on and while the sudace of concrete isslill moist, but no free water remains, a liquid curing membrane approved bythe Enqineer shall be applied to the exposed suriace of the pavement ai theraie nol less than one (1) litre per ihree and two-thirds (3-213) square metersof surfuce area when mechanical pressure distributors afe used The curingmembrane, except on irregular ' a.eas, shall be applied by means ofaooroved self-propelled mechanical gress!re disiributors or approved handsprays. Satislactory means shall be provided for ihoroughly mixing the
I
I
tIII
Itt
II
I
310 ,3 ,9
31b.3.10
IItl
310-20
II
€urjng membrane compound before and during its use, ihe mechanicalspr€yjng equipment may be eilhef a full width spray baf eguipped.withmultiple nozzles or a trave.sing spray which tEvels from one ldde of thepavernenl to the other. ln either case the path of adjacenl nozzles o-i passesof the traversing sprayshall overlap a rninimum of one-hali(.1/2) the wjdth ofthe spfay patlern so that all portions of the surface shall re;elve doubteapplications frorn adjacent nozz,es or passes. The p-mping, pressu|.e anJotsl|louuon arangement sha be correlared wilh tne fofward speed toproMde adeqLate and unjforir cove€ge of the pavemenr at not Jess ihan themin,mum rate reouired. kregJlar areas to which the mechanical diskjbutor
. cannot be adapted may be covered with hand sprays.
Whdr l-and sprays are used. the cu.ing membrale shatl be apptied ir t,vo(zl applcafions, each at a rate of noi less tnan one (1) litae per itve {5)souare n'eters of sudace area so €s to piovjde a total rafe of application oione (1) litre per two and ane hal l2-jl2) square meters of surface area. Theparn or tne spray on the second application shall be at right angles to thepam oJ lne spray on the trst applicatiol. When hand operated spravs arepe'mrtted,_the equipment suoplying the Oressure to the.spray nozzte siall becapaote or sJpptrng a constant and uniform pressure to provide Lrnifor.n andadequate. ! 'sk;bution of the curjng merbrane compouad al the raterequtreo. |l fo-n any caLse. sucf as rain_fall sooo aftet its applicat.on tnecurirg membrane is darnaged, the Conlractor sha irrn;;iai;V ;o;l;anolF-6r apptcstron of curing rnembrane to tfe surface or thd pavement. iierate of applicalion for the reptacement membrane shalt U" tii. sim" as ioirhe origidal membran€.
II
I
tItI
, u.:.i:
r . : .1
II
+lUnless.otherwise dkected by the Engrnee., inmediately followinq theapp|calron 0r me cuflng rneTbrare, an approved shade_can!,"s sh;,| beplaced approxhately t|iny (30) centimeters above ttre pavement iurlace,Jne snaoe-canvas shall be construcled or rnaterials and ln a manTerapproved by the Engineer, ln no case shall any pu.tion oiil,"
"fr"O"_"Jnri"come,in conlact with the pavemeni_ The initial auring shatt Oe c;na.nuJio;period.of t!1/enty four (24) hours frorn the time tie curing me;bian" iiapplied.
When forms are removed, whether during the jnitial or the final curinoperiod, the edges ofthe pavement shall.ecetve curing memUrane ai re iitEof coverage specified iorthe pavement sudace
The cudng rrembrane rray be aop, ed to the vedical edges of the pavementby.nreans of hand sprays or by nozzles artached to t l"rr!" i . ,"ni." i0rsr10ur0r, but lre edges of the pavefient shall be covered wkh curinomembrane at the rate specified wirlin thirty (301 minutes ane"iemovat-oi if!forms,
When cold-poured joint co-npourd is Jsed, al. joints shall be sawed dLdnothe inJtial cuing pedod The shaoe-carvas rray ue moveo ii dit ri.irt,lriifor short perods of dme ro permh -e sawing. Befo," U"ins "djf;;,
thul;;rishall be tho.oJghly cleaned of alltoose saw dust, la;tance; did,
"fi,"|.
-f"*i"^
matter, and free of water. As he ftetnod o'fnalcu.,ng is oiferent
IItIIIIt
II
314-21
ItIt
it
II
frorn that.of the init iat _curing, the cteaning a.d seal:ng of jbints shall bepenormeo tmmeolarety lo owrng fie removal of the.shade-canv6s at the enqof the initial curing period ahd prior to the.application of the polyethylenesheet ng.
When hot poured joint cornpound is Lsed, he joinrs shaJl be sawed. cleaned,and filled wjth jute of other acceptable protective matedal in the same timesequence as for cold-poured joints.
lr no case shalt any po4ion of t \e concrete pavernelt be exposed to thedrrect rays o'the sLln fo. more than o4e (1) hoJr.
Following joiniing operations, curing membrane shail be appiied to fl.re Jorn(. area at the rate specified forthe pavement surface.
.b) Final Cudng
.
upbn complelion ofthe initial curing pe od and after the shade-canvas has. been. removed and joinling oper€tion has been completed, the pavenen{
shall be completely cove.ed with White Opaque potyethylene Filrn asspecified in MSHTO M 171. Adjoining sheeis shall be lapped a minimum offorty five (45) certimeters. The sheeting shall be held in place ln a mannerapp'oved by the Engineer.
Finalcuring shall be conlinued unti l the concrete reaches an age ofJourteen(14) days. During this pe.iod, the curjng membrane and polyethytene filmshall be protecied f.rom damage from any cause. Any damage from onecause shall be lmmediately repaired by the Contractor at his expense, Notraffic, including workmen and pedestrians, shall be allowed on the surface
. of th e pavement until th e expkatio n of ihe fo urteen ( 1 4) day curing ber:jod.
When concrete ls being placed during lhe iime that the aif iemperatute mayoe expected lo drop below ffteen (15) degrees C, a suff ic;ent suppiy o,
. budap, straw, hay, or other suitablb blanketing material shat Oe piovidedalong the wo* to prctect the concfete and maintain a minimum tempeGtureof fifteen (15) degrees C in ihe conorete as measured on the surfaie of ihepaventent. An approved moisture barier such as wet burlap of glastic.sheeting shall be placed on the concfete prior to placing the blanke ng' material. This type of cdre snalt be maintajned for a period of seveaty two(72) holrs as the initial cure. Afte. the initial cure as specified above, j flnalcufe as specified above may be used. The final clre shall be maintained fo.a p:r i-d or foJdeen (14) days, thJs making a sevelteen (17) day curingpeno0 rcr coto weatner concreitng,
'As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficienlly, the pavelrent surfaceshall be tested with a three (3) meter straightedge or other specifled' devices. Areas showing high spgts of nrore than three (3) millimeters,but not exceeding tlvelve (12) millirneiers in thfee (3) meters behveen
IIttIIt
314-22
III
310.3.12
any t!\o contacl poinis, shall be marked and i.mmediately ground do\an withan approved grinding tool to a lolerance of less than three.(3) mm asdesiribed above. V\4rere the departure trom correct crosg sectjon exceedstwelve (12) millimeters, the pavemenl shall be removed and replaced by andat the exoense of the co4kactor.
Any area or section sb removed shall be nol less than lhree (3) meterc inlength nor less than ihe full widlh of the lane involved. When it is necessaryto remove and fep ace a section of pavemenl, any remaining poaljon of theslab adlacent to the joints that is less than three (3) neters in length, shall.also be removed and replaced at the Coltracto/s expense.
Tesrs for Thickness ofPevement spd Deeree of C;mpsction
i ) Thic l$ess of Pavement
The Employer wiil not be liable for pay-ent of any excess i; thickness oidepth of pavemeni. During the progress of the work, the thickness or depthof pavement will be determined by lhe Engineer from cords cut from theconcrete pavemehi by the Conkactor. The cost of Cutling and recovering all ,the cofes desdibed in this cl€use and the following paragraph shall bedeerned to be included in the rales and prices for Portland Cemed qoncretePavement entercd byihe Conkactor in the Billof Ouaniities.
ursat 'sfactory wbrk shal. oe reoaked, replaced, of w' i l be paid ro- at anadjJsted price, as follows:
One 15cm diameter core will be removed by the Contractorfrcnleach lane, at such locations as the Engineer may direct andshall represent not more than 1000 SM of pavement area. A laneshall be considered the pavemeni surface betr,leen longitudineljoints, of a longitudinal joint and pavement edge.
If any core measLrement ra detcielt rrore ll_ar 6.5 'nrn from lhe.required thickness a core measurement shall be laken at each30m interval in bblh directions longitudinal from the first deficientcore in the same lanb, as deiined hercjn, until the thi6kness oithe pavement is folnd to be not nnore than 8.5 mm deflcient fromthe required thickness. Fach deflcieni core shall be consideredas representing the condition in the same lane or longitudinalsecl ion. as aoove oefned. for a dislance of 15n, in eachdrrectio" longiruoiral ly 'rom the core
c) Sections of pavitment which are deficient in thickness, asdete'mired by cores. by an alount more (han j.3 crn shall berefioved and replaced with pavement of ihe specified thicknessat the expense of the Conlractor. The removai and replacementshall start at the detemined point of deiiciencyand proceed .lo.1giludinally as l'ereinafter specited. unlil tne pavereit isto be not more t l_ar 6.5 mm Uefic.ent tom the -equi€dthickness, The old reinfofcing €ieel .shall be left extended a'sufiicient distance so as io allow ihe new reinforcement steeltobe laoped witn U^e old rl_e fequired distance lo be welded io thesat s'acrion of the Engr.ee-
tI-+
II
I+l
tIIIII
a
tI
Il
II
#tII
310-23
t:I
e)
The removal and reolacements of pavements shall extendtransversely the full width each lane in which such deflciency isfound.
All pavements Within iwo (2) meters oi the deiiciency spot shallbe removed, except that \then any joint is more thao two (2Jmelers, all pavemeniq shall thg6 66 rem6v66 10 the next joint.
Sections of pavemeni which are dericient ia lhicKness. asdetermined by measuremen( of cores.in accordance with..AqSHTO T14849, by an anount more lhai 6.5 mrn, but noiinore than 1.3 cm,. wil l be paid for at.an adjusted p ce asspecilied io Table Belolil
DEIICIINCY IN THICK}'ESS AS DETERMINEDFRO)l CORES
tIItII
IItt
I
ThicknessPfoporl ional Part of Contract of '
Contfact Price to be al lowed,
3.00 mm to 6.5 mm
6.5 mm to 13 mm
95%
310-24
t . i i ) Desi€e ofaompaction
Tne cores that have been cLt fro'1 the corcrete paverrent eccordirg to the. req,ireme.1ts o' ( i) above sharl be examined by . the Enginee's
Reoresentat.ve io check the degree of comPaction achieved lhrough theI slab and to check ihe effecilveness of the bond between the top and bottorn
course co4cfete.
Shoutd.any core reveal that any part of the slab has nct been adequatelyconpacted by reveal 'ng honeycombed or segregated concrete ald shoLldthe bond beween the top and bottom layers or concrete be such that a pla.eof weakness is preseot, ihen addllional cores shall be taken to check theaaeas of defective concrete pavenlent accoading lo the t'rocedlre laid down.in {i) above for determining the areas of concrete Pavement deficjent incompictior.
Anv areas of defective pavement concrete so found shall be replaced wiihnew concrete in accordance wilh this section at contracto/s own expqnse.
The Enqineer rese.ves t l_e Lg\t to ca-ry out crusl ' ; lg tests on any of arl o:tne coni,ere cores lake. in accordance $;th lhis claLse, ano should thesetests show that any area ol pavement concrele has falled to meet theitrengtn requiremenis of the sp€clflcatibn, then 6Llch areas of concrete shallbe.removed and repiac-ed with new concfete' mixed. laid, compacted andfinished !o the requirements ofthis section at conifactoas own expense.
lIIttI
i i i ) Refi l l ins otHoles
Holes in the pavefteni createo by the cutting of cores shall be thoroug,lycoated on the inside with a neat cement gfout and shall then be filled withcorcrete of the same m;x as sl.own in lhe pavernent. The fili:ng sl-alj be n&vo- equal layers and each sha be rodded 25 times.to lts futiOepltr.-fne' surface sha be flnished flush and broomed. The surface shall be keptthoroughtywet for 72 hours thereafier
310.3.13 Replacement ofDetectj l e Concrere
Any co-rc.ete no{ complyinq with the sFecification shall be cut out and.eptaced.rn accordance Wth the speciflcatjo. over lhe full width of lhe slabbetween tongttud,nal cons kuct o n joints and over a length e)dend:nq betweentwo ransversejoints each o. a type.orher tha'r a warping ?o,nt.
Concrete Luq Anchors
"Concrete Lug Anchors, sha,l be conskucted jn accordance with thed;mensions afld notes and at the tocatjons shown on the ptanS. Unteisotl-erw'se. indicated oq the plans, the class, cornposhion,
"on",rtan"u.p-oponron'ng, batchrng mixing a1d curing of the concrete uSed in concreielug ancnors sna contorm to tJ-e sane requjrenents as the coniretepavement Reinforcirg .steel, concrete and excavation for lug
"nchois it"lt
be subsidjary to.the Bilt of euantities itefl ,'Concreie Lug An;h"o;.; - - - -
**+.Iry*!!sls!,TlsJ
-+
IIIII
J10.3.11.Jl . i1'lt1ir, I::ir j:i: t
l.;ri +
:l. l
; e
310,4.1
ITI'l,tII
The un;r of rneasuremert ior pay-lent sFa'l be the cubic merers of the.c0mprereo aTd accepted podland cerrent concrele pavement, asmeasureo In prace. I he nLmbe. o. cubic meters of the cornp,eted porUandCe'nenl Co.crele Pavement sha' l be deterrnired OV he fenqtn-measui"ia ong the certfe line and upon rhe sudace o. the rciaO, timejtne WJifr asshown.on the Drawings ptus the areas.of any $/aenlng on curvei. i!;oirls .' and intercection, authodzed and measured separateiy. Measu;;;;;i-;;!:::T:l,y:n::r ^wir be ensufed by erectins srrirtrers ror scileitrisconcrete at requked level.
The !.tnlt.of rheasuremem for brdge Aoproach Sl€bs shall be ihe souarerieters 0r rne area actua y consirLcted in accordance wilh the orawings oras directed in writing by he Enginee..
Concrete Lug Anchors shall be measu-ed by lhe linear melers in place. tneneasuring being made atorg the centerlira of tfr" concr.eG i.ig-ii;o:kansverse to the pavement centetline. No measurement will Oe-maae oturaLthorized areas or for exra thickress.
. . {
I
310,25
III
310.4.2 PAYBc:rt
Tl-e nurnber or cubic meters of Podland Cement Concrete pavement.-easu'ed as specif ied in sub-ite-n 310.4.1 above , WII oe pa:d for . at theprice tendered pef cubic meter in the Bill of Quantitjes, adjusted as speci.iedfor deficiency in thickness, which price shall inciude the cost of consiructinofinishing, curjng, prolecting and cleaning the pavement as above describe;:the preparation of subgrade to receive the pavementi the construbfon of alijoints of whatever type; cutting of cores and filliig of holos, afi materials.including joinl flller and other material, equipment, labour and all elsenecessary lherefor, and all othea work in connection iherewith and incidentalthe€ to in accordance with the specification and Drawjngs. Reinforcinosteel shall be mqasured separately under relative items ofwork.
The number of cubic meters of Bddge Approach Slabs, will be paid for at theprice tendered per cubic meter in the Bill of Quantities, which price shallinclude the cost of constructing, finishing, curing, protecting and cleanjng the'slab
as above described; the surface preparation of the sub-base to receivethe slab; lhe conskuction of all joints of whatevef type: all .materials,including joint flller and other joint mateidl, .equipment, labour.aid all elsenecessary therefor, and all othe. work in connectjon therewith and incidental
' thefeto in accordance wilh the Specification and Ofawings.
IIttII Pay ltem
No. .Description 'Unit of
Measutemeni
lItIIttIttt
310 a
310 b
310 c
Plain Concrete Pavement
Reiniorced Concrete Pavement
Concrete Lug Anchors
ct\4 .
ct\4.
N4r
I
I
tTl i \ l 3 l l ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING COURSE (PLANT MIX)
IIWITH CELLIJ'I'OSE FIBRE.
3 l t . 1 DESCRiPTION
The work shallconsist offumishing adgregates, asphalt binder and cellulosefibre at a control asphalt batching plant,'rhixed at a specified temperature,spreading and compacting the mixture in ah approved manner on primed ortacked surface of base, subbase. bridge deck or concfete pavement, inaccodance with these specifications and in conformity with lines, grades,typical crcss-sections, shown on lhe drawings or as difected by.theEngi16g'.
tqATERIALS REOUIREiI IENTS
Nlineral Assreeulcs
a) Cosrse AsqrLe. l tca
Coarse Aggregates shal be crushed. nor-absorpt ive stores ano unlessorherwise sr ipLlated, shal l iorfoam lo I l_e fol lowing qJal ly requirements ofAASHTO M 283 for class A agg.egates:
1. Los Angeles ab-esio 1, MSHTO T 962. Flat and Elongated Padirles,
3. Sodium sulfale soundness losg(5 cycles), MSHTO T 104
4. Particleq retained on the No. 4 sieve'shall have at leastone fractu'eo face,two fract!red taces
5. Absorption, AASHIO I85
6. Coa.se and fine durability index,MSHTO T 210
lvl;xes will re ativery p-re carbonate aggfegalespolish shall not be used-
b) Fine Accrc,o;tes
Fine aggregate shall cons st oi a blend of 100 o/d caJshed, manufuclu€d sand. ltshall conform to the qrialilJ rcqu'fefirer s 0I AASHTO 1"4 20. The sodium sulfatesolrndness loss in 5 c)cler shal not ex.eed 15 percent. ln addiijon the liqlidii.nit shallnot exceed 25 as determined bvAASHTO I8t.
I
30% max.
15 % ma)t.
15 oZ nax.
100 7o min.75 % nrin.
+
tI
III.lIItII
2 % r|'ax.
40 % nix.
ot any aggregales known to
I
t c) Combinecl Aqsreet tes
Thb several aggregate fractions of course end fine for the mixture shall besized, graded. aod_ combineo in such prcport ions that the result ingcomposite blend conforrns to Table-A belowi
Tabte A
(Percentage by We;ght Passing Sieves. AAttror r, *,, ,1IIIttt
AjYglcsls!4rrl3/4\n.1n3/8No. 4No. INo. 30No.50No.2000.020 mm
Percentaoe Passino
l nh o/-
.85-9560-7520.2316-2412-16
. 12-15. 8 -10
less tnan
To.be control led from a combination of aggregate and.mineral f i l lef laKenf r ^a r a^ .acan t . r i vo r t - ; ! zF r ' - ^ - i - ' - -
311.2.2 AsBhalt Cerflent .
a) Asphalt Cement shall be AC-20 or sirnilar g'ade and conform to AASHTO[,1 226.
b) Asphalt Cement shall be mixed at a temperature as required lo achieve akinematic visGosily of 15! to 300 centjstokes. Typical platt mixingtemperature-is 3'10" - 325 "F and at no tinre shall the mixing temperatureexceed 325'F.
Minersl Fi l ler
a Mir)eral filler sSoJld consisl oi finely divded ninEral matef such as rockor limestone dust or olher suilable material. Al ihe time of use it shouldbe sLrtficiently dry ro flow f.eely and essentia ly free f'om agglomerarions.Filler should be free from organic impurities and have a plasticiiy jndexnot grealer than 4. Filler matedal fof the mix shall meet the requirements
IItTIIII
of MSHTO M 17.
b. Cornmercial mineral filler added to the mixture, shallihan 20% of its weight smaller in size than 0.02 mm.
be lirnlted to less
3l l .3. ,1 CeUulose Fibre
Fibre stabll izer, cel lulose f ibre is to be ut: l izeo. Dosage raies for cel.ulose is0.3 % by weight of the total mix. Alloi/€bte to(erances of fibre dosage shallbe +l 10 % of the .equired fibre weight. The selected fibre shall rneet thepropert ies described .n Tab e-e Ltir iz rg the l isted test prccedures.
Th:s test shall be pedor.ned Lrsing as Atpine Ajr Jet Sieve (TVpe 2OO LS). A€o.esentative fve gram sanpre of f iore shaJt be siev€d foi ta mirutes i t a::!]ro]l:d y":""-.oi32,inches (-/- 3) ofwErer. The po,iion remaintng of th;screen sha be we;ortted,
b) tulethod B - luesh Screen Analvsis
Tlt is test sh.l 'be performed usi.g sta-dard No.20. r 'o,60,80, JOO and 1;Oseves, ny,on otushes and a shaker A fepresenlatjve 10 g.am sarrple oftibre shall be sieved, using a shakerand t\ro nyton Urusles 6n eacn sJreen_The amoJ-r retaired on eabh sieve shajl be weighed anO the percenuoepassing ca'culated. Repeatabilhy.o, th s rnet 'rod 's suspecl and neeos ro ie
i.,i
':.l:
E:-; ;1l!: I
&;F-:e;
:q:.e'i ll:l1. i;si !
F : {
;
2l Ash Codtent
A fepresentative 2-3 grafl sartple o'Fore shall be placed in a tarfed crucibleand heated bellveen 1100oF for not less tnan fwo nours. fne cruciOie anjash shall be cooled in a desiccator and .eweighed.
3) Dl- lTest
c,ve grams c. f ,bfe shal be added to,OO Tl of oist i t ed w€ter, st irred and let .set for 30 mlnules. The pH shall be determined witfr a proOe cafiOialeU witfr-pH 7.0 buffer.
'
IItII
|MII
ItI1ItIIII
It
4) OilAbsorption Test
Five g16.'1s of f lb-e shall be accurately weighed a.rd suspended i, t an excessof rnine.al spkits for not less than fl\,e minules lo eosufe total satJration. tiwi l l then be placed in a screen mesh strai lef (approximatetv 0.S;;-";. :nillimeter l"ole s:ze) and shaken on a w.jst actior ir,"i"l. foj t"n-r;i-ui"i{approxrmatety 1 - 1/4 inch motion at 240 shakes/-ninute). The shaken.massshall be then t.ansfered without touching. to u uir"a,
"onLi"ur- Jnjweighed. Results shall be reported.as the amo!nt (number of times its o;weight) the f jbres are abte to absoro.
5) Moisture Content
Ten grarns ot f iore shall be weighed a.d placeo in a 2506 io-ced ak oven forr\ ivo Toirrs. t .e samp,e wi then be reweighed inmediately upon removalfrom the oven.
Design NIir Reouir€ments
Oeb;gr para.rete. sharl be tr accordance with Hor l \4ix Asphatt Desgn oyMa|shaJ Method uti l ising AAS-1IO T - 24S.
The ri ix des:gr lest propeiy values aad cu.es used to devetop tre iob m,xin accordance wilh the Asohalt Insttutes Minuat Ser,es No. 2 iMS-2)Acceplaote deualons rom !aious valres of JMF shal, oe as ulcdr:
I :i
a. Aqareqates
Passing No.4 and lafger sievesPassing No. I to No. 100 sievesPassing N!. 200 sieve
b. Asphalt Ce;rent
Percent by.M. in toial mix
c. Cellulose Fibre
Percent by M. in total mix.
!3 Yo!1%t
tttI
10.s %
j 0.03 o/o
Designation
' i i .i i i . .
VTl,4 perceni.Asphalt Content %Stability (Kg).VMA percent.Flow0.01 inch.Compaction No. ofblows on each side ofspecimen.Draln oown Test,percentr
3-46:0 min.
1000 min. .17 min .8-14
.50
T-166, T-209, T-269of total mix.Marshall Method
Marchal,Method.
lVIafsh6l Method.
31r -4
I
It
311.3.2
CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
lvli:(inE Plant
Plants used for the preparation of the1 56 and the fol{owing. . .
a. Hsndlirs Fi l ler
mixture shall conform to MSHTO l\4
Adequate dry storage shail be provided for the mineral fillef, and piolisionsshall be rnade for propofiioning ihe filler into lhe mixture uniformiy and ;n thedesired quaniities. l\4ineralflllir in a batch plantvrill be added directly intolheweigh hopper, In a drum plant mineral filler \1/ill be added directly:nto thedrum mixer. Special atte"tion is directed to providing appropdate eou'p-entfor accurately p_opotionirg the rejatve la-ge anou4ts of mine.al f l le'requ red for mixture.
b. Fibre Addir ion
Adequate dry storage shall be pfovided for the.flbre addltive, and provisionsshall be made for pro portionin g .fibre into the mixture uniformly and in thedesi-ed qLantit es.
c. Batch Plant
Loose fib€ or pafetized fib.e shall oe added tnrough a sepa_aie inlet djrect yinto the pugmill before. adding bitumen in the mix. The addiijon of fibreshould be timed to occur du.ing the hot aggregate charging. Adequate drymixing lime is required to ensure proper bending of the aggregate and ibrestabilizer. ory mixing time shall be ifcreased 5lo 15 secondg. Wet milingtime shal be increased at least 5 seconds for cellulose flbres to ensureble.di-g w'rh lhe asohak cement.
d. Hot- Mixture Storage
When the hot mixtufe is not to be hauled irnmediately to the project andplaced. suirable bins shail be orovded. Such birs shall be either surge birsto balance production capacity !^/'tr l'aLl'ng and placing capaity or storagebns \ahich arc healed and insulated aod .which have a' control ledatmosphere around the mixture. The holding time shall be within limitaiions .imposed by the Engineer, based on laboratory tests of the stored mixu.e. Inno case will rnixture be kept in storage ovemight.
Haulios Eouipment
Hauling Ejquipment and paver shall be of a type normally used for thetransport and placement of dense grade asphalt hot mix. Truck beds shallb€ covered and iarsulated ii necessary, so that he rnixture may be deliveredon the rcad at a temperatlrre of notless than 130'C.
II
-1:
II
+l
IItIIIII
ffilI
ry,'qII
ttItIttII
III
Ittt
311,3.3
311.1.4
31r.3.6
Prv€rs
fll/,er,s.5la]l be a type norfirally used for the otacement of ctense gradedasphatt , hot . mjx. They shall be self_contained, power_propelled- unhsproMoeo w[h an adlustable aclivated screed. heated and capaole ofspreadhg and flnishlng coursed of asphalt ptant mix material in larie wjOtniapp|ca0te lo ne speclttecl typ,cal section and thickness shown on.tne plants.
The paver shall be caoable of being operaled at forward speeds consistentwtrn sa0sraqory ptaceme.t and compactio4 of the mixtufe. The paver shall0e capabte ot striking a smooth flnjsh of uniform tenure.
Coptlitioiins of Existidg Sudace
a. lmmediately before ptacing the mixture, the.exist;ng surface shal becleaned of loose ot deleterious. materiat Uy Orooming:or othei a;oiovlJmeans.
b. A thin tack coat of asot-alt emuts'on (SS-1, SS-1 h, CSS-1, CSSn h or. similar materiat) conforming to AASHTo M 140 or M 2oe shitt be ao;iie;to ensure uniform aqd cofiptete adhefence of the overtay. Tire aiptrittemulsion used for t5is pr.r-pose wi be d:tuted with an equai part of v,a;rano oe apptred at the rate of appfoximately. 1 gal/square yard.
c. Whe'e tre existirg surface s distorted, a leveling course of hol aspha,tmlx shall be requircd to restore proper crbss-section prior to construition
. of the ovanav-
Faclne And FirishlnE
Tne mixture sl_all be piaced at a temperatJ.e not less lhan 2S0 eF. Theni)1,1-e temperature sha be measLrred in the kuckjust pdof to dumping intothe spreader.
The mixture shdll be spread add struck off to the established grade;ndelevation with asphaJt pavers.
Facing soeed will be ad;usted so that suffcient time is allowed fofcompaction operations and to provide conlinuily.
Compact ioo
lmrnediately after the mixlure has beer spread a1d stfuck otf, it shall be. thoroughly and uniformly compacted by ro ling
Due to ihe nature of mixtLre, the sudace sha be rolled irnmeo:ateivRolling shall be accornplisl-ed wll. steel wheet rolle-s of a minimL;weighl of 10 tons. Rol'ing procedures shall be adjusted to provide thespecified pavement density. Rollers shall rnove at a unilorm speed not toexceed 3 mph with the drive roll neaiest the paver. Roll:ng sha ,becontinued unlil and roller marks are eliminaled and the minimam densityhas been obtained. The Coniractor shall monitor density during th;compaction process by Use of nuclear density gauges to assure that theminimun required compaction ls being obtained.
II
b. To lrevent adhesion o'lhe rnlnure to the rollers. it shall be necessary tokeep the v!,heels properly moisiured with water mixed wiih very sma'lquantities of delergent or other approved material.
c. The pavement shall be. compactod lo at leasi 94yo oi maximum. theor;tical dedsityand at no flore than 6% airvoids.
d. Once suf{icient in-place densiiy has been achieved, rolling operaiingshould cease, as oier-iolling may cause migration of asphdlt cerilent andfiller to the compacted pavement surface.
CONTROL OF ASPIIAIT IVID(TUR-E
The mixture fumished by the conkaclo- shall coniorm to the job-mixformula. within the allowab{e deviations from the target values Theallowable deviations from the tafget values for the JMF 9f the agg.egateshall be +/- 4% for the 3/4", 1/2" and 3/8" sieve; +A 3% for the No 4' No 8,No. 30 and No.50 sieve, and +/- 2% for lhe No. 200 sieve. The allowabledeviation frc.n the target value fof the asphalt content shall be +^ 0 3percent-
TRTAL / EXPERNVIENTAL SECTIONS
Tesi seciion (s), a minimum of 200 meier each, shall be constructed toexamine lhe mixing plant process control, placement procegures, mixsurface appearaflce, compaction Patterns and to calibrate the nuclearde.sity dev;ce.
Weather L i ln i ta t lons
The rnixture shall be placed only when the air temperature is foul (4)degrees ceniigrade or abo\ie and no asPhalt shall be laid under foggy olra;ny weather or ovef moist sudace,
IUEASTJRIMENT AND PAYMENT
lYIrasIrem€nt
The quantities of Asphauc wearing course shall be measured by volume itlCN4. laid and compacted in Filace. Measurements shall be based on thpdimension as shown on plans of as otheMise diaected or authorized by theEnqineer. A lolerancq of I three (3) mri shall be allowed in.compactedthiclkness of wearing colrse. llowever, any asphalt in excess of 3 mm shaLlnot be paid and any layer dellcient by more than 3 mm may be rejectedunless rectifled by overlaying additional layer ai no extra cosl, approved bythe Eng reer.
The quaniiiy ol asphaltic material used is included in the asphalt concretemixiure and willnot be measured separately
Quantities Biiumen, wasted or remaining on hand after combletion of thework, sl_all nor oe -easured or paid for.
311 -7
.lf
-rl
l
II
IIIII
3 t 1 .7
31 t ,7 ,1
IItt
Itktl'*
I
SM
lE '1
t1II' -
IIIIII
lhe quantity of cellulose fibre ihail be measirred in Kg and Paid separately:
Pqvmenl
The ouartitv determined as providdd above shall be paid for ai the conkactunit price r;spectively for each bf the particuiar Pay items listed below ardshown in lhe B,llof Quantilies, whicfr prices and payment shall constitute fulcompensation for all the costs necessary for the proPer completion of thework prescribed:n th;s i tem
Pay ltem DescriplionNo.
unit ofMeasurenent
311 a Asphaltic concr;te forWearing Course (class A)
311 b Cellulose flbfe stl1
IIIItIIItII
31 1 -8
IIIt
mM 312 PROOF ROLI,ING
DESCRJPfiON
The work shatlconslst of cooducting proofrolling by a speclfied type of rollerto confirm lhe adequacy of compaction for the.underiying la)€rs ol anexisting road o. nalural swiace. The proof rolliflg shall be carried out inaccordance with these Specificaiions and in conformation with the linesshovyn on the drawings or as direcled bythe Engineer.
CONSTRUCIION RIOUIR.EMENTS
1. Th€i prqof rolli;g is io be canied oLl on any iype ol granular material,' subgrade material or asphaltic layers as the case may be. However, incase, the prcof rollihg is to be caded out on granular maierial /subgr€de, all lhe undulations shall be removed by he conhactor as. aprc-requisite of this ltem tof vlhich payment shall be deemed to beincluded \4ithin this item,
2. The equipmert requied for compaction may be any of the following orcomblna on there ol:
a. Combinaton vlbralory roller- fiin. 10 tons capacjty.
b, Pad foot vibratory roller- min. 10 tons capacity.
c. Pneumatic type @lier, 9 rrlheeler-21 tons capacity.
MEASIJ REMENT AJYD PAYMENT
Measuremedr
Proof ro'ling shall be rneasured by the unit of square rfietei in the areas asdesignated on the drawinEs or directed bythe Engineer
Pay!]ert
The quantity of con'irleted and accepted work, measu.ed as grovided abovevrill be paid aL the lnit price quoted by the conlfaciot lo. fumishing allequlpmenls,. Labour, and othef ilems necessary for the cornpletion oi ihe
. work.
Unit ofMeasufemqnt
-r
II
II
III
31?.1,2
fl
It
II
(
II
II
Pay ltem DescriptionNo.
312 Proof Rolliilg
STRUCTURES
IttIt+_I
I
Ir t .- l
II
,STRUCTURES
EM 4OO GENERAL
IIIIIIt
-t00.2
.IOO.I DESCRI?TION
This item contains a general descriplion of the lpecific ite.rls of wo.k, thernatedals, construction rdqukements, and methods of measLrfement arid'pavmenl for all concrete structures including bridses, cul'"€rts, piles,toinposite siruciules of concrete such as bariers and steel' preskessedand dosttensioned girder and allbrick and stone masonry struciures built asi;dic;ted on the drawings and in conformity with the lines, grade' dimensjonin cdniuhction with any instrucllons issued by the Engineer' Materials,eouioment, workmanship and construciion meihods applied in the work shallconform to the requkements laid down herein and shall also iollow th€ best
. rnodern construction practices with the approval of Engineer' This item shaTlalso include construction of certain slructural featurqs and incidental itemswlrbh are either common to all types of structures or which may apply to
' any of them
CLEARING OF SITE
The contractor shall clear the s tes ior p_oposed st_uciLlrcs of trees bushes'stur.ps ano debrls. in tre n'anler oLd;ned i. l sectjon 101 "Cleaing andGrubbinq' cost of which sha' be oeened to be inclLded ir the price b d fofrhe va,j6us ite-s. Special clea ng o' site sJch as lenoval oi.ex'stngoridges buildings. concrete oaverent elc ' !v ' l l oe paid for at.t 'e -pricestendered fot t l_ese i lems, but whele no sLcn prlces a'e plov'oeo ror' al lcosts ln conneotion with the special cleadng shall be deemed to be includedin the price l;ndered fo. variolls items of the structures in lhe Bill of
QLantit ies.
Removal or relocation of publ:c or private ul j i t ies sucl 'as telepho'1e'teldgiaph l iaes, dower l ines sewe- aad waler pipe l ines' rai lway tracks ardi i 'ei i appurten""ces etc.. snall be arranged by the Employer'sH"oruaJritutiu" with the .concerned Governrnenl AgencyiAgencies'Auionomous Bodies, uti l i ty companies i fvoved. The Employer shall bear
!ne costs of relocating sLch ul i l ' l ies
The structu'es on vet cal curues or tl'e skuctLres which have supere'evaledroadwavs because of horizontal curves ano thosb soans o_ wl' ic ' defin te
f lnished ca'nber is necessary in o.dea to fo'm a ' lr i form g€de l l le al l
require special care and atlentjon regarding to tfe elevalion and alignment
of their ra:ling and ke'bs
1u0,3
II
40q-1
I
I;l
400.4
.100.s
FOUNDATION DATA
Refer to clause 400{4).3 (b)
FN\TAL CLEARI}.IC
I,l-r
II
. Upon completion of structure, the contractoi shall clean uo the site, removeali tempcjrary buildings, false work, lumber, equipment and all other deofls.The contractor shatl levet off all excavated mateddl not used for back fill
., aaound piers, bents, abutment, culveri, .headwalls and on embankmenlslopes. Bildge decks and side walks shall be left in clean and workman ljkecondition, No specjfic payment for cleadng up shall be made but the coslshall be iocluded in other ltems shown on the bill ofquantiiies.
400,6 OPENINC TO TRATFIC
Bfidges or siab or box culverts hqv'ng decks constrLlcted with ponlandCerrelt concrete shall reria n closed to all trafilc and Contracio/sequlpment sub.iect to the results of tests made of the concrete but not lessthan twenty eight (28) days afier the placing ofconcrete.
The above tirre of opeq:ng to tra'fic is appticab,e when temperatures a.eaboveten (10) degree C When lemper.atures are belowten (iO) degree C,the time of opening lo traffic shall be increased at .the dis;retion-of the
. Engineer. ln any event bddges or cllveds with concrete decks shall not beopened to t|affio without the approvalofthe Engineer.
MEASLREMENT AND PAYMINT
TII
"ltI,l
I
,100.7
J00.7,1
100,7,2
Measuremrut
The quantities of various pay items wnich colslitule tne coaipJered andaccepted sr.lJclures shall oe me6sUred for paymenl accordina to tne Dlansano specitication for the severat pay ftens appearing tn the eitiof Ouantiiiesand in term of the presctjbed units provided for the several pav items. Onlv.accgpted $/ork shall be included for payment ard the measired quantitislralt be based on the.d'mension of corponent as showr on the p,ans or a;directed in wr;tlng by the Engineer.
Pa"meut
The quan i ies rneasured as provided above shall be p€id for at ^e U.jpdces bid for the seve€lpay ;tems appearing iF the Bil l of euantjt ies wh,cnpaymenl and prices shail be ful comoensarion for furnishinq. oreDafino.fabricating, trarsporting, placing and erectjng art naterial for ihe comoleiestructure; for all labour, eqJ,pme'lr , tool and a'l othet ite.rs necessarv forthe conpletion of work. SLcrt payient snalr consthute ful paym""i fol.completed siructure and no allowance will be made foi iofferdamconstruction, fofm lumber, false work and other incidental expenses.
{
IIII
400-2
t
II
BRIDGES AND CUI,VERTS
TI
I
I
tIIIItItIII
I
tI
d00.A.1
400.A.2
400.A.3
DESCRIPTION
All steel and concrete bridges and concrete culveats shall be ccinstructed asindicared on the p ans, in co4fo.mity with the l ines, grades, d menarons anddesign sho,"!n on the pla.s and in accordance with the provision of itefi 1Oz"Structu€l Excavation and BacKil l ' , i ten 4Ol "Conc|ete', i tern 402 ,FalseWork and Centering tor 8ridge3", item,403 "Form Workl', item 404 ,,SteelReioforcement", and item 405 "Pre Cast Concfqte Structures", and all otherpay items which are to consiitute the complete conshuction of the skucture,as directed 5y tl'e Engineer.
1\lATERIALS
'The materials used shall be lhose prescribed for several contract ltemswhich are to constitute the complete stiuctufe.
CONSTRUC tION REOUIREMENTS
a. Clear inq th€ Si te
The conkactor shall cleaf the site ot (he proposed structure of trees, bushbs,stumps, a.o deor;s in accordance witn sect:on 'Ol "Clearing ald Grubbing".Special cleafing oi site such as removal of existing bulldings, concfetepavement shall be paid for at the prices tendered fo. these iterns, but whereno such. prices afe provided fof, all costs in connection wiih this specialclearing shall be deemed io be included in the price tendefed for the variousitems of structures in thetendered Bill oi Q!antities.
Remdval o. relocation of public or pdvaie utilities such as tdlephone ortelegraphs lines, power lines, undefgrolnd cable lines, sewer.and watersupply lines, railway tracks and lheir appurtenances elc. shall be arrangedby ihe employef representative with the specific govemment agency, utilitycompanjes and person involved. The Employer shall beat the cost ofrelocatino such utllities.
b. Foundatiod Dai!
FoJnoator cala inc.uding tne locat;on of al l borenoles togetle- witn therecords of ground conditions encountered have been obtained f.om soilinvestigation by test boring, test piis or other sources. lt is the Engineer'sresponsibility lo ensur€i by additional investigations through the codtfaclor atthe very beginning of construction work thai the iouodatjon levels given inthe Drawlngs coincide with the local requirements.
I400(A)-1
9 4t jg!!B34-s!i-8tr!!i
Att svLrciural members such as prefabr.cated.g,rders, casr;n;i tu deck sJaocasi ln. situ supelsklctores, b dge rails including kerbs, wheel guafds,safety fencing shall be so conslructed and placed that linished vedicalal ignment and grade shall be as shown on the Drawngs.
Rdil;, Sidewalks and Kerbs on the curved poriion of sircture shall beconstructed, as far as possible afrer the cornpletion of the entiaesuperstructure slab. In such cases, the height of rail sidewalk and/or kerbmay vary With respect to the grade lino of the slab jn ordef to.produce the .des red aoDearance,
d. Erection Merhod
I'lI
"l+ItI
Before moving a.y construction equipment to the site, tne conkactor shatlsubmit for approval an oulline of the method he proposes to follow in the'erect'on olstructu.e.
e. Nrvieable Streams
.The chanrel of 'lavigable sir€ia-s shalt be kept c,ear for safe passaqe ofwater. Tl_e coriracro. shalr pfovide aad rnalnrain all necessary ljght-anosignals in accordance.wjth the navjgation authoaity's requircmentst Thecontr€ctor shall pay due regard to the hazard of the river flovi durinq oedod. of intense rainfa i. All nate.ial deposited in the chaonel shall be rem-oved tolhe required depth and cl6a.a rce l ines at the aontractor,s experse.
The concreie of Bridges or culveris shall be poured and surface flnished andcured as per requirements conforming to item 401.3
s, Fjnrl Cletrirg
Upon complelion of shuctures, the contractor shall clean up the siteconfo'm'ng to reqJ'rerrenrs n te,n a00.5
h. Publ i r Bo(t ies/Se|\ ic< Aut iror i t icr
Ihe Contractorrs methodology shall meet all statutory requirements of therailway, irrigation or Service Authotities and his rates shall include for allcosts of n eebng !hese requte-ents
'tI t
ttl
tItIII
, . j '
II
ffitI
400(A)-2
lql,'
III
III
400.A.4
400,A..1.1
MEASUREMENT AND PAVMENT
Measuremdnt
The quantilies of various pay ilems of Bridges and culverts which constituterhe comD eled ano accepted strJctures shaLl be measured for paymertaccordinq to the plans ano specif'calion for the seve|al pay items apPearj4gin the Biii of Q'rantities and in tern' of the prescribed units provrdeo for fheseveial pay items, Only accepted wo.k shall be included for payment andihe measured quantity shall be baqed on the dimension of component asshown on the plans or as direcied in writing by the Engineer.
Pa\ment
The quanrit ies neasured as prov:ded above shal be paid for at lhe unjtpices bid for the several pay hems aooearing h the Bil l of Quantit les whicnbavment and prices shall be ful l compeasation for furaishing' p'epariFgiabricai ing. tra-spoti lg. placing and erecl ing al l material fo'the completestruciurei for all labour, equipment , tool and all other items riecessaay forfte cornpletioh of work: Such payrnent shall constitute full payment forcomoleted structLrre and no allowance will be made iof cofferdamconstruction, forh lLlrnbef, false work and other incidental expenses. i
ItIIII
400(Al-3
ItI
' 7 L :tt ! ,:
4tTITf,M 401 CONCRETE
101.1 DESCRTPTION
This work consisls of fur'tisl_;ng pracing, curing. firishing i'lcluding kansponor cement concrete made frofl aoorcved tvoe oi Cenrent. vttster fine and.coarse aggregates all in acco'iJtnce wih the reqLlirernents ln thesespecilications and conforming to the ljnes, grades, and ryp;cal secUonsshowT on the Drawings or called for ln lfe special Provisions and io theapproval or Ine Engrneef.
CLASSES OF CONCRETE
The c'asses of co|.crete recog.ized in tnese specifcalions shall b<;desiglated: A,B C,D1 D2,D3,Y a']d Lear Concrete. ihe Class of concreteto be used shall be as called for on the Draw:nos or as dkecled bv lheEngineer or specified In the Special Provistons. TFe fottowlnq reouirerieniishall govern unless otherw'se shown on tne Drawings.
Cass A1. Concreie shall be used everywhere, fot non-rcinforced andr€inforced concrcre structures, except 6s'noted below or dkected bv iheEngineer. Concrete placed under waier shall be Class A2 wth a minihumcerect conlent of three hLldred fifty (350) kg per cubic meter of concretewith a slump betweel ten (10) and f i f teen (15) cn Co'lcrere olaceo for oi lessharl be class 43 with a minirnum cement coittenr o. tolr huirdred (4OO) Kgper cubic neter.
Ciass B Concreie shall be used .only whefe specified.
Class C Concrere shall be used for crjbb,ng, or as otherw se dkecled bv thaEnginee' or spec-fied i4 the Special Provisions or on the Orawings.
.101,1.1
t.T
Class D1.02 or D3, corcretetensioned elemenls, as lndicated
shall be_ used tor pre-atressed and posi-on 0rawngs.
IItIII
. 1
n
{
Class Y concrete sj'all be used as a filler ir stee, gr'd bridge flooE, in tF;nreinforceo sections, or as otferwise specifieo in th e
-S peclal Frov's,o ris.
'Lea.I Concrete shall bo Jseo in thin layers unoerneath footjnos and whencalled fo" on the Drewings or directed ry lhe Engineer.
The.concrete of the !€ious ciasses shall satjsfy the req!lr'ements shown inTable 401-1
IAELE-4OLI.oll Concret€
Class ofConcrere
lvlin. CementKg/Cubic
Meler
Max SizeofCoa$eAggegate
(nr1)
. lu daysCompressive
Streneth (Min)(cylindef)
(KdSo. cm.)
ComistencvConsistenci
(Ranee in SluniD)
I\.{aximudPennissible
Waler . CemenlVibrated
(dlln)
Bc0 tD2n"1LeanConcrete
300350400254275450500550400175
20
385138
25
1351
210
284170210JJU425500210100
100-150100-150
50-100s0-10050-100
0.58
0.400.400.40
It 401.t.2 TYPES OF CONCRITE'}YORKS
Under Ground Concr€te
Conarete poured below Natural Surface Level with or without shuttering andshoring.
On Ground Concrete
Concrete poured by erecting fo.m\4ork with aecessary bracings on ground.
Elevated Concrete
Concrete pou.ed by ereoling props, bracing and.lopers to support theformwork at higher levels.
T.TTTRL{I RE OUIR-EIIE }.'TS
Ponia!d Cenx€trt
Cement rerrainilg in bulk storage at the miil. pfior to shipment, for morethan slx (6) monlhs or cement stored in local storage by contractor for morethan three (3) monlhs after shipment from ihe taclory may be retestedbefore use and shall be rejected if it lails to meet qny of the specificationreqLrlrements.
Portland cement shall conform to lhe reiluireolents of the StandardSpecitjcations for Porlland cement, MSHTo Designation Mes (ASTMDesllnalion C150). The type.of the cement to be used, unless otherwiseshown on the Drawlngs, shallbe type L
Sa.npling of cecrenl sharl be in accordance with MSqTO DesignatiohT-127.
Mill cerlificates shallaccornpany delivery bl the material to the wo*.
Cement shall b€ delivered in sufficient quantities to e,]sure that there is nosuspension of the work of coficreting at any time. Differenl brand orditferenltypes of c€ment from the same rnill, of the same brand or type fromdifferent rnills shall not be mixed or used alternately in the same itern of
IIIl 401.2
481.2.1ItIItIIIIttII
40r.2.2
construction unless aulhorized by the Engineer, after pfeparing new mixdesign.
Fiue Aqgregate
The fine aggregaie shall consist of sand, stone screeningi or oiheraDproved inert matedals \4ith similar characte slics, or a /.:ombinationthdreof, having clean, hard, strong, sound, durabie, uncoated grainsfree f.om inju.ious amouni of dust, lumps, soft or flaky padicles, shalealkali. orqanic matter, nater'al reactive with alkalis i1 the cemeit loa'r orother de-leterious substances, ard sharl not contan more tlan three (3)percenl of material passt4g the No.20O sieve by washing nor more than onepercent or clay lu.nps or one ('1) percert of shale The use of beach sand isoronibited wilnoLl the wriden consent of t l_e Engileer'
d
401-Z
II
I-l
The coarse aggregate shall be of uniform grading with maximLlmsizes as."ouired lor tne variotls classes of concrete as shown ir Tab'e 401_2 and*fren testea in accordance wlth 7c'ASHTO Designation T-11 8 T-27 shallmeet the Io lowing gradilg requirements I
.l
: Not more than flve 5 Fercent shall pass No.8 sieve.
coarse aggregate shall contain not more than one (1) percent by weight ofmaterial passing the No.200 sieve by washing and not more than five (5)pefcent of soft fragne4
ll ghal have an abfasion loss of not more than forty (40) percent at flvehundred (5oo)ievolutions, when lested jn accordance with AASHTO T-96.
\,^./hen rested in acco'dance witF AASHTO T-104, fo; five cycle, ll^e ,oss withthe sodium sulphate soundness test shall be not mole than 12 percent.
Natu'al agg.egatds shall be f ioroughly washe; before Lse Testirg ofcoarce aggregate is specifled under ltem 401.3.9 ofihese Specificatipns.
The agg-egate shall be ro1_alkali /si l ica reactive w_e'e the concfete is to beooureolnder water or exposeo to hum d condil ions ln case lne Contradofo.oposes to use the aggregate having the alk6lifelsiliceo!s chaEcteristicswith the intention to use il with Blast Furnace Slag Cement, he riill undertake to cafiy out the job with out 6dy extra cost and shall arrairge to condilclthe necessary tesis as directed by the Engineef.
Combined Aggregr le
The coarse a[d fine aggregate ihall .be cornbined in lhe proportionsaccording to lhe approved trialmixes.fof each class of conc€te.
, TABLE 401.2GRADING OF COARSE AGCREGATES
r
IIIIIIt:l,t:lI
.10 r.2,-r
I
' i - - :
.tY
II
I
Oeslgnated
- Sizes
Percentage by Weight Passlng.Laboratory Sleves
Havlnq Square Openlngs, l r lnches
2 'l No. 4
f .in. to No. 4
1' /z: in. to No. 4
2 . i n . t o N o . 4
2 ln. io f-in.
100
100
95-100
1 0 0
s0"100
100
95,100
90-100
35-70. 0-15
'100
95-tO0
35-70
10090-100
0-15
90-100
10-30
40-74
10-30
401-4
IIII
For exposed work, the fine aggregale shall be free from any subslance thatwill discolour the concrete sudace.
The iine aggregate shall be uniformly graded and when tested inaocordance with AASHTO Oesignation T-11.and T-27 shall meet thefollowing grading requitements:'
CRADIi"C OF FII iE AGGREGATES
401-3
tIIIIIII
Sieve Designation Percefltaga Passing by Weight. .
3/8 inch
No ,4
No. 16
No. 100
No. 200
'100
e5-100
45-85.
10-30
2.10
o-3
ln case if fine aggregates fail under Fineness Modutus or Grddationhowever material passing No. 4 in combined aggregaie, qualifies for these
. req!ircments, then the matedal can be aqcepted.
Fine aggregates shall be of such qual(y tnat modef specimens, prepared\,l/ili slandard Portland cement and tested in accordance with MSHTODesignation T-71, shall develop a compressive strenbth at 7 days of not lessthan 90 percert of the srrength developed by a modar pfepared in tne san"emanner with rhe same cement ano graded sand having a f ineness modulusof 2.3 to 3.1. Nalural aggrcgates i f reqLired s.al l be tnoroLrghly a-duniforrJywashed befo.e use Sand equivalent (T-176) sha,l be 75 min.
For t l-e pJrpose of detefmining t l_e deg'ee of L"ifor.nity. a ineress rodJlusdetermination shall be made irpon rcpresentative samples s!bmitted by the .Contractor from such sources ad he propqses to use. Fine aggregate ffom
:ani one source having a vadation in f jneddss modulus of greatef than 0.20either way from the fineness modulus of I.l1ix design samples submitted bythe Co-(actor may be rejected t i l l new tr ial mixes are prepared ald lestedbY the cortractor.
Tgsting of the aggregate is specifled under ltem 401,3.9 of thesespecificatio4s.
Corrse Agsres!ie
The coarse aggregare sl^al l consist of crushed or broken stone, gravel orore. approved ined mater'a's with similar cha'acterstics, of a conbinat'onthereof, having cleaf hard, skong, soLlnd, du.able uncoaied particles, freelrom injurious amount of soft, friable, thin elongated, of laminated pieces,alkali, organic of olher deletedous mattef and conforming to therequ;rements of these Spec:f lcatio'5.
I 401.2.3
IItt
J01.2.5
ffihr,E*J
III
d01.?.6
Rubble o. Cv.litpeln Concrete
Rubble or cyclopean concrete shall consist of tough, sound, and durablerobk. The stone shall be free faom coatings, seams. or flaws of anycharacter. In general, the percenia6e of wear shall not exceed. flfty (50)when tested in aocordance with the Slandard Method of Tesllng fofAbrasion of Coarse Aggregate by the use of the "Los Angeles Machine',ASTM C535.
Storss€ ot Cement and Aqgrss!tes
a) All cemerl shali be stored. inmediately upon a-rival oF the site of thew6rk, in weaiher-progf building, which viill prolect the cement fromdampness. The floor shall be raised from lhe ground. The buildings shallbe placed in locations approved by the Engineer, Provisions for storageshali be ample, and the shipments of cement as received shall beseparately stored.in such a lne ner as tp pro1Jide easy access.foridentitication and inspection of each shipment. Storage buildings shall havecapacity of a sufficient quantity of cement for at least thirty (30) days use.Bulk cernent, if used, shall be transfefled lo elevated air tight and \,1/eather-proof bifls. However, if appfoved, sacked cement on smajl jobs may beslored.ln the open, upon a raised platform provided lhat ample wererproolcovedng is ensured.'Stoled cemenl shall meei lhe test fequlrements al anytinre after storage when retest is ordered bythe Engineer, At the time of useall cenent shall be free flowing and free of lumFs. Cement bags shall be.we:ghed at random to check for variation.
Copies of cement records shall be furnished to the Engineer showi"g . suchdetail as, the quantity used dldng the day run or at each part of the work.Cernent held in storage foir a perjod of over sixty (60) days, or cement .which 'or any reason lfe Engineer may susoect of being damaged. shall besubjeq to a retest be-fore being Lsed in the work.
b) The handling and stodng of concrele aggregaies shall be such as toprevent segregaiion dr the inclusion oiforeign rnaterials. The Engineer mayrequire thal aggregates be stored on separals platforms at satisfactorylocations
In order to secure greater uniformity bl the concrete mix, the Engineer may..require that the ooarse aggregaie be separated into tlvo or more sizes.Diffe.ent sizes of aggregate sha(l be siored in separate bins or in separalestock piles lo prevent the material st the edges of the piles from becomingintermixed.
It aggregal* are stored on ihe ground lhe bottom layer ol aggregate.shallnot be disturbed or used without lrecleaning and as approved by theEngineer,
: ' '
. f
':
j
tIII
401-5
I
II
II
I
ItIItIIIt
401.2.8
J 0 1 . 1
.{01.3.1
Water
The waler for cudng, for washing aggregates and for mixing shall be subjectto tho approvalofthe Engineer. lt shallbe free trom olland shallcontain notmore than one thousand (1,000) parts per mill ion of chlo;ides no|. more than.one thousand.three hund.eds (1,300) pa.ts per million ol sulfates (SOa). Inno case shall lhe water contain bn amount of impuities that will cause achange in the setting tirne of Portland cement of.nore than twenty five (25)percent nor a reductjbn in the compressive strength of modar at foudeen(14) days of more than five (5) percent. when compafed to the resuitobtained with distilled water.
In non-reiniorced conc€te work,. the water foa curing, for washingaggregates, and fof mixing.shall be free from oil and shallnot contain morethan two iholsands (2,000) parts per million of chlorideq nor mor! than onethousand flie hundreds (1,500) parts per million of sulfates as SOa.
In addition to tne above requkements, water for curing concrete shall notcontain any jmpurities in a sufiicient amount ta cause discolouration ol theconcrete or produce etching ofthe surface.
Wren fequired by the Engineer, the quality of the mixing water shall bedetermined by the Standard Method of Test for Qlally o{ \t{ater lo be usedin concrcte, MSHTQ Methods of Sarflpling and Testing, Designation: T 26.
A4Eirlclig
Admixtures shallonly be allowed to be usbd \4/ith wiilen permission from theEngineef. lf air-entraining agents, water redlcing agents, set retarders orstrength accelerators are permitted to be used, they shall not b'e used lngreater dosages lhan those recommended by the manufacturer, orpermitted by the Enginaer, and shall conform to the requirenients for e:rch .
. of the agents specified by the manufaciurer.
Tfe rranufacturirg, kansport, hano"ng and placing of concrete shallcoriform with the tequirem6nls given hereinafter.
Unless otherwise specified, ordinary Portland cer.eni Shall be used fof a,ltypes of concrete. When sulphate resiqting cement or other type of cementis required, it will be specified on the Drawings/or in BOQ or ordered. by theErgineer.
Propori ioning of Concrete
AI|. concfele shall be propotioned by di ighirg. except as specif ieo herein.Tl"e proportiors by weighr of cement, fire agg_egates, coarse aggregatesand waler necessary to pfoduce concrete. of the required strength andconiislency shall be approved by the Engineer. SuQh apploval may bewithdrawn at any time, and changes in the propodlons may be requifed forthe purpose of required workabillty, density. impe.meability, du|ability andslren9m.
ttIIt
I
401-6
!.ti;'f I
i
It
It
Based on the approved mix proportions, tfe Contractor shall Prepare llsts
itrowing ttre number of kitograms of the various material to be used in thei"ili.Le adopted. The requied consistency shall also be shown. Suctl
ti-Jts are suqe6t to approval by lhe Engineer' and shall be posted at themixer. The amdunt of water in the m;x is the total amount of iree watef,includirg the free waler held by the aggregates'
No concrete shal be placed in the works unlil the resutts of the twenty e ght
iz8) days te"t lndicate that lhe design proportions are satisfactory as perieor.riremeois under ltem 401 3.10 'Testirg of Compressive Strength'.Adiustment of the propo4ions shall be sJbjecl to the followilg p'ovisions:
a) Adiustment for variatior in workability - If h is found impossible to obtain' concrete of the desired wo*ability \4/'th the proportiors o ginallyapproved, the Engineer shall make such changes as are neeessary.
b) Adiustmert for new materials _ No chalge in the source or character of' th; rnatedal shall be rrade wilhout due notice to the Engineer and nonew matedals shall be used until the Engineer has.accepted suchmaterlals and has EPproved new proiortions based on trial mii<6s.
The Contracto/s attention is drawn to the lime required to pfepare and testt.ial baiches and the Contraclor shall be responsible for production of ttialbatches at a sufficlently early date so that the progress of lhe work is notdel6Yed.
ConsistencY
Concrete shall have a consis{ency such ihat it will be workable in lherequired position. lt shall be of such a consistency ihat it will flow aroundreinforcement steel but individual particles of the coarse aggregate whenisolated shall show a coating of modar containing its pfopodionqte amountof sand. The consistency of concrete shall be determined to be as dry as itis praclicabe to salisfy the requkements for karspodatior and placing ofthe coacrete as descdbed hereinaler'
Consislency of concrele shall be determined as specified ih AASHTOT-11S. The Consistency of conoreie at the tjme of dellvery shall be asShown in Table 401.1 or as designated bythe Engineel.
Mi:(jns Concrete
a) Mi'(ins Cenertl
The concrete shall be mixed only in the quantjty requi;ed for imfiediate Use.Concrete that has developed an initial sei shall be rejected.
Concrete shall be tl^oroLghly mixed i4 a rrixer of an approved size and typethatwill ensure a uniform distribution ofthe materials throughout the mass.
II
f
,101.3.2
401.1,3
IIt
ttt
rl
ItI
ffiTI
I
4Al7
tIIIII
IIt
IIIII
AII concrete shall be r ixed in mechanically operated rnixers. Mixinq planland equipoedl for transpoding and placiTg concrcte should be arianoedwith an ample auxiiiary installatjon to provide a minirnum supply of concr;tein case of breakdown oI machinery or jn case the normal supply of concreteshould be disrupted. The auxiliary supply of con$ete shall bd sufficient tocomplete the casting of a seetion up to a cohstruction joint,
Equipment naving compolents made o'aluminum or magnesiurn alloys,which would have contacted with plastic concrete during mixing,tr'ansporting or purnping ol Portland cement doncrete, shall not be used.
Concrele mlxers sl-all be equipped with adequate water storade and adevice for accurately meas! ngand autornatically conirollingthe quantity.olwatef useo.
Malerials shall be measured by weighing, excepl as otherwise specified orwhere other methods are specifically authorized by the Engineer. Theapparatus provided for weighing.the aggregates and cement shall ensureaccurate measurement of each ingredient.
The accuracy oi all weighilg devices except tfat for water shall be such thatsuccesiive quantities can be measured to within one (1) percent of thedesired value. Cement in slandard packages (bags) approved by theEngineer neea not be weighed. The water measuring device shall .beaccurate to plus or ninus half percent 1 0.50%. All measuring devlces shall
. be subject to the approval of the Englneer: Scales and rneasuring devicesshall be tested at the expense of the Contractor as frequgntly as theEngineer may deem necessary to ensure thek accuracy.
Weighing equipment shall be isolated so that vibralion or movement of otheroperaring equipnent do not effect the accuracy of reading. When the elti-eplant is running, the scale readlng at cuFofl shall not.vary from the weightdesignated by the Er:rgineer rno€ than one (1) percent for cement, one andhaf (1,1/2) percent for any size of aggfegate, or onq (1) percehi fof the tolalaggregates in any batch.
Where volumetric measu.emenls are authorized by the Eng nee., the weightproportions shall be conveded to equivalent volumetic proportions. ln suchcases, suitable allowances shall be made for variations in the moisiurecondition of the aggregates, including the bulking effect in the fine.aggregates. Boxes or similar containers of the exact volume required shalloe filled ard struck off. MeasLremenl by wheel barfow volumes will not bepermitted.
[l!!!e ut s;tc
Concrete mixers nray be ol the revolving drum of the rbvolving blade typeand lhe mixing drufl o. blades shall be opefal6d unilormly at the mixingspeed recommended by ihe manufacturer. The piick-up and thrcw-over'blades of mixer shail be restored of replaced when any pad or sections isworn two and hail (2.5) cms. or below than ihe original height of ther.anufacturer'! design. Mixers and agiiaiofs, which have a.i accumulatlonof hard concrete or modar, shall not be used.
IIIIII
401-8
IlI
.l'f
I
T'l
lv^/hen bulk cement is usbd and volumelf the batch is one clbic meter or
-orl, if," .""t" and weigh hopper Jor Podland cement shall be seParate
"nl-ii"tina from the aggregate hopper or hopPers The discharge
*:"*:'",# ;gm"*11,:,x;'J*"ll:''"'lli'':",rIl*:Y8"fr:,l11"'ii"inuii.m shall also be interlocked against opening when the amo!nl or
":;;;f i" the hoppe'"^ls underweight by more lhan on€ percent or
;ve.weight by mo.e than three (3) percent ofthe amount specllleo
Vvhen the aggregates contain nore water than the quantiiy necessary to
.ioarce a siiirraiea surface'dry co4ditron, represeltative samp{es shall be
i"r"n "nJ
rf'" aoi"a|." content deterrnined foreach kind of aggregaie'
The temoerature of mixed concrete, in'mediately be'ore Dlacind' shall be not
more than thirty two (32) degree C Aggreoales and waler shall oe cooleo
", n""u""",y (o prodr.,ce concrete Wthin ihis temperatures limir' lf lce is
isea to cootifre ioncrete, discharge of the rixer will not be permitted untii
all ice is melted. I
The batch shall bQ so charged lnto tl'e nixer thal some waler will ente' ;n
"aJan"u oi"ut"ht
"nd aggr'egates All water shall be in the drum by the
end ofthe first quader oi ihe speciiied mixing iifie'
Cement shall be batched and'aharced into the mixer by means-thdt will not
,-.ruii in to". due to the effPcl of wind' or in accumulation or cernont 0n
"i.fu""" oi"o"uy"t. or hoppers or in olher condiiions which reduce or
vary tne requtrea'quanriry of cement In the concrete rnRture
The entire contents of a batch mixei shall bd Bmoved from the drum before
-"iuii"i" ror s succeedi.g Datch are placed tFerein The m€ter;als
cornposlng a batch except water shall be deposited simultanepusly Into Ine'nixer,
All ooncrete shall be rnixed for a period of not IesS'than one and half (1 1/2)
.irurtei ater al' materials, includ:ng wate'' are ii lhe mxer' Dlring the
ferioJ ot nrxing, tfre mke' shall operate al the speed for lvhich it l"as been
design€d.
fulixe's shall be operuted wilh an autoflat:c til-l:rg device that can be locked
bv the Enqineer. Tne t j-ne device and discharge mechanlsr snall De so
iriterlocteJ ttrat during norrFal operation no.part or the batch. will be-
discharoed un[l the specifed lixirg t'me has e aosed ln case ol lallure or '
G"li.iio o"ui"", rr"! coatrador will oe pe'mihed to oPerale while lt is being
reoaired.- grovided he fumishes an apprcved timepiec8 equjoped wtT
.inut" "ni """ona
ha.ds. lf the timing device is not repaked withln iwenty
iouiiz+l t'ou|.t, further use of the mixer will be prohibited uniil repairs arc
n'ade.
Tl_e first balch o' concrete mater'al placed in the hixe_ shall co|.iain
cen-bnt sand, and water ir exiess to the requirement of riix to e-nsure that
the drLrr does not extraat mola' frofi the rnix cha'gjng ns oeslgn
characte stics. When inixing is to stop for a pe od of one hour or more, the
mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned'
40'1,9
f'
I
IIIIII
III,t
I
:lI
t
ItI
c) ?lsnt Mixirs
IIIIIt'IttIItII
''At celtral rnixirg plant, batches shall be ilischafged from the weioh.no. hopper lnto the mixer either direct.y by gravity or bt an etevatini
""li",r^.Ylarge enough to conta,n the batch. The plant sha be anangej to .n;;[that there is no loss of cement during lransfer from weighi"S-hopie, to'ih"mxer ofum. I ne mrxrng Ime shal nelther be less than fifty (50) second, normore than linety (90) seconds.
Tfie p'astisizer. accelerato. or retarder or water redL,cing admixiure, ifreaLlired, sharl be fed separately at the rate recommendeO Uy itre'marrufactu'e, or as established by laboratory trials.
d) Trausit Mixing
Truck mixers, unless otherwise authodzed by. the Engineei, shall be of the.revolving drum type, watertight, and so constrqcted thal the concrete can bemixed to ensJre a uniform distribution of materials throughoul fl.e rn6ss- Altsolid materials for the concrete shall be accurately mealured and charoedinto the druFr at the proporiioni.g plant. The truc( mixer
"h" a;;ilil;;' with a device by which lhe quantity of water added can be readily verjfied.
The mixing water may be added direcfly to the batch, in case the concrelebatch is poured within b/venty five (25) minutes af adding water..
' The maxirnuni size of batch in truck mixeG shall not exceed the maximumrated capacity of the mixer as stated by the manufacturef, and sGmoed inmetal o. the mixer. Truck mixing shall be continued for not less th;n fiftv(50) revo[rtions after all ingredients, inciuding water, are in the drum. Th;mixing speed shailnot be less than six (6) rpm, nor more lhan ten (10) lpm.
Mixing shall beg:n with:n thiny (30) rr:nLtes after tfe cernent has beenadded either to the water or aggregate, but when cement is cha.ged lnto amixer drum conlaining watef bt surface-wet aggregate and ivhen thetemperature is above thidy two (32) degree C, this limit lhall be reduced tofifteen (15) minutes, The liflitatlon in time between the intoduct'on of thecenenl ro the aggregate and the beginn:ng of the mixing may be waivedwhen, in the jLdg.nenr of the Enginee., tne aggregate is suffjcien v freefrar moisrure, so that there w:l be no harmful e.fects on t-e cerent.
€) Paftial Mixing atthe qeriral Plapt
Wher.a tarck nixer, o- an agitaror provideo w:th adequate mixing blades, isuseo r0r IIanspo4aUon, tne.mtxtng t i 'ne at the stationary pJant mixer mav bereduced to thirty (30) secolds and the mixing corapleted in a t;uckmixer/agitator. The mixing ilme in the truck mixer or agitator equipoed withadequate mixirg blades sha I be as specif ied fof truck mixing.
O Stif tConcrete MiI
For mixirg concrere of zero sluno to be laio by pavers, gravity mlxe. shallnot be used. Only force mixer of moving blades shall be allowed to ensurehomogenous mix.
It
401-10
II
401.3.4
e) I{and Mixing
Hand mixing ofmaterials shallnot be allowed in any case:
Ilrulirg and Deliy€rv ofMixed Concr;te .
r) Hsulitrs
M;xed concrete may be transpoded to the delivery point in liuck agitators or
truck mixers operating at llre speed designated .by ihe rnanufacturer,provided the consistency and \/orkabilily of the rnixed concrete uoondischarge at lhe delivery point is sL,ilable for adequate piacement a.dconsolidation in.p{ace.
Truck agilators sha'. be loaded not to exceed lhe rrarufacturer's raledcapacity. They shall mainlain the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed andur:form mass dJring haLling.
Bodies of non-€gitating hauling equipment shall be sp constructed thatleakage of the concrete mix, or any part thereof, will not occur at any time,ard they shall be self-cleaning duiing discharge.
For zero slump concrete to be laid be paver, colc'ete wil be al'owed to behauled in open trucks. However concrete hauled ln open-top vehicles shallbe proiected during hauling.against rain, or exposure to lhe sun fof nlorqthan twenty (20) minutes v,ihen the ambient temperature exceeds twentyfive (25)degree C.
No additional water shall be incorporateq into the concrete during hauling orafter arival at the delivery Poirt.
The rate of discharge of nixed concrete from truck mixer agitators shall becontrolled by lhe speed oi rotation of the drum ln the discharge directionwith the d scharge gate fully oPen.
Wh* a truck mixef or agitatoi is used tor tranbporting concrete to thedelivery point, discharge shall be completed within one hour, or beloae h4ohundred fifry (250) revolutions olthe drum or blddes, whichever comes firct,affer lhe introduction of cement to the aggregates. Under conditionsconkibuting to quick stiffening of the concreie, or when the temperature ofthe concrete is thirty (30) degree C or above, a time less than one hour willbe requlred except when retarder is used in which case it shall be one (l)nour.
l^hen non-agitating hauling .equipment is used for transporting concrete tothe deiivery poini, discharge shall be compleled wifhin one hour after the.additio. of the cenent to the aggregates. 0nder condi ons conuibuting toquick stifiening of the concrele, or when the temperature of the conc.ete isthirty (30) degree C or above, the tirne between the Introduction of cemenito lhe aggregates and discharge shall not exceed forty five (45) minute!.
.t't
I;lI
IttI
!:t
r'l
i
:l'i:1r i t
: *' ,"i;i; . j
tIII
I'rt
II#rr*i
I
401..1 1
Ib) DeliverY
The organizatio.r.supplying concrete shalt have sufficient ptant.capadty andtransportation vehicles to ensure cont;nuous delivery at itre rat" i"-"i,rl",,iThe rate of the detivery of concrete dudng concreting d;;"ij; #:iii;such as to provide for the proper handting. ptaciaq. ana n"i.r,r"j ^l ,IIconcrete. The rate shall be such tnat the intervat Oetween lai.l". ir]i, ll^]exceed twenty (20) rrinutes. The methods o' delivering and ninai;"" i^"concfete shall be such as willfacilitate placiag With the mint*.- .;i;.".,i-:and wltholrt danage to the structufe of the concrete.
_*:*" N
c) Retemp€rins
The concrete snall be m,xed oaly in such qLantides as are requi.eo for. tmmeotare use and any concrete that has developed init jal set shall nor beused. Concrete that has padiat,y harde.ed shall not be ,et;; ;e;;; ; ;remixed.
Elandlihe rnd Placitrs Coucrete
a) Gen€rnl
ln prepalal.io'l {or the placing of concrete all sawoust, crips and olherconskLction debrls and exlraneous rrattef shatt Oe removeC fiom ins,ae ir..,lformwork- and struts, stays and braces serv,ng temporarily to hotO ttreiormiIn cofieq snape and alignnent. oerdlng the pracing of Concrele at theirtocalons, sna oe removed when the concrete pacing has reacf,ed anelevat;on render:ng their se.v,ces unnecessary. Tnese te--m oorarv io_-r..lfshall be enti.ely removed fion the forms and rot buied ;n tie co,icreie.
No concrete shall be used thar does notreacn its f inal posit ion in the forms. wjlhln the time siipulated above undef ltem 4Ot.3.4 ,Hauling and Delivery oi[,4ixed Concrete'.
Concrete shall be placed so as to avoio segregation of the iratedals and !hedisprace.nent of tl.e re rforcerent. The use of loag voughs, chul;s -;;;
pipes for conveyicg concrete to the forms shal re pi.m tei onrv on-ivri-neiauthorizat:on o. the Engineer. lr any case the ergheer wi ' t rejeci the us;-; iequ'pnent lor coacrete transportation .ai wrl al low segregation, loss offines, of in any othef way will have a deieriorating
"ifu"i on if.,"'con"l""ie
oualrtv.
Open troughs and chJtes shall oe of Oeral or rreral ' i ' red; $rheTe steeostopes are fequired, the chutes shall be equipped with baffies or be ii shollengths that rev€jrse the direction of movement.
AII cfLtes, troLgqs and pjpes shal oe kept crean and free frofi coat:nqs ofhardened concrete by tloroughly flJshjng wih water afte- eacf run; riaterused for f lJshjng sl-a.l be discha.ged clear off the skuctLr.e.
tI
l,t
tII
401.3,5
III
401-12
;:l
:
When placing operations would involve dropping the concrete more lhanone a;d hali (1r/2) meters, it shall be conveyed through sheet metal orother approveo pipes. As far as practiceble, ihe pipe shall be kept buried inthe nev!4y placed concrete. Afte' initjal set of the concrete the folms sha'lnot be ja.red and no loading of any kind shatl be placed on the ends ofprojecling reinforcement barc.
The concrete shall be placed as nearly as possible to its flnal position andthe lse of vibrators for extensive shifting of the mass of fresh concrete willnot be perr.itted.
b) Pneumaric Placinq
Pneumalic placing of concrete.Mll be pe.mltted only if authorized by theEngineer. The equipmeot shall be so ar.anged ihat no vib.atlon will occurfiat might damage freshly p'aced concrele.
Wherc concrete is conveyed and Plabed bi pneumadc means, thbequipment shall be sultable in kind and adequaio in capacity fo. the work.The machine shali be located as close as practicable to the wofk. Thedischarge iines shall be horizontal or inclined upNards lrom ttre maohjne.
At ihe conclJs'on of placirg lhe concrete. the entife equipment shall bethoroughly cleaned.
c)lslpirc
The placlng of concrete by pumping will be permitted only if specaed in theSpecial Provisions or if alithorized by the Engineer The equlpment shall beso arranged that no vibration will occur thal might damage freshly placed. ..
Where concrete is conveyed and placed by mechanlcally applied pressurethe equipment shall be suitable i4 kind and adequate in capaclty for thework. The opeEtion of the pump shall be such that a continuous stream ofconcrete without ak pockets is obta'red. Whe'1 pumping is completed. theconc.ete remaining in the pipeline, if it ls to be used, shall be ejected in.sucha manner that there u/ill be no contamination of the concrete or separationof ihe jngredients. After this operation, the.entire equiprnent shall bothorough y cJeaned.
d) PlEcinq Cotrcrete Under wtter
Concrete shall not be placed lndef water except where inevitable in whichcase approval rnust be sbught from the Engineer and lhe work canied outundei his immediate supetuision. ln ihis case the method ot placing shallbe as hereinafler speciled.
Concrete deposited under water shall be class A concrete with a minimumcement'content .f ihree hundred fifty (350) Kg percubic meter of concrete.
401 -13
Il!
.l'l
I
t
ITI,l
"l
.t
.t
IIItIIIIIItIIIt
The slump of concrete shall be maintained between ten (10) and fifteen (15) .cfl. To prevent segregation, it shall be caaefully placed in a compact mass,in its Jinal position, by means of a tremie, a bottom-dump bucket, or othe.'approved means, and il shall not be disturbed after being placed. Watefmust not be allowed io flow pastlhe fresh concrete surface.
A tremie shall consist 8f a lube tiaving a diarneter of not less than 25 cmconstructed in sections having flanged couPlings fltted wjth gaskets with ahopper at the iop. The tremie thall be s{.lpported so as to permit fr€emovement of ihe dischaage eng over the enti€ top surface of the work aRdso as 1o permit rapid lowering when necessarylo retard or stop the flow ofconcrete. The discharge end shall be closed at the start of work so as to
' prevent.water entering the tube and shail be completely submerged inconcrete at all times: the tremie tube shall be kept fullto the bottom of thehoooer. When a batch is dumped inlo the hopPer, the llow of concrete shall..be irdLced by sl 'ghtly raising tne discharge end but always keeoing it in theplaced concreie. The f low shall be continuous unli l the work)s corrpleted.
Vvhen ihe concrete is placed with a bottom-dump bucket, tne top of thebucket shall be open. The bottorn doors shall open lreely downward Fndoutward when tripped. The bucket shall be cornpletely illled and slowlylowered to avoid backwash. lt shall not be dumped until it rests on lhesurface upon which the conciete is to be deposited and when dischargedshall be withdrawn slowly until well above the concrete. .
Dewaiering may proceed wnen the concaete seal is sl,fficienhy hard andskonq. All laitance or other unsatisfactory matedal shall be:removed frcmthe eiposed slrface by scraping, chipping or other means, which will notinjLre the surface o'the concrete
o) Comnrction
conc'ele, during and i-nmediately afler placing sh,l ' be tho'oLrghlycompacted, except lean concaete undea footings and concrete deposited'under water. Concfele in walls, beams, coiumns, eic shall be placed inhorizor(al layers not rrofe than tnirty (30) centimeters thick except ashereinafter provided. When less than a coolplete layer is placed in oneoperatioh, i t sha I be termiraied in a vert ical bulkhead. Each layer sFall beoiaced and compacted before the precedrng layer has taken init :al set toprevenr injury lo the greer' concrete and avoid sJrfaces of separationbetween tl^e layers. Eacl^ layef shall be corpacted so as to avoid thefomatiori of a construction joini vr'ith a preceding Iayer, which has not takenan init ia set.
Tl.e compact:o1 shall be done by mechan;cal vibration. The concrete shallbe vibrateo rn(e'nally Jnless special aJthodzatlon ol other methods is give'1bv the Erqi leer or :s p'ovided hefein Vibrators sl 'al l be of a type designand f iequ6.cy approued by the Eng nee' The intensity of v bration shall .besuclr as visibly lo afiect a nass of concrete with a 3 cm slump over a radius.
of at least hali a 'neter. The Conhactor shall p'ovide a suffcien! nun'ber-ofvibrato-s to prooe'y cor.pacl each balch immed ately afte' i t is placed in tfeforrns. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as 10 thoroughly
IIII
t
401-14
',*
s'g
ItTT
work the coni.ete around the retnforcement and embedded fixiures and intotfe comers and angles of the forrns and shalt be apptied ;i th;;;;i;;ptacing.and in the.area of freshJy p,aced conc.ete. ifu;i## 5ili'b;rnserleo Inro ano wUtdGwn from the concfete slowly. The vihration shall beof sulficient duration and intensity to conpact the ;oncretelh;;r;i; b.;sha' l not be continued at any onepoirt to tFe extent tnat tocatized Jrels oigrout a.e formed. ApDllcation of vibrato.s sha Oe at poi"is untio-rrniv
:"1":i,il'"[::1il*' T;#::" *",i i:, "fy";fi yrt",i.,jf i,f l:::?!i:!"i,[fl i ""::ffi::";'" :::','fl: ",i"".",f"ff "T ;il:*.i ;i":,"""f ;:,t;Lrsed to make coocrete flowin the form; overdi"t"n""" .o gr"ai"; to
Vibratioa shall be supolernerted oy such external vibrator as js necessarv to:nT:" :trii:":,'"f:ffi i*l,ff i5:;::iilii:fiTilT[,,",*:: ;;i ;Castins Sect ions rnd Conslruct ion Jolnts
iil"f{i::,,,",1*il"/ l:,"i:ff :."i1 1i:,",;?::,T:,r,f"" :i"f :;i,TiJ$'[';;:H',"3i"$$i:i::iii:iT:*:#151""'#i,#i: jibold the lwo sect:ons together. When shear k"y, o1. in"f,n"a 1"inioiluiuiiafe not provjded, theconcrele shall be rou::l"J:l:_.1* l" aisconrinu,ty J iuo.r- ii jfl lT?l,,ii"T?"j11; j:l"..'i, ji::;'"tffiI:;,:t*
necessarv shajl be consttucreo to t*t t'u upir*J ii
#":Hi;fi $qff ,"Tltd]i#f",J""1ffi "#If*i{:int:ft .ffil4here a "fealhered edge', might be produ
nil::$:*iii;"1;'#il li"T""ffi'lfi;'iil?li1iil| J!'lli"" lisLcceedins rayer. work sha,r
", o"'ol!|J",/"t"!"T,1*;*;lAice-ti.reters of the too or any iace. unress provision ;;: b;;; ;j,J ,;:E"."',il'.J:t jiil.ff i#'ffi.;fi "it1;:Hii,n"",;:ni;l;:::;lli;
401.3,6
f
IIIII
rtItITt:
III
[:lII
', 't' : {
401 ,15
II
II
tmmediately following the discontinuanae of placing concrete allaccuinulations of mortar Splashed upon the reinforcing steel and thesurfaces of foams shall be aemoved. Dried mortaf chips and dust shall notbe puddled into the unset concrete. Care shall be exercised, during thecleaning of the reinforcing steel, flot to injure or b.eak the concrete steelbond nea'the surface of the concrete.
bl Slab Culv€rts
ln gene|al, the lean ooncrete below the foundationallowed to set before the leinforced concrete is started.
After lhe construction of masonry abutme.ft wElls, as specified in SpecialProvisions, the.concrete bed plate and curtain walls shall be conskucledmonolithically. Cofslruction joints in wing walls where unavoidable shall behorizontal and so located that no joinl will be visible in the exposed face ofthe wing Vvall above the ground line.
c) Bo:( Culverts
Vertical construction joints shall be at right angles to the axis ofthe culvert.
In general, the base slab or foolings of box culverts shall be placed andallowed to set before the remainder of the culverl is consiructed. In thiscase. suilable piovision shall be made fof bonding the sidewalls to theculved base, preferably by means of Eised Iongiludinal keys so constructedas to prevent, as fal as possible, the percolal ion of water through.the.construction joinl,
be placed 6nd
In the conslruction of box cllverts one and quarter (1.1/4) meters o. less inheight, lhe sldewalls and top slab may be conskucted as a nronolithic unit.Vvhen ihis method of construction is used, necessary consuuction joints
III
shall be vedical and at right angles to tlie axis of the culvert..
ln the construction of box culverts more than one and quader (1.'l14) metersin height tha boncrete in the walls shall be placed and allowed to sei beforethe top slab is placed. In this case, appropriate keys shbll be left in thesidewalls for anchoring the cover slab.
lf possible, eacl'r wingwall shall be construcled as a monolithic unit.consiruction joints, whe.e unavoidable, shall be ho.izontal and so locatedthat no joint will be visible in ths exposed face of the wingwall above lheground line.
d) Girders. Slabs. rnd Columns
For simple spans, concrete shall preferably be deposled by begin,rng atihe center of the span. and wo*ing from the cenler toward the ends.concr6te in girders shall be deposited uniformly fol the full length of the.gkder and brought up evenly in horizontal layers. For conlinuous spans,;herc required by design coflsiderations, the concrete placing sequenceshall be shown on the plans ol in the Special Provjsions
I
f
401-16
Conciete in girder haunches less than one (1) nreter in height shall beplaced ar the same time as that in lhe gkder stem, and the.column orabLrtment topF shall be cut back to form seats for the haunafes. Vvhe.everany haunch or f i l let has a vedical height of one (1) meter or more, theabutmenl or colu.nns, the haunchi and the glrder shal bb placed in hreesLjcceFsive stages; firct, to.lower side of haunch: secbitd, to the lower side
. of thb girder; and tl'ird to cornpletion.
For haunched contlnuous girders, tre girdef stem (inciuding haunch) shallbe placed to the top of stem. l^Jhere the size of the pour is such that itcEnnot be made in bre continuous operation, veilical construction iointsshall pfeferably be loc6ted wlhin rhe area ofconkaflexure.
Concrete in slab spars shall be placed in one conlinuous operaiion tor eachspan unless otherwise provided, The fldors and girders of through girdersLperstructures shall be placed in ond continuous operation unlessotherwise speciFed, In.wLIcl_ case a special shear archo?ge €halt bep.ovided to ensure mononthic action beiween girderand ioor
-
Concrete in T-bea.ri or deck gidef spand may be placed on ole contilUousoperation or may be placed iri two separate operations; each ofwhich shallbe co4tinuous first, to the top of the girder stems and second, tocompietion. ln the latter cas6, the bond belween stem and slab shali beprovided !y suilEble shear keys or by artjflcially roughening thd sudace ofrhe top of the girder stem. lr generat, suitabte ksyshay b; tormed bv theLrse of limber blocks aporoximatery five {b) by ten (.tO) cm ir crois-seitlonand havlng a Jength of ten ('10) crns less than the ,iidth of the gkder stem.These key blocks shall be spaced atong the gider stems as r;quired. butthe spacihg shall be not greater thai thi,ty (30) cms center lo cinter. Theblocks shall be renoved as soon as the concreld has sel sufllcient lo retainits shape.
Concrete i|. oox giders fiay be placeh in two or three sepa?te ooerations_In eirhef case the bohom srao sha,l be piaced first. Bond between rhebottom slab and stern shall be posilive and mechanical, lf the webs arep aced separately from tl^e top slab, bond between the top.slab ancJ weosshall be secured in the same nanner as for T-beams. Requirernents fo.shear keys for T-beams shal also appry to box gkders, excepl that kevsneed not be deeper thar tfe depth to the top of bottom stao reiniorcement.
Colcrete i1 columns shall be placed in one conlinuous opefation, unlessotherwise direcied. The concrele shall be allowed to set a:t least i< houiibefo'e the caos afe Dlaced.
When friction collars are used to support cap forrns, the concrele of columnsshall have been poured at least seven (7) days earljer,
Un ess otherwisi: perfiitted, no concreie sha]l be placed ln thesuperstruclufe untjl the column forms have been shipped sufficientlv todetefmine lhe charrcler of the concfete in the columns. The load oi ttresupeGtructure shall not be allowed to come upon the brinis unlil lhe testcylrde.s represerting the bents fave obtained rhe minimun compressiveskength but .n no case in less thal seven (7) oays
It
eFr
i
III
I.ta
I
t+l
IIIIII
Y
II4A1 .17
II
ItIt-IIII!
e) Consirultior Joints
Conslruclion joinls shal be made only where shown on the Drawings orcalled for in the pouring schedule. unless otherwise approved bi theEnginee.. lf not detailed on the Drawings, construction joints, also in casesof emergency shall be placed to meet the approval of the Engineer. Shearkeys or reinforcemenl shalf be used, unless otherwise. specified, lo tfansmitsheaf or to bond the two sect:ons together.
Before depositing new concrete on or agal;st concrete, wq:ch nashardened, ihe forms shall be re-tightened. The surface ot the hardenedconcrete.shall be rouqhened as leqaired by the Engineer, in a manner thatwill not leave loose particles of €ggregate or damage concretb at thesurface: lt shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matl.er and lajtance.wn-en directed by the Enginee., the surf€ce of the hardened concrdte \lfrichwill be in contact with new concrete shall be washed with water lo ensurean excess of mortar at thejuncture of the hardened and the newly depositedconcrete, the cleaned and watered surfaces, including veftical and inciinedsudace, shall fitst be thoroughly covered with a coatjng of mortar of thesame proportion of sand and cement as the class of concfete used againstwhich the new concrete shall be placed before the grout or mortar has.attained its flnal set.
Ihe placjng ot concreie shall be caried out contlnuously from joint tq joinl.The face edges of all ioints. whjch are exposedi to view shaLl be carefutlyfinished true to line and elevation.
O &rbble or Ciclopeao Coocrele
Rubble or cyclopean concrete shall consist of Olass B concrete containinglarge embedded stores. The slone ror this class of work sharl be placedcarefu y so as to avoid darirage to the forms or to the panially ser aa;aceltconcrete. Stratified sioire shall be placed upon its naiural bed. Stone sh6tlbe washed and saturated with water before placing.
The total volurre of tl'e store shail not be greater Lhan o1e lhird of the totalvolurne of the poriion of the wolk in which it is placed, For walts oi pi;rsgreator than sixiy (60) crns in thickress, stone of such.size ihat ohe mancan handle it, shali be used. Each ston€ shall be surrounded by ai leastfiiteen (15) cms of concrete and flo stone.shall be closer lhaf thidy (30) cms
. lo any.top surface nor any closer than fifteen (15) cnis to any coping. Forwalls or pierc greater than one (1) meter in thickness, larger stone (50 Kg ormore) may be used. Each stone shall be sunounded by at least thirty (30)cms of concreie, and no stone shall be closer than sixty (60) cms to any topsurface nor closer than twenty (20) cms to any coping
sl Concrete Er!osad to Sea Wster
Unless olherwise speciilcally p.ovided, concreie for structures exposed to.sea wate. sl-al be Cass A. The cleaf distance frorn the lace of lheconcfete to the neafest face of reinforcement steel shal, be not less than 10cms. The concrete shall be mixed for a perod of not less than 2 minuiEs€nd ihe water content of the mixture shall be cbrefully conlrolled and
II
I
I
II
IIII
401-18
I
rcgulated so as lo produce concrete of maximum impermeabjlity. Theconcrete shall te thorcughly compacted and at pockets shall be avoided.No construclion jolnts shall be fofrned belween levels ot extreme low waterand extreme high water as determined by the Engineer.. Between theselevels sea water shall not come in contact wilh the concrete.for a peiiod ofnot less than tl_irty {30) days. The orjginal su.face, as the concrete comesfrom the forrns, 6nah be left undislurbed.
h) Cotcrete Erpos€d to .4lk! l i Soils or Alkati Wrter
Whefe Conciete may be eiposed to the action of alkaline water or sbils,special care shall be taken to place it in accoTdance wiih specificationsherein. Whe-ever possible, placing shalt be continLlous unri l compet,on oftle section or Jntil the concreie is at least fifty (50) cms, above around orwarer level. Alkaine water or soi is s lal l not be h contacr wilh tnJconcreteduring _ placernent and for a period of at teast leventy two (72i houfsthereafter.
l) Protcciion otCo'icr€te from fnaironmental Conditiong
1 . Gere ra l
Precautions sl_alr be laken as reedeo to p.otect corcrele,trom damaoe .due to \deathef or other envkonmental conditicins during placing a;dcuring 0pe'at,o-s.
Any concrete placed duaing hot weather or duridg cold weather shall beat lhe Codtractor's risk and any damaged concrete shall be removed andreplaced ai the Contracrois e)(pense.
i i) Rain Protacrion
under conditions of€ln, lhe placing of concrete shall not commerce or shallbe stoopeo unless aoeqLate prctecr:on is provioed to prevent damage to tnesunace mo,lar ot 0a.nagtlg flow or vl€si of the concrete su.face,
i i ' ) work in HoI \}eather
The ten pe-alL.e oi concrete sl-al l not exceed th:r ly lwo (32) degree C at thetime of laying unless the Coniractor incorporates in the mii a ilasticiser, oia make and in proportion which he has sliown by laboratory iests and fu{lscale trial to be satjsfactory, to eliminate deirimental e?ects of hiohtempe.ature withorJt ntrodircing a.y othdf detrimental effeci on quality. "
The followlng may be used to keep the tentperalure of concrete below thea00ve lrmr(aUons:
i) Cli l l i ' rg o. concrete warer by l .eat exchalge coi,s or by add,doi o,broken ice. provided that the water shalt be frce from lce ;t the time ofenfy into Ihe r,xer.
ii) Cooling of coarse aggregate by waledng provided that lhe water conlentof the aggregate so cooled shall be !njforrn.
401 - i I
Il
III
I.t
I*lIT
t
IIII
'F'
II
efII
iii) Rdclaiming of agg.egate from stock piles by the tunnet rrethod to avoidLrs'ng the suface layer of the stockpile with shade and wifld protection ofc0lveyor elevating to batching plart.
iv) Nigit wirk provided tFat (i). (ii) and (:iil are prcved i1adequate ol'unsatisfactory in the.r resu ts a'rd provlding a'so that the Engineer has noother reason for refusi.tg permission for ntght work.
The Engineer shall have power to odef the suspension of concretepfoduction in case of not taking pfecauliona.y meas!;es by the Contractoras mentioned above. Unde. no circ,smstances wjll the Coot;acior be entifledto ieceive any additional payment for complying witf, tn" ,uquir"m"ni.
"ithis clause.
i1. Work in Cold Weaiher
Except by written apitroval of the Engineer, concreting operalions shall notbe cont:nued when a descenoilg air temperatufe in the shade and awavffom a.tificial heat falls belo\t five (5) degree C, nor resuned untit ,;ascending air temperature in the shade and away from adificial heat
. reaches. lwo (,2). degree C. In such._cases, the mixjng watef and/ofaggregates shall be heated to not less than iwenty one (2.j) degree C nor
IIIIII
401.3.1
n'o'e tha, sjxty sjx (66) degree C, pior to..being oiaceC in tire n-ixer Uy iref€t! re-of-.the -eoncrete.-
shall not be less than ten (10) degrea C,,noc more thanjwe0ly seven {27)degree C, at the time of placing. No matedals coniaining frost siall be uded.Cement ortine aggregates containing lumps or cfusts oi hardeded materialsshall not be used.
LOnCrere Jurrzce ! lnrsnrng/Kendennq
ar Ceneral
Concrete sLrrJ6ce finishes sha{l be classified as foliows:
It
Bddge Deck Surface FinishSidew€lk Surface FinishOrdinary Surface Form FinishClass 1 Surlaoe Form Finish
Tfe bridge deck sudace iinish sha be giver to tne surlace of tre bohomslabs ofall box type u.derpass strJctufes.
Tne requirements for sidewal\ sudace f inish appty to lhe sudace.o, thebottom slabs'n box cJlve.ts, excepi trat the acceptable variat04 fron atl ' fee-neler siEighledge shall be 10 mm. and broomiJ.g sha be orit ted .
be the l lnal f inish apptjed to. at lotherv/ise speciijed or called for on
The Class 1 surface forrn ilnish shall be applied only where specified, or asrequi.ed by the Engineer whef the ordina.y sLtdace flnish did not oroducethe required smooih, even suaface dl unilorm iexture and apoearances.
The ordinafy surface form iinish shallsurfaces after removal of fornls, unlessthe drawings.
I 401-24
IIt
bJ Bridse D€ck Surface Finish
A smooth riding surface of uiform texture, kue to the reqllked grade andcross-section, shal be obtained on all brldge roadway decks Tl'econuacto' n"y,. 'se h"nd tools o' Snishing nachines or a co'nbination ofOotir, conformiirg to the .eguirements specifled. herein fof linishing bridgeroadwaY deck corctete
Finishing.oi coocrete placed in bridge decks shall consist essentially ofcornpactind and slriking off the sqaiace of the corlcrete as placed afdfloating with longitudlnaltloats the surface so struck.ofi. :
nru ot"ci.g o'conc.ete in bridge'oadway decks w:l l not be pernitted unti lthe Enq neer is satisfed that the r€te of producing corcrete wilJ be sufficientto complete the o.oposed olacing and finishing operatjons wilh4 theschedule time, that expe.ienced finishing machine operators and concreteflnishers are employed to finish. the deck, thdt fogging equipmenl and allnecessary flnishing lools and equipmenl are on hand at the site of the workand in satisfactory condition for use. Finishing machines shall be set !psufflciently in advance of use lo permit inspection by the Enginebr during th€dayl;ghi hours before each Potr'
Tl-e adjustment and operat:on ol deck llnishing machines shall be veriljedby movi.g the macnine over tne fLll lenglh of the deck seciion to be Placedand traversing ihe float completely 6cross all end buikheads bero-eDlacement of co'cfete is begLn.
lJnless adequate lighting facilities are provided by the Contractoi, thepracing of corcfete i l b' idge decks sl-al l cease at such t ime that f ir ishingooefat:ons cao Ee completed during day' igJ_thoJrs.
Rails for the sJpport and operatior of lnisning machines and l_eaders lorhand-operated strick-oif devices shall b€ completely in place afd firmlysecured for the scheduied length for cohcrete placeflent beior.e.placing ofconcrele. Rails for iinishing fiachines shall extend beyodd both edds of thescheduled length for concrete placement to a sufflcient distance that willoe nit the float ot the finlshing machine to fully clear thd concrete to bep.aced. Ra ls or heaoers shall be aojus€ble for elevaion and shall be ser toelevat:ons, with allowarce for alticipated settrerent. camber, and deilectionof false work. as required to obtain a bridge roadway deck true to therequked grade and cross-section. Rails or headers shall be of a type andshill be so installed that no sprjnglng or deflection will occur under lheweight of lhe f inishin! equipment and shall be so located that f lnishingequlpmehi may operate withoLlt interruption over the entire bridge roadwayoeck to be fl']isied
Rails o. leade-s shall be adjusled as necessaJ to correct 'or unanhcipatedsetueme,lt ordeflection, \^ihich may occur during flr:lishing operations.
tr'IIlIttItI
+l
IIIIII
J:
II
401.21
I
IIItIIIIIIII
TItIIII
Should setllemenl or oth;,r unanticipated events occur, which in the opinionof the Engineer would p€vent Pouring of bridge deck confoming to therequirements of these specifications; placing of deck concaete shall bediscontinued until con'ective measures satisfactory to the Engineer areprovided. ln the event satisfactory measures are not p.ovided prior to inilialset of the concrete in the effected area, the placing oi concrete shall bediscontinued and a bulkhead instal led.at a location determined by theEngideer. Allconcrete in place beyond the bulkhead shall be removed.
Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bridge deck cbncfete shall bepiaced i4 a uniform heading aoproxlmately paral lel lo the bridge p e' or bentcaos. The rate of placing colcrete shall be l imited to that which.car befinisheo before the beginning o' init ial set except that corcrete for the decksurface shallnot be placed more than three (3) meters ahead of slrick 06.
Aftel. t fe conc-ete has bee4 placed. compacted a' ld consolidated thesLrrface oi ihe concrete shall be carefully svuck off by means of a hand-oge-ated snck bqard opefai lng on headers or by a f lnishing macl ' lneopefahlg or rai,s. A uniforr oeck surface true to the required g|ade andcross-section sharl be obtained
Following strlke off, the $rdace .of the concrete shall be floatedlonq:rLdinal,y. In the event sldke-off is perfo-r.ed by means of a handooeiated srrike board, h^/o (2) separate hand-operated float boards fo_IonqirLoilal f loating shal be Provioed. The f irs! f loat shall be paced inope-ratiol as sooc as the cordit io4 of the coac'ete wilperait and tnesecond ' loal shall be operaled as faf back of the f irst f oat as t 're workabiLityof rhe concrete wil l Permit
ln the event !he str 'ke oq is pe4orr ' led wit i ' a f inish ng machine' lorgituo:nal. f loating of t le concrete snal be peformed by means of a hald-operated
float board o'a ir ishi,1g mach:ne eqLripPeo wit l 'a longitudinarwooden f loat.- l-he longitudinal wooden f loat on .the f inishing machine shall . have a lengthof not less than lwo and half (2 5) meiers nor more than three and half (3.5)meters. \M]en both strike off and longitudinal floaling are to be Periormedby linishing machines, one machine, with operator' shall be used lor strikeoif and a second ft 'acnine, wkh a second ope'ator shall be used fo'lolqitucinal f loating LongitLd:nal f loating may be perforrred w'lh the samef,lr i ;hinq racnine tha! is used for stf ike off provlded that lhe length o'dec(lnit be;g p'aced is 1ot rcore ll^an 10 meiels a.1d the st_ike off ooeration iscompleted for said deck unlt before the condition of the concrete requiresthat lorgitudinal foating be staned.
Finishing rnachines used {or strike off having a wheel base 1.8 meters orless shall be folloq/ed by 2 separate hand-operated lloat boards forlongitudinal floating. All the provisions in this ltem pertaining to hand'operaled i loat boa.ds shall app{y to the 2 sepa.ate f loat boerds lorlongitudinal f loating.
4A\ -22
Longitud:.al f loats, either hard-operated or machine'oPerated.. shsl l beusea w:th trre tong axis of the float pa.allel to the center line of the brldgeroadway. The lloat shall be operated with a combined longitudinal andfansveEe motion Planing off the high areas and floating the materialremoved into the low arbas. Each pass of the float shall lap the previouspass by one-half the.length of the f loat. Floating shall be continued unti l agnooth riding su{ace s oblained.
ln advance of curing operations the su4ace of the concrete shall betexturcd by brooming with a stiff bdstled broom or by other suitable devices,which will fesult in unifom scouring. The operation shall be perforned at atlme and in a manner to produce a hardened.surlace having a unilomltextlire
Ha.d-operated float boards shall be ftom three and half (3.5) to f,ve (5)meters long, rjbbed and trussed as nbcessary.lo p.ovide a dgid float and'shail be equipped with an adjustable handle at each end. The float shall be.wood, not less han Mo and half {2.5) cms thick and from ten (10) cm totwenty (20) im !4ide. Adjusting screws spaced as not to exceed 60 cms oniehters shall be provided beMeen ihe float and the rib. The float boardshall be maintained free of lwisi and true at alltimes.
Hand-operated floal boads shall be operated from transverse flnjshingbridges.. The finishing bidges shall span completely the roadway areabeing floaled & a sufficient numbef ot flnishing bridges shall be provided topermit opeEtion of the floats without undue delay. Not less than livo (2)ttansverse finishing bridges shall be provided when hand-opeialed floatboards are used. When a finishing machide is used for longitldinal floating,one finishing b.idge eqliv€lent to the kansverse finishing brjdge specjfiedhefein shall be furnishqd for use by lhe Engineer.
All frnishing bridges shall be of iigid conshuction and.shall bd free ofe)ic;)ssive wobble and spfinging vt'nen used by'the ope.ators of longitudinalr loats and shall be easily moved.
lmmedrate rol lowing completion of I l^e deck f inishi_g operat:o'rs, thdconcrete in the deck shall be cured as specified in llem 401,3.8 "CudngConcrete" hefeifaftef.
Ihe finished slrface of the boncrete shall be tested by means of aStGightedge three (3.0) mete.s long. The suface shdll not vary more than .lhree (3) rnm from the lower edge ofthe straightedge. All high areas in the'hardened suface in excess of three (3) mm as indicated by lesting shall beremoved by akasive means. After g nding by abrasive mean hes beenpe.formed, lhe sudace of the conc€le shall nol be smooth or polished.ctound areas shal not be of uniform textr.rfe and shall present neal andapproximately reclsngular paRerns.
.Wlere the concrete of the baidge deck's to be cove-ed by bit,rrn noLssut{acing; earih, or other cover, two and half 2.5 cms or more inlhickness,the su{ace of rhe concrete sha nor vary firore tran n:ne (9) mm ffom tnelo$ier edge of the three (3) meter straightedge.
. t
44123
I
I'l-''
I
*lII
tI
IIIT
l -
.lT
T
II Bridqe deck surfaces under the curbs rai l ings and sidewalk shall be struck
off 6 the saBe plane as the roadway ald left undisturbed wnen fdtu.ewidening is sl_own on lhe Plans.
c) Side\rslk Surface Finish
After the concrete has been placed it shall be oompacted and the concreleshall.be sklick off by means of a stdke board, floated with a wooded or corkfloatinq and finished with a broom. An approved edging tool shall be usedon all ;dges end at all expansion joints. Erooming shall be transverse to theline of traffic and if water is necessary, it shall be applied to the sudaceimmediately in advance of broon]iog. The sudace shall not vary more ihansix {6) mm under a three-nreter straightedge, and the finished s!rface shall '
be free of blenishes.
d) OfdinrrL Surface Fornr Finish
Ordirary suriace f inish sha'consst of f i l i lg hoes or depressions ir l leslrface of the concrete. fepairing all fock pockets, rcmoving stains anddiscolouration visible frcm traveled ways. Ordinary surface finish sha{l be.applied to all concrete surfaces either as a flnal finish or preparatory to theilass 1 finish. On suriaces, which are to be buded undergfolind of sudace,which are enclosed, such as lhe cells of box gkders;the femoval ol f lns wil lrot be reoLired.
Exceot as provided herein, al l form bolts and any nletal placed for' theconvonience ol the ContEcto. shall be removed to a depth of at least haoand half (2.5) cms below the su.face of the concfete. All rock pockets andouler unsolnd concrete ahall be removed The result jng holes ordepression shall be cleaned and filled with rnoda.. Form bolts projectjnglnto the cells oi box girders need not be removed unless permanent accessis provided into the cellsi ln which case such bolts shall be removed flushwith ihe surface of the concrete. Ivlortar used to f i l l .bolt holes shall consist.of one pad cement and two pads sand. Other deptessions and pocketsshall be filled with eithef packed mortaf or ak blown fiortar as directed bythe Engineer. luo.tar shall be cured in confo.mance with lhe iequiremenlsin l tem 401.3.8 (c) "Curjng Structures"
lf rock pockets or hoies in the opinion of the Engineer, are of suih an extenlor characier as to affecl the strength of the structure materially or toendanger the life of the steel reinforcernent, he may declare the concretedefective and require the removal and replacement of the podions of thesructLre afecled.
e) Cliss I Surface lorm tinlsh
Class 1 s.rface fnisn slar ' co_sist o'f l isl- i1g tfe sLrfaces ot t-e slfLiclu-e'as
necessary to prcduce even surfaces of unifdfin text!re and appearance,tee of urs;g4fy bJlges depress:ons ald ofier 'nperfectio4s Tl 'e degreeof care jn bu ld'ng fofms and cha.acter bf maleriaLs used in form work wil l bea contributing facior in the amount of additional finishlng reqilired to prod!ceeven sudaces of 'unlform lexture and appearance free of unsightly bulges,depresdions and oihef i .nperfections. and the Engineer shall be the sole
rLrdge in l ' ,s resPect.
441-24
IIIIIIIITtTItTIIIII
After completion of the ordinary surface finish, areas which do not exhibitthe required Smooth, even surfacq df unifoam texture End appearance shallbe sanded ,r'{ith powef sandeF or other approved abrasive means untilsmooth, evel burfaces of uniform texture and appearance are obtained. The'use of power carborundum stones or disks will .be requiaed to removebulges ard other imPeafect:ons
Class 1 sudace finish shall not be applied until. a unifofm appearance can' be obta;ned.
Class 1 surface finish may be fequired to be applied as the flnalfinish forthe following gurfaces, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer:
i) All forn :nish surtaces or oadge supe.-strlrcrures, exieot the unde.surfaces between gkde|s and the inside vedical surfaces ofT girders.
ii) All sudaces of bridge oiers. colu-nns and abutrnents, a1d rerain'ag wallsabove finished ground and to at least lhree tenth (0.3) metei belowfinlshed ground..
i i i ) Al l sulaces 0'ope.1 spandfel arch ri lgs. spandrel co umns and abutnertwa1s.
iV) Ail surfaces ol pedestrian undercrossings, except floors and surfaces i.be covefed with earth.
vi) Surface inside of cllvert bafrels having a height of bne and half (1.5)meters of mo€'or a d'stalce insioe t l_e banel er least eqLal !o t-eheig,lt of rhe cujvel.
v; i)A l su{aces o"a'1a9".
tr:tE"+t ltt t
All faces o'conc-e(e whrc- are to coTe i ' ] conrad w th bac< f i . l or paven-entmaterials, shall be applied two coats of hot bitumen of approved quality,before placlng any materi€l arolnd concrete.
Curios Concrete
+**+All newly placed concrete shali be curcd in acco.dance wiih thesespeciJications, !nless olherwlse direcled by the Engineer..
b) lUethod ofCurinc
The curjng B1ethod 5ha1l be one orhereinafter. '
rnore of the foilowing iis descibed
tIII-r
ITITT
+l
IIIl
{{ l1.3.g
IIII401-2a
tIIIt
Water MethodCuring compound lvlethodReinforced WaterproofPaper l,4ethod if fequired bythe Engineer.Forms-ln-Place MetnodSteam MethodPolyeihylene Sneet'ng Method
yaier Methbd
The concrete shall be kept.continuously wet by the application of water for amjnirnum period ofseven (7) days after the concrete has been placed.
Cotton n'ats, burlaps, rugs, caeets, o'earth or sand blankets, may be usedas a curing medium to relain the moisiure, the enthe sudace oF the conareteshall be kept demp by applying water with a nozzle that so atomizes iheflow that a mist and not a spray is fodned, until the surface of the conirete iscovercd with the curing medium. The rnoisture from the nozzle shall noi be .applied under pressu.e directly upon lhe concrete in a quantity sufficjent iocause a flow oi i{ash the surface. At ihe expiration of the curing period the6on$ete sudace shall be eleared of all curing mediums.
When condrete bridge decks and flat slabs are to be cufed without the useol a moisture reiainirg mediun rhe enlire sudace o'lh€ b_ldge deck or s absfal l be kept damp by the app':cation of water wiih an atomiz:ng nozzle asspecilied in the Freceding pa.agraph until the concrete has set, after whichthe entire surface of the concrete shall be sprinkled cdntjnuously with waterfor a period of not less than seven (7) days.
Curine Co'npound M€thod
Surfaces exposed to the air may be cured .by the applicaiion of anidpervious me..brane if approved by lhe Engineef.
The membrane-{orming compound used shall consist of a practicaJlycoloutless liq!id. The use of any membrane forning corrpound that will alterthe natural colour ofthe concrete or impa,1 a slippery surface to any wearingsudace shall be prohibited. The compowd shall be applied with a Fiessurespray in such a manner as to cover ihe entire'concrete surface with auniform film, and shall be of slch character that it Will harden within 30minutes after application. The amounl of compound applied shall be dmpleto seal the surface of lhe concrete thofoughly, Power operated sp.ayingequipment shall be equipped with an operaiional pressure gauge afdrneans of controll.rg the oressL'e.
. The cudng compound shau be applied to the concfete following the surfacefinishing operation immediately after the moisture sheen begins todlsappeaffiom the surface, but before any drying shrinkage or cfaze cracksbegin to appear. 'n the event of any delay in the application ofcuring
441-26
IItIIIIItttIIIIt
comoound, which resulls In any drying. or cracking of the surface,aDolication of water with an atomizing nozzle as specified undef "WaterM;thod", shall be started irnmediately and shall be continued until
'aoolication of the compound which shall not be apPlied over aiy fteestanding waier su.iace. Should the fiJm of compound be damaged fiom afycalse before the expkation ofseven (7) days after the cohcrete is placed inthe case of struclures, the damaged portion shall be repaired immedjatelyw'th addit ional conPound.
Curing compounds shall not hard setile ln storage. They shall nol be dilutedor altered in any.manner aftsr manufacture. At the tirne ol use, thecompound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition, lfthe compo!nd has notbeen used within one hundred twenty (120) days after lhe date ofmanufactlre, the Engineer.may require additional testjng betofe use todeler?l ine conpliance to leouif ements.
An anti-sett l ing agent.or cornbi.at ion of anti-seft l ing agents shall beincorporated in the curing compound to prevent caking.
T-e cu-ing co-pourd shall be packaged in ctean barels or steel conrairersor shall.be silpplied frcm a sLrilable storage tank locaied at the job-site. on-site storage ta,rks shall have a pefmanent system designed to cornpletelyreiispers€ aly settled material without inlroducing air or any other foreignsubstar:tce. Containers shall be well sealed with rjng seals and lug typecrimp lids. The linings ofthe containers shall be of a characier that will resistthe solvent oithe curing compound. Each conlainef shall be labeled with themanufacture/s name, speciflcation nlmber, batch number, number ofgallons ard date of n a.Jfacufe. and sha l have a label wa|'1irg conce-ningflammabil i ty. The label shall also wam that the curing compound shall bewell sti.reo be'ofe Jse. Wher lhe cuing cor'rpoJ4d is sn pped 'n ta']ks ortank kucks, a shipprlg rvoice sl-al l accompany each road The invoice sna Icontaln the sarne if formation as thal required hefeir i forcontaine.labels-
Curing compound rnay be sarnpled by the Engifeer at the source ol supplya.o at the job"s:te
Bri!&r!!Ov'lq!l!d.!!"EsI-u.q1]]ld
The exposeo filished sLrdaces of corcrete shall be sp'ayed witl- warer,lsing.a nozzle that so atomizes the flow that € mist and dot a spray isformed, until ihe concrete has set, after which the waterproof paper shall beplaced. The paper €hall remain in place for a pe od ofnot less th€n 72hou15.
Reinforcdd waterproof paper shallcomply with ASIN,4 C 171 speciflcations-It shall be composed of two sheets of Kraft paper cernented together with abit!mlnous adhesive and reinforced wrth fibre, The waterprcol paper shalJbe formed into sheels of s!ch width as to pfovide a complete cover of entkecoFc-ele!Ldace.
tIIIttIII
"lIIIIIII
441-27
IIII,IIIIIlr
IIIItIIIttI
:
Al l ioints in the sheets shall be securely cemented together in such amanne, as to provide a waterproof joint The joint seams shall haveo'inimJm lap of ten (10) cm
The shaets shall be securely weighted down by placing a bank of earth onthe edges of ihe sheets of by other means satisfactory lq the Engineer
ShoJld any port ion of the sheets be broken o'damaged wiln'n seve'ty two(72) hoJ6 after being piaced' the broken or damaged port ions sl 'al l .beimmediately repaired with new sheets properly cemented into place
Secrions of s\oels, \^rhich rave lost thetr wate'p'oor qualites o- have beerdamaged to such an extent as to Ender them un{it.for cLlring the concretesral lnot be used.
Forms-in-Place M€thod
Forrned surfaces of concrete may be cured by retaining the torms-in-placeThe forms shall remain in plaoe for a rninimLlm period of seven (7) daysafter'the condete has been placed' dxcept that fof membeF ovet five (5)
. cms in least dimension, the forms shall be in place lor a minimum period offive (5) days. Wooden lofins shall be kept wet by watering during the curingpe'rod.
St€am Method
Afte- pacing and vibrating t l_e concrete sl 'al l be al 'oweo lo atta 1 ts 'n l iaset befofe s-tearn is aoplied During the placing oJ concrele and apolicatonof steam, provisron sha'l be made to orevent su_ace orylng oy means oI acoating oi approved .naterial. The oPtimum cuiing t'empe(ature shall nolexceed sixty fve (65) degree C
Polvethv lene Sheet ing Melhod
ihe wet sudace of fresh concrete shall be covdred with white polyethylenesheelinq as soon as possibre witrout narring the s-4ace a_d sl^ou'd coveratl exoised suJaces of the coac'ete The edges of the sheel:ng shall bewe:qhied secufely with a contirLlous wind'ow of earth or any other meanssaii:faclory to tni Erglneer to p-ovide ar aiGligl'{ cover' Ad o'ning sl"eelssral l ove' lap not less tnan thirry (30) crs and the laps sl-al l be secureyweiqhied \iith earih. of any other means satisfactory io the Engineer toproiide an air-ti95t cover'
c) Curing.structures
All newly olaceo concrete for casF'n-place struct--es' othe' than higl ' tuaytiiaqe dects, snatt be cured by the waier method, the fo(rns-in-placemetiod, or, as pdrmitted herein' by the clr ing compound rnelhod' aLl in
accordance wimlne requirements in l tem 401.3 8 (b)' "Methods of Cudng"
401-28
The curing cohpound arethocl may be used or co.c.ete sudaces wflch areto be buried underground, and slrrlaces where.only O.dinary Surface Fjnishls to be applied 3nd on which a uniform colour ls not required and which willnoi be vrsible from any pJb/ic traveled way.
The top surface of higl^way br'dge.decks shal' be cured by bofh tfe cu-ingcompound melhod, and by the water meihod. The curing cofipound shalibe applied progressively dlring the deck finishing opefatio.t immediatelyafter flnishing operations are completed oi each individual pohion of thedeck. The water cure shall be applied not latef than four (4) hours aftercompletion of the deck finishjng of. for podions of the decks on whichtiaisr 'ng is completed a1e'nofmal wo.king hou/s. the wate'cLre be appr;eonot later than 8.00 a.m. the fol lowing morning.
When dee-ed recessa-y by rhe Eng;neer dJri4g periods of hot weather,water shall be applied to conciete sudaces being cured by the curingcornpound method or by the forms-in-place method, until the Engjneerdetermines that a cooling effect is no longer requifed-
d) Curinq Precast Concrete Mqmbers
Precast colcfete members shalj be cured for not l€ss thar seven (7) daysby the wate" method of by stearr cJring for a perioo in vvl;ch BOo/d ofstrenglh achieved, at the option of.the Contractor. Steam cu ng for prccastmembers shall conform to ihe following provisions:
Afier placenert of the concrete. members shall be held for a mir ' .num.our(4) l"ours Precasilng Penod.
Io pre,/e'rt rroistJ'e loss or exposed surfaces our,.g the presteanilgpenod, merbers sha I be cove-eo imTediarely aftef casting or the exposeAs-daces sFall be kept weI by fog sp-ay or wer blankets.
Enclosures for steanl curing shall allow free cifiulation of steam about ihemember and shall be coristmcted to contain the live steam with a minimumrncisture loss. The use of ihe taeaulins or similaf flexible covers Will beperrnitted, provided they are kept jn good.fepair and secufed in such aflanner to Drevent t l^e loss ofslearn atd moisture
Srea.n at,ets shdjj be.ow pressJ.e ald in a saturated cordit jon. Srean atjets shal' nor impinge d reofly on the colcrete lest cylinders, or foms.Du.ing apo'icatjon oi the stea-n, the te.npe-atJre rse wjthin the enclosJreshal 'rot exceed twe.ty (20) degree C pe. four. The cuins tempe-aluretfroughout the enciosure sha l rot exaeed sixty Five (65) degree C and shallbe maintained at a constant level fof a Sufficient time necdasary to developtne tequired co.noressive strelgtr. Contaol cyirders shall be covereo too.event moisture loss aad sha t be olaced in a 'ocar;on where tempe.alu.e ;srepfesentat.ve of the averagete.ape?at-re of tl-e enclosJ.e.
IIIIIIII,l.l:l.l-l
Y
.l:l
ffi"1
IIIIl
l0t .J.9
IItII
IIIIIlIt
Temperature recordind devices that will provide an accurate continuoilspermanent recoid of the curing temperature shall be provided. A minimumof one lemperature fecording device per sixty (60) meters of conlinuous bedlength will be reqLlired for checking lemperature-
Crring of precast concrete wil l be consldered co'rpleled after a terminat:onof the steam cuing cycle.
e) c urins Precast Conqret€ Piles :
Ai l 4ewly placed co.crete p'ecast prles. botn corvenliorial ly reinforced a10orestres;ed shall be cured by the' l /Vater Metlod" as described in l tem101.3.8(b) except that the concrete shall be kept under moisture for at leastfourteen (14) days. At the option of the Contfacior steam curing may beused in which case the steam cu ng provisions in l tem 401.3.8(b) "quringprecast Concrete Mernberc'r lhall apply except that the concfeie shall bekept wei for at least seven (7) days including the holding and steamingpe'iod.
Testirlg ofAggregNtes
Samples of r i '1e a'd coa'se aggregate to be Jsed shall be selected by theEngineer. lt shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to. designate thesource or sources of aggregale and to obtain the necessary samples andgubmit them for lesting at least thirty (30) dayi before actual concretingoperatiors are to begil
Samples of aggregates shall be obtained and tested In accordance with thefollow,ng standard MSHTO l.lethods -
r-2
T-112
T-84
1-27
ASIM C 586
ASTM. C 227
ASTivt c.28S
i) Sampling aggregatesiD Sieve analysisiii) Amounl of material Passing
tv)v).vii)viii)ix)x)xtxii)
'xi i i)xrv)
xv)
xvr)
the N0.200 sieve.Organic impu'i l iesMortar StrengthSodium sulphate soundnessFriable particlesAbrasion lossSpecific GravityAbsorpiion.
' PfooLctror of Prast ic Eines.
Fineress ModulusSand EquivalentPotentral Reactiv:tY of CarbonateRocks for Concrete Aggregate(Rock Cylnder Method)Potential Alkal i Reactivity.of Cementl.Aggfegate Combinations(N,4orta-Bar i\4etl'od).Potential Reactivity ol Aggregates(Chefi ical Metl 'ods)
40 1-30
III
II
- l 0 r . J . l 0
No aggregate foitesting during the production of conbrete shall be sampledat th; discharge gates of the bins rfeeding the weidht hopper, TheContractof, al his expense shall provide safe and slitable facilities forobtaining the samples, No concreling work on the project will be permitieduntit lhe Engineer slgnifies in writing his approval, following the performanceof the necessary tests, on all the maleials involved in making concrcte.
Tcscinq oI Conrnressi!e.srf ength
Concrete compressive stfength requireanents consist of a rninimum stfengthai the age of twenly eight (28) days and the minimum strength which mustbe altained before various loads or stresses are applied to the concrete.The various strengths requjfed are specified iri Table 40'1-1.
The compaessive strength ofconcrele will be determined f.om test cylindels,which have been fabricated. from cofcrete sampled and tested inaccordance with AASHTO T 23 and MSHTO T 22.
A se! of six (6) cy inoers snai' be taken from each fifty (50) cubic rreters ofeach qlass of concrete or fraciion the€of placed each day, lhree (3) of thesix (6) cyl 1de-s to.be tesled after seven (7) days and d-ree (3) after twentyeight (28) days.
a) Tne ni. irndn average 28;ays test 'esLr' i of al l sa-nples testeo at arytime shall be the speciiied hventy eight (28) days strength.
b) No individual samples tested after 28 days shall show a tesi result lower.than eighty flve (85) percent of the requjfed twenly eight {28) days.
Corcrete represelreo by any sirgre tesl cy inAe-s t l^al fai ls ro corrp y withlhe requiiement !nder {b) above will be rejected unless the Conlractor at hiseipense, provrdes evidence lhat the slrength and qualiiy bf the concreieiplaced in the work are acceptable. lf such evidence consists of tests m€deon core! laken from lhe wod. the cores shall be obtained and teated inaccordance With the specificatiofs of AASHTO T-24.
Test .esrl ls o'tre cores sha' l meet tne fol low'ag requjre.aenlst-
a) Average lest result of the 6o€s shall be less than ihe minimwt tequliedtwelty eigl-t (28) days strelgtF.
b) No individual core shall show a strength less than Ninety live (95)percent of the reqliifed twenty eight (28) days shength.
Should the above test results failto conrply with the reqLrkements, concreteof ihat particular pour shall be rejected and removed as difected by theEngineer. Further more contractor shall redesign the concrete mix lorapproval or tLe E.rginee-.
In case. seven (7) d6ys Strength shows less than seventy (70) percent ofthe twenty eight (28) days slrength (ln case of lype-l cement), Engineer maystop fui(her u/ofk on thal parlicular portion of concrete, unless iwenty eight(28) days skength gives satisfactory fesults.
401 -31
I.l-Y
IIIIt
"lIIIIt
I
IIITIIIIt
.lU I..l .
i 0 l . J . l
Trinl Brtclcs f0r Mir t'roductio'rs
The olacinq of colcrete s\al l rot begin unti l tr ial batches of the mix desigri., o"'usec_t aue been prbduced by tie contractor and tested and approved
lv tnu lnsin""t. The ldel mix propodions shall be such that the average
ii*otr ' oif iu" (5) consecuive test cyl inoers shall be 20% h:ghe' than the
.""" in"oi*." iv " lgh,
t28) days stfe'1gth and no individual test cyl:"1de- sharl
oe below the specif ied strenglh
When concrete compfessive stfength is specified as a prqrequisite to
:;; i ; i" ; r"; l ; ;r ; t ,";ses to a conc'ete structure o- nembe' test cvl inde's
; i i i l ; ' " ; , ; ;G;;ono't 'ons si 'niar to those ai the castins site The
"o.i lou" an"ngh of concrete determined for sucr pu'ooses wil l be
evaluated on tqe basis of ind:v;dual tests
\ r r j r \ r n f \ r n \ . ' T AND ? IY l \ l [ ]T
) l l rsuIct r l (n(
Tne ouanti lv of concrete to be pa o for shall be the F'rmbe- o' cubic 'nete-s
of concrete of tne vanolls classes corfplete in p'ace aid accepleo
ln fteasJri4Q ti lE ioiLme of concrere to be paio for ' l l_e d:me_s:c' (o be
aoolieo sheii"-e those srow_ o' i 'e Dra\ / lFgs exceoi wnere otnels ofoerec
by tne Eng ' leer in wdtjng
Oeductiorls trom.the theorctical voluole of concTete shall be made for the
Jo-t.rmes r.rf oraining holes weep l"oles pipes ard coldJts etc' ir l case
w"ere thei- cross-sectio4al areas exceed 500 souale cefirmeters
The rneasurenlent shall noi include any concrete t lsed in the constrult ion or
coffe'dans of fa'sewo-k
Tne vo'ume involved in fil'els scodngs or c\amfels ten sqLare ::"!1T-"t,"J:rn caoss.sec$ona' area or le55 shall be d:sregarded wnen T'easun_g me
qL.a.r ir iy of conc-ele to be pa d 'ol
Concrete fof rai l ings, pipe culverts.etc ' is not to be rneasured under this
item, but uncer separate l tems
Purnrcnl . ,
The accepted quantity.neasuTed as provlded above shall be paid for ai the
;;; fi pi.rce re'spectively for the pay itefls listed below thqi ?s qel
Ii"*i-j" ti i"- elrr ol buantitj is which:prices arid payment shall be 'Jull
; ; ; ; ;";", '" ; I i .o- 'o' .utn works as cLing. sLdace,lnshng-"and/or
i i t [" i .s " i
rari"" forrato- of constructron joirrs a-d any such wor\
"na inciJenats necessary to complet€ the item excdpt works that afe palo
' for utder o(her PaY items
IIItI
:
IIiIII
-1fl 1.1.1
401-32
Pay ltenlNo .
Descript ion. un t t o rMeasutement
I"l
II-r
tIIII
nl
I
,Y
ffiq
For all concrele structures or poriions, ihereof, no sepafate measurerrent orpayrnent thall be made for false work, centering, fonnwork or any othertedpcirary Work to complete the.concrete structure of portion thercof.payment for all such temporaryworks shall be deemed to be included in thecontract price paid under varjous items ofconcrete wo*.
4O1a(i) .( iD(iiD
401b
(i)( iD(itD
401d (i)('0( i i0
401e401 f401g
Concfele CIassUnder GroundOn CroundElbvat€d' Concrete Class BConcrete Class CUnder ground
Eievated
eu ! ,s rs v r .ss u3Concrete Class Y .Lean ConcretePrecast Concrete, Class ...-.,
ci\1.CMct\,4cL1
ct\4CMct\l
ctllcl\lCl\ilCMCMc1!4
IIIIIII
lffil401-33
I
rr e M.]!? FALSEWORK AND q!NTERINC FOR BRIDGIS.
IIIItI
. t0 l . l D[$C l { tPT loN
This wo.k sl.al l consist of the design. suppry and construction of fatsev/orkwhicn wilr provrde the necessary ngrdity ro sLopon th€; loads tmposed a.dproduce a structure. flnished lo the lines and grades indicated on the planso. as requked by the Engineer.
IlTTERIAL Rf OLII RF:IVI,ENTS
Timber and lumber to be used for falsework shafl becomply with lhe requirement in AASHTO M 168.
of sound lumbe. and
St.uctural steel to be used for ialsework shall comply wjth the requirementsoi Staridard Specifrcations for Structural Steel MSHTO M 183. Reintoro6gsteel if it is to be used fof falsewo.k.sh€ll comply with ihe requirernents ofAASHTO l\11 3'1 - 82. Concrete when used shall confoim to ltem 401 of thesespeciflcations.
C'ONSTRUCTION REOUIRE!I ENTS
Frlsc worl i Desien und Drl l1) ings
Detarleo workrng drawings and bac(up calculations o' lhe falsework sFail befufnished by the ConlrEctor to the Engineer. No falsework construction shallstarl lniil the Engineer has reviewed and approved ihe drawjngs. TheContractor shall provide sufficient time for lhe Engineef to complete thisreview. Such time shall be pfoporlionate to the cornplexity of the falseworkdesign 6nd in no case shall be less lhan one (1) week,
The Contracto_ n_ay revise the fa sework orawr.gs ar any t 'me p'ovidedsufficient iime is allowed for the Enginee/s review before constructjon jsstarted on the revised Portions.
Assumpllons used in design of the lalsewo* shall include but not be limitedto lhe.o' low -g:-
i) Fof designing falsework and centei ing, a weight of 2,400 kg. per cubicmelef shall be assumed for green concrete. AII falsework shall bedesigned and cctnst.ucted to p.ovide .the necessary. rigidity and tosupport the l,r?ds without appreciable settlement or deformation. TheEngilee- ma/ renL.re the Conkacror lo enploy sc'ew jacks or aporovedw€dges to. rak? Lrp ?ny settlement in the fofmwork.either before or duringthe p a:.! of ' : t ' lc:ete.
i i) The ;ntire superstructufe cross-section except rai l ihg, shall becon-<rdered io be placed at one t ime, except when in the opinion of the
. F,r,]- p", a porUon of lhe load is cartied by gifders previously cast and' ' ' in4:r i lain€d a cedain strenglh.
.l{)t.l
ItI IUt.J. t
lt
tItIIIt'III
402-1
I
i i i ) Falsework, wijch cannot be Founded on a satis'actory footjrg, sl_al l besuppoded on piliag, which shall be spaced, driven, and reffoved in an
. approved manner. The loading used oo tidber piles shall not exceed thebeafing \€lue for the piles and in no case exceed ten (10) tons per pile.
iv) Soil beadng vallres and soi cdndil iors (wet and dry) shal be designatedby lhe Contr?ctor on the falsewofk drawings. Falsework footings shall bedesigned to carry the loads imposed upon them Without exceedingestimated soil bearing values or allowable settlements.
v) Felsewo-( shal be set to g've the frnished struclure, the camoerspeciieo or' . loicated on rhe Drawi'1gs.
vi) Arch centering shall be conslructed according lo lhe apprcved centering. plans. Prcvisions shall be made by means of sir i table wedges, sand
boxes, of other devices ior the gfadual lowedng of centers to render lhe'arch self-supporting. When difected, centering shall be placed onapprovdd jacks In order to take up and conect any slight settiemeni,which rnay occLlf afler the placing has begtln.
vi i)The .raxirur loading and def ections used or jacks. b.ackers, colu'rns,and other manufactured devices shall not exceed the nanufaclurea'srecommendations. lf requested by the. Engin€er, ihe Coniractor shallfurnish caialog!es or olher data verifying these recommendatjons.
viii)lf the concrete is.to be prestressed, the falsework shall be designed tosuppod any increased of feadjusted loads caused by lhe prestressing
IIt-r
ItIII
tl
Itofces,
ix) Joints supporting slabs andand designed as sLrch.
Fof the co4strLction of fa serofk over ard adjacena to road ways whe-efalsework openings afe required ior maintaining trcfic, th€ Contraolor shallorovide any additional features for the work needed lo ensure that theialsework w:l l be staole i f sLb ected to :mDacr oy vehic es
The falsev/orx oesrgr at the locatiors whe'e seio ope_iigs are requ .edshall inc.ude our nol oe l imireo to tne fo lowilg ir i '1,mJ- p.ovisions:
i) Each exterior strjnger in a span shall be securely. anchored to thefalsework cap or fra14irS.
i i j AdeqLate biacing shall be used duing al l srages of fa seworkconstruction and removal over or adjacent to public irafflc.
i , t) Fa sework menoe-s sha, be at least thi ly (30) cns cear or tenporariprotective ra hFg members.
The ialsewark drawings shall include a superstructure placing diagramshowing proposed concrete placing sequence and..conskuction jointLocation, except thai where a schedLrle io. placing concrete is shown on thecontract plans, no devialion will be permitted lherefaom unless approved inwrit ing by the Engineer
ovefiangs shall be considefed as falsework
..i
. lII
Ij
ItIII
3:
II402-2
&l#rI
tIIIttII
ttIt
101.J.?
The falsework drawings shall show any pedestiian openings, which arerequired through the falsewoi'k.
Anticipated total setuemenls ot talsework and forms shaU be irdjcated bythe Contr€ctor on the falsework dGwings. These should include falseworifooting settlement and joinl take"up. Anticipated settlernenis over hvo (2)cms will not be allowed unless otherwise pe.mitted by the Engineer. Deckslab forms between girders shall be conslalcted With no allowance iorsert lement relative to the gioers.
Detailed calculations by the Contractor showing lhe stresses. deflectionsand camber necessary to compeflsate fo. said dgflections in €ll loadsuppo.ting membe.s shall be included in the wocking drawlngs.
After apiroving the Contiaclo/s falsework deflebtion camberi the Engineerwill fuatish to the Co.rtractcjr the amolJnts of camber necessary tocomilensate for vertical alignment or 6nticipated structure deflection, if thrsis not shewn on the drawings The total cambe. useij in conskuctrngialsework shall be the sum of the afore mentioned cambefs.
F$tse $ork Construction snd Drr$inss
lhe fulsework shall be constructed to conlorm to the talseworx drawings.The maiedals used in the faisework const.qcUon shajl be of the quantity andquality necessary to withstand the stresses imposed. The workmanshipused in falsewok constlJctiofl shall be of such q,Jality that lhe falsellork willsupport the loads jmposed on it withoul excessive settlement or take.upbeyond that shown on the falsework drawingsi
Falsework shall be founded on footings, capable of supporting the loadsimoosed on it .
Whe'] 'alsewofK is sJppo(ed or pr es, l l 'e pi es shall be dr.ven ro a beaang ..value equal to the calculaied pile loadlng as shown on the falseworkdrawings.
Suitable jacks or wedges shall be used in connection with la sework to selthe forms to iheir requifed grade and to take up any excessive setilement inthe false\ork either before or durlng the pacing of.concrele-
The ContEctor shall piovide -tell-la
les attached to the soffit iorms easllyreadable and in edough systematically-pladed iocalion to determine lhe totalsettlement of the entjre po.tion of the struciLjfe where concrcte is beingp.aced.
' Sho!ld events occu., including setil;-'menls that deviate mdre lhan + 2 cmsfrom those indicateo on t\e talsework orawngs. whicr in the op n ol of heEngiaeer would prev,"nt obtaining a sklcture confofming to therequiremdnts of these specifications, the placing of concrete 6hall, b€discontinued until corfective meas!res are ptovided to entke satisfaction ofthe Engineer. In the event, satisfactory measures are not tal(en locoreclness ot excessive settlements, the Contacloa shall nol be relieved ofresponsibi l i ty for confoming to ihe requirements of these specrf i .al ions
tIIIII
402'3
I temor ins F! lsct ror l i
Unless othenvise shown on lhe.drawings, or permitted by lhe Engineer,falsework supporting any span of a simple span bddges shall not bereleased before 14 days after'the last concreid, excludlng concrete abovethe bridge deck, has been placed. Falsework suppoding aoy span of a
'continuous.or igid fram€ bfidge shall not be released before 14 days afterthe last concrete, exciuding coacrete above the bridge deck, has beenplaced in that span and in the adjacent poftions of each ad.ioining spanwhere fajsework s to be rcleased
Falsewofk srppo.l ing deck overlangs and deck slab between girders shallnot be released uniil seven (7) days after the deck concrete has beenplaced.
I
I
I
T'r
ln addition lo the abov€ requiremenl no falsework for bridges shall bereleased until the suppoded concrete has atfained a compressive shengthof atleast eighty (80) pefcent of the required twenty eight (28) days strengthl
Falsework for cast-ifi-place prestressed portjons of structures shall not bercleased until afterthe preskessing steeJ has been tensloned.
All falsewo.k materials shall be completely femoved Falsework piling ghai. be removed alleast sixty (60) cms below the surface oftbe original ground
' or slream bed. When falsework piling is driven within the limits of ditch or' channel excavation ar:eas. the falsewoaK piLng within such areas shalL be
. removed to alleast sixty (60) cms. below the boitom and side slopes of saidexcavalec a-eas
All debris and refuse resuliing from work shall be aemoved and the premisesleft in a neal and presentable condit ion.
r02..r ' q!!4s!a!IIgNra!!$r1E!I
For a'l corcfete structures. p-esFessed co-crele structufe; or po.tjorsthereof. no separate fieasurefienl of payment shall be made for falsework'supporting such slructures. All falsewo* costs shall.be considered asincl!ded in lhe contfact prices paid (cosuoN4 or LM of structural membels orlump-sum) for the various items ol conarete work and no additionalcompensation will be allowed lhereot'.'
'l'r
I
II
II
Irl
II
,f
tII
)'
It
F-ffi442-4
ITEM 40] IORM'WORK
l1It
I
tI
403.1 DESCRIPTION
The woik shall consist of Firoviding, erecting and removing concrete fofms ofsuflcient strenglh with all necessary bracinEs, fasteners, etc. and inconformity with the requi.emenls hereinafter specified.
T,TATERIAL REOUIRtrM}.NTS
Fofms shall be of wood, metal or olher approved materials and shall be builtmodar iight and of suflicient rigidity to prevenidistortion due to the pressureof the conc.ete ard other loads incid6nt to the construction opera{ioni,
CONSTRUCTION RE OUIR-EMENTS
FormworkDesigE aod Drawines
The Contractof shall prepare working drawlngs, .backup balculations andmate.ial data for ihe form woIk and shutters to be submitted to the Engineerfor approval unless otherwise directed.
The requkements for design of formwork are the same as described underItem 402.3.1 - Falsework Design add Drawings.
FormlYork CofftIuctioa
Concrete forms shall be constructed and maintained so as to prevent'waeing ard the opening of Joints due to the s4rinkage of the lumber andshall be true io the di.nensions, lines and grades af the structure and withthe suflicient sirength, rigidity, shape and surface smoolhness as to leavethe tinished works true.lo ihe dimensions shown on drawings o. required bythe Engiheer and.with the surface finish as specitied.
Fo-ms'o. exposed sudaces shall preferably be lined wirh metal, plwood, orother approved material, or may with the Engineeds penrission, be made ofdfessed lumber of uniform thickness. Foims shall be filled at all sharpcorners(Minimum two (2) cms tiangular fillets) and shall be given a level ordraft in the base of all pcojections, such as girders and copings, to ensureeasy renoval. .
Form fasteners consisling of form bolts, clamps or oth€r devices shall beused as necessary to prevent spreading of lhe fofms dudng concreteplacemeot. The use of ties consisting pf Msted wire loops to hold forms inposition will not be pefmitted. fu1eial ties or anchorage within the fo.ms shallbe so conslructed as to perrnit their removal lo a depth of at least five(s)cins frcm the face witroJt injury to the concrele.
TIIt
.103.2
403.3
403.3.1
IIIIIII
403.3.2
II
403-1
II
4Itt
II
IT
:ilil,: Jii,f :li 5i ;n"J"T il"":*"i::i'$l!ili"'ill'{i:l IIT'|'J3 ;l!iil titt"d with ."."nt oortar and the surface left sound, srnootn' even anoil'i"r- ln
"otour. nncf'or dev:ces may be cast into the concfete for later use-
:r .uipftti"g f"--" "i
f"r l:'ting preca;t members The use of driven tyoes of
,n"'n!'r"gu"-fo. fastening fofins or fom suppods lo concfete will not be
pefmitted
The ins:de surfaces of forms shall be cleaned of all dirt mortar and foreign
-ri"ii"i. F"-., *rrcr' will later oe removed shsll be thorougtly c-oated with
ioim olt o,'o|. to ,"". The forn oil shall be a commercial quality fo-rn oil 0r^ii.,"r-.oir*"J
"o",inq which will perrrit the ready release of the fofms and
i"iri1'ol'ii"totour tn" "ioncrete
All.exposed sudaces o'sim'laf po'trors ofa
I'j."r"t" .iru"tur" "lt"rl
be fo-red with th€ sarne formi.1g r4ater'al or wlth
materia s wtrlch produco similar concrete sllrface textures' coloul ano
aooearance,
Concrete.sl'all not be depos'ted in the forms uniil all work in connection with
;;;lili;g the torms has been completed, all niaterials rcquired to be
!'rl-eoo"a'in tt'e concrete have been placed fof the unit 10 be poured' and
ihl Engineer has in"pected and apprcved said fo'ms and ilaterials
The rate of depositing co.c'ete in forns shall be such as to pfeveni
i!ilJri-"" "r'ti,rJt"rtior
fotn panels in exceis ofthe defleclions permitted6u ii"u"
"p""iloti"n". Maximum dellection allowed due to Prop settlement
illd .t ""0
due to bending of shltters is 3 mm, when measured with 3rreterstralght edge.
Forms for all concrete surfaces' which \'vill not be oompletely enclosed orhidden belo\d the Ferranenl ground surJace' shall conforn'- lo thereouirements herein for forms for exposed sldaces lntenor sufiaces o-unlerg-orrO dfainage st'uclr.rles shall be considered to be cornolete y
enclosed sudaces..
Formwork fot concrete pleced under water shall be watertighi Whefl lumberis used, this shall be planed and tongued and grooved
Forrrs fof exposed concrele suJaces shall be designeo and corstructed soinat the tormio suriace ofthe concrete does not undulale excessively in anyiireaion oetweer studs, ioists' fofm stiffeners, form lasteners, or wqles'
'Undr]lations exceeding either two (2) mr:n o( 1n70 ol lhe center to cenieJJi"Lnce tetwe"n studs, joisls, form siifieners, form fasleners, or wal6s willbe considered to be excessive. Should any iorm or fo'rnin! systern' evenit'ouof nreviousty approled lor use produce a conc€to sudace wllh
"xceisiui unautitions, its Jse shall be discontinued until mod:fications'
i"ti"t"ao.y to the Enginee. have been made' Portions of concrete. struAures'witn slrface undutations in excess of the limits hetein may be
rej€cled bY the Eng neer'
'lY
t
II
I
tt
I
I
T
I403-2
t
II
III
III
II
403.3.1
Fofms shall be sel and mainiained true to the line designated until theconcfete is sufficlertly hardened. Forms shall rerrain in place for pedods,which shall be deterrrlned, as hefein specified. V\hen forms appear to beunsatisfactory in ?ny way, either before or during the Placing of concrete,the Engineer will o.der the work stopped. until the defects have beenco|rected.
The shape, strength, rigidity, waier-tightness, and surface smoothness of-reused forms shall be mainlained at all times. Any warped or bulged lumbermust be resized beiore being reused Forms that are unsatisfactory in anyrespect shall not be reused
For narrow walls ald cotumns, where the bottom of tne for.n islnaccessible,the lower forrn boards shall be adjustable so that they may be rcmoved forcleanjng out extraneous material immediately before placing the concrete.
Removal ofFormwork
ln the determination of the time for the removal of'fabework and forms,consideration shall be. given to ihe location and charalter of the structure,the weather, and other conditions influencing the setting of the concreie,and the matenars used ir the mix
lf fieLd opeBtions a.e not controtled by beam or cylinder tests' the followingoerjods, exclus;ve of days when ihe temperalure is below five (5) degree Cior renoval of forms and suppoats shall be used as a mini_1rjrh gubject to.the approval of the Engineer and to the requkemenls of ltem 402.3 3.Rernoving Falsework.
side forms for c"st-in-place beams, gilders' co[]mns' or oihdr mijmberswhere ihe forms do not resiSt dead load, bending shall femain in place fo. atleast fody (40) hours aftef placing concrete for the membels. Side folms iofprecast members may be removed the next day after placing concretenefeln,
l f nrgh early strelgth cenent is used or by the use o' addit ional cerert 'these per'ods may oe'ed-ced as directed.
\ hen'Ueld operations are controlled by cylinder tests, the femoval of forms'
supports and housing, and the disconlini.lance of healing and curing (whefe
aooiicablel may begin when the concrele is found to have the required
compressive stiength, provided in no case shall supports be rernoved if
less than seven (7) days afler placing the conc'ete
II!tIII
Arch centdrcentering lJnder BeamsSupports under Flat SlabsFloor SlabsVerticalWatl SurfacesColumnsSlde of BeamsTop Slabs R.C. Box culvsrts
tI
403-3
tI
All forms shall be removed, excepi when no permanent access is availableto the. cells, the forms suppoding the deck of box girddrs and the forms inhollow abutments or piers may remain ln place. Prior to completion offorming for the deck forms, the inside of box girders shall be cieared of all
403.4
Methods of form r'emova likely to cause overstressing of the ionqeie shaljnot be used. In general, lhe forms shall be removed from the bottomupw€rds. Forms and their supports shall not be removed wthoul approval.Supports shall be removed in such a manner as to perrnit the concrete touniformiy and gradually takethe stresses dle to lts own weight.
ln general, arch centering or falsework shall be sL'uck and lhe arch madeseli-supporiing betore the railing o. coping is placed. This precaution isessenijal in order to avoid jamming of the expanslon Joints and variations inalignment. For filled.spandrel a.ches, such portions of the spandfef lvallsshall be left tor construction subsequent io the striking ol centers, as may benecessary to avoid janm;ng of the expa rsioo joints.
Centers shall bq gradually and uniformly lowered ln such a manner as to'avoid injurjaus Ftresses in any.palt of the staucture. ln arch slructures of twoor nore spans, the sequence of strlking centers sha be approved by theEngineer. .
' MXASLEEMINT AND ?AYMII\T
For all concrcte structures, . prestressed concfete sirucitures, precastcbncrete elements of porligns thereof, no separate measurement orpayment shall be made for formwork suppoding such st uctures. Allformwork costs shali be considered as.lncluded in the contract prices oaid(cosuoN,t or LM of shucrJ.al membe.s or lump-su.r) for lhe varjous items ofconcrete worL and ro addiriona compensarion wlll be ailo\^/ed thereof.
loose matefial and swept oiean.
403-4
ITII
Y
ttIII
tItt
tl
II
II
It-
lI ITEM 404 STEEL REINT'ORCEMEI{T
I
IItIl
II
'404.1 DESCRI?TION
This work shall consist of fumishing, fabricating and Placing @f steelreinforcement oi the type, size, shape and grade requir€d in accordancewith these specilicatjons, and in conformity \i!4th the requirements shown onthe Orawings and Special Provisions o. as dirdqed by the Ergineer.
I,I.{TERIAL R.E OIJIREMENTS
All malerials shall conlorm to th6 requlrements hereinafter given. Tesircports from appfoved sources shall be submiued to the Engineer for allsteel reinfofcemeni used. These reports shall show the results of chemicaland physical tests made
l) Delormed Billet-Sleet Bars (Grades 40 and 60) for ConcreteReinforcement-AAsHTo M-31.(ASTM 4-61 5)
. ii) Deformed Steel Wire for Concrete ReinforcemehFAASHTO[/.225 (ASTM 4-496)
. iii) Welded SlgelWire- Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement-AAsHToM-55 (ASTM A-185)
jv) Steel Bar Mats for Concrete(ASTM A-184)
r4 Cold-Drawn Steel Wire tor Conciete ReinforcemenhMsHTo. M:32 (AST|/ A-82)
vij) . structural shapes for Concreie Reinforcement ASTM A-36
. CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
Fabricat ior otBent Bars
a) Order Lists
Before male als'are ordered all order lists and bending djagrams shall befurnished by the Contractof, for the approval of the Engineef. The approv€lof order lists and bending diagrams by the Engineer shall in no way relievethe Coniractor ol fesponsibiljty for lhe coneciness oi such Iists anddiagrams- Any expenses incident to the revisions oi malerjal furnished inaccordance with such lists and diagrams to ffake ii comply with iheoraw'ngs sha I be borne by the Contactor.
4[4,2
Reinforcement-MsHTo M-54
IIIII
404.1
404,3,1
t' :
ttI
404-1
It
b) Stor i rg !ud Surface Condi t ior of Reinfor ieFeol
Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground or
Dlatforrns, skids, or otner supports aqd shall be protecleo as rar as
oraclicable from mechanical injuf and surface detefloraqon causeo Dy
bxposure to condk'o']s producing rust Vvhen placed in tne work'reinforcement shal be free frcn dirt, detdmental rust loose seas' pal'l
"iiri". oir. or oter foreigin materiars Reinforcement shall be free frorn
iniuriou. a"t"ata such as aracks snd laminatrors. Surface seams. sJrfacei,i"*t"rit;"", o. mill scale wll not be c€use for rejeciion' prcvided themi;mum d,mensions, caoss_sectiol ' aiea, a1d tensile propedies of a hand-wke brushed specimen meets the physical requi.emenls for the size andgrade of steel sPecified
c) Fabr icat ion
Bent bar reinforcement shall be cold bent to the shapes shown on thedrawnqs or requircd by lhe Engi']eer' Bars shall be bent around a pnnavinglhe fofowng diameiers(D) i. .elation to the diameter of the baf (d):
-!Ei!sc-c!die!t45 j :
,f-BE!sg&!-el-U4qi4
Stee .einforcerrent shall be p'otected at all tirres from l1jury' Whel siee'olaced in position as shown on the Dra',!ings. has edsily rernovable anddelrimentai rust, looss scale, or dust, it shall be cleaned by a salisfactoryneilod, approved by ihe Engrneer'
b) Pl 'ciogsnil Fasleuirs
Reinforcino steel shall be accrjrately placed if the position shown on theDraw:nas ;nd flrmlv held du.19 the depositirg and flnisl'lng of {l-e concrete.Cover, ihe d;stanci between the exle'naLface o'lhe bar and the face of inefinished conorete, sh4ll be as indicaled or the Drawings. Reinforcing 6leelbars embedded in concrete shall not be bent aftef they a€.ln place Baisshall be tied at all intercections with 16 gauge black annealed wire exceptthat where spacing is less than 1 ft (03m) in each direction, altemateintersections need lo be tied. All intersections shall be tied in the top mat olrein'orce-rent placed on br:dge decks and the too slabs of box cillvertsAb.uot bends shal be avoded except wfefe one steel bar is bentaround the other,
tIII
404-3,2
Slirrups & column tie bars.
Other bars havlng
d<3.5 cm( l-3/8"XNo.l1 bar)d>3.5 cm(1-3/8")
tI
Itll
: l. tIIII
IItIttIrII' t
"l: : l: {
' i
-t!t-!
;
. I
II
"lIIIlIT
}-
II444-2
II
II
III
t
I
IIIII
Stjrrups and ties shall always pas3 around the outside of main ba|s and besecur'elv attactred thereto All relnforcing steel shall be securely held at theorooer'distance frod' steel forms which remain ln Place bJ means ofla]ianized steet bars or chairs placed on the foms. All reinforcing steel,E*"ept
"" rnentioned above, shall be securely nelo at tne proper distance
iiom'ttre torms ty means of templates. concrete blocks or galvanized steelii"r." f',r.uf
"nait. "t'all not be used against forrred surfaces, $tlich will be
"*ooi"O i" the finished struclure aftef the torms are strjpped Blocks for
i"iaiio-r.rnro,""."nt away from contact with the forms shal'-be precast
."."r0"t" tro"t. of approvid shape End dimensions and shall have 16-
i"uo" lr""f annealed-t ie wires embedded in them The precast concrete
il-"i .f'"rif,"vt " "o.pressive
skengtn equal lo that specilled for the cass
"i'.on"t"i" a be placed in the work. Layers of bars shall be separated by
aooroved metal chais or bolsters
Anv broken or daraged concrete spacer blocks shall be removed before'."i.Lt"-i. placea. ine use of pebbles, pieces of broke'r stone or- brick'
i""il-oioa o', "ooc"n
blocks as spacers will not be perm;ked Reinforcirrg
=i""rrii!" pr"""o in the work shail be free from flake rust' did and foreign
il.i"ri"r ""i
before any concrete ls placed' any. mortar which may be
;;;;i;" i" the reinforcing sleel shall be renoved No concrete shall be
i"ii"liiJa-",itl tne En$inier has insPected the placing of the feinfofcingIii"Lln" oiu.n oerrnis;lon to place the concrete The contraclor €hall allow
iiitnqrnEer tour t'o,-rts tirne afte- the reinforcement and forms are in place
i.iJna'uq the irspection P'ry bar of incorrect size, length or shape shall be
i"ro""J "nO
replaced witn corect bars Any bar located or spaced
]i.",*af^n"ff be relocated or spaced coffeqly berofe permissron is given
io'it""u lon"r."tu and such replacements and cofiedions shall be at the
Coiraaofs expense. All concrete placed in violailon of these provisions
shallbe rejecled and removed
c) Solicidq
All rc'nforcenent shali be fJrnished in the ful lengths indcaled on tl 'eniawinos unless otherwise permirted Splicing of bafs' except where showni.-ii'"?""i"0t, will not be permihed wrthout the written aoproval o'the;."in".. sotiies st'a l be staggered as faf as possible and with a minimunl o"ii.tio. oi not less than torly 1aO1 tlmes bar diameters Not more thanin'" tti|.a ltls;ot tn o"rs may be spl:ced in the sane cross-sect'on' exceptv{here S\own ofl tne drawings
ljnless otheNise shown on the Drawings bars shal .be iapped with. aminimum overlap of fody (40) times the bar dla'neter' In lappeq spl'ces' re'iars
snan be pl;ced ir contact and wired togetl"e' Lapped spJices wiLl not
I! ourrit "a
at locaiions \i!he'e the concrete sectron Is insufficient.toi|.oJJe a minimum clear d:stalce o' one bar diameter or ore and one thi 'dii-ils) th" r"u*j.u. size of coarse aggregate beiwee- the splice and tFe"i""iui uai"""nr bar'.Weldilg of reinforcing steel shall be dore only if
;;;;i;; ;; th" ofawings or ii;Lthorized bv lhe Engineer ir writins' spiral
rei.forcement shall be spliced by lapping at leasr one ano one nalr ( r- r/zl
iJm" oi uy tutt wetaing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings'tIII
I
404-3
!I
I
404,4
404,4.1
LappiEe ol larMat
Sh6ei of mesh or baa-mat reinforcement shall oved;D each other !ufficidntkto maintain a unifofm strer4gth and shell be secureiy fastened at the end!and edges. The overiap shall not be les€ than one mesh in width.
€) Coverine
The mlnimLm covering. .measured frorfl rhe sudace of the corcrete to theface of any reinforcement baf shall, unless otherwise shown on theDrawings Or directed.by the Engineer, be not less than 5 cms.except asfollowsl
fop of sao 4.0 cmBottom of Slab 3.0 cnStiriups and ties in T-bearns 3.5 cm
ln the footings of abutments and reiaining walls the minimum covering shalibe 7.5 cm, Inwork exposed to the action of sea water the minimum coverinoshall be 10 cm.
MEASIJREMENT AND PAYIIINT
Measurerltert
The quantlty to be pald for shall be the calculaied theoretical number ofmetdc tons of reintorcement steel barc, mesh or mats as deteamined frornthe apprcved bar bending djagran-s and incorporated in the concrete andaccepted, exceptwhen rqlnforcenrent js paid forunder oiher pay iteairs.
The we ght o! pjai'r or oefo.med bars or bar mat Wrl be compLrted fion rhetheoreticai Welght of,plain round bars of the same nominal size as shown inthe following tabulationl
II
"tTIIII
I'l
I
rnfi]Weight in Size Weight InKilograms mm. KjlogramsperMete. . per Meter
Ctps. t ies separarors, and orher Frateri i used for oositjoning ano fasteningthe reinforcement in place and structural steel shall not be inctuded in th;weight calculaled for payment under lfis iiertr. lf bars.are substir"ted uponthe Contracior's request and as a rc$lt rnore steel is used than specified,olly tfe amoum specifred sf6lJ be measured fo- payment.
404-4
.t
l.IIIII
404.4.1,
When laps are made for splices, other tha.1 those show,r on the Drawinqs orrequired by the Engineer and for convenience of the Contracror. ihe ;xtrasteel shall not be measured nor paid for.
When continuous bars are shown on the Drawings, without the splices beinashown the necessary steel :n.the sprices will be paid for on the basis of th;individual bars not being shorter than twelve(12)meters. .
For bent bars, the length along centre-line of baf will be paid.
Pavrneni :
The accepted quantity measured as provided ab6ve shall be paid for at ihecontraci unii p.ices respectively for the pay items listed below and sho\/n inthe Bjli of Opantlties which price and payment shall be full compensation forfurnishing materials, labour, equipment and incidentals necessary.to
404a
t
l
IIt
II
tI
complete the itemi
Pay ltem Oescription.No . .
Unit ofMeasurement ,
404b
404c
4A4d
404e
40.41
4049
404h
Reinfo'cement as per MSHTO l!1 31GEde4o Ton
Reinforcement as per AASHTO l/ 31Grade 60 Ton
Reinforcement as perAASHIO M-225 Ton
Reinfofcement as peiAASHTQ l\4-55 Toni
Reinfo.cement as peTAASHTO M-54 Ton
Reinforcement as peiAASHTO M-32 .Ton
Reinfofcemeni as per MSHTO M,221 Ton
Reinfof cement (Struclurai Shapes).c ncr ASa[4 A-?A . l o n
IItII
It
EM 405 PREsrRrssED qoN!8!rE lrBrJqT !
405.r DElgS.trTLoI
Thls work shall consisl of prestressing precast or cast-in-Place concrete byturnishing, placing and tensioning of pfestressing steel in accordance with
. details showo on the plans, and as speclied in these specifications or asdifected bY the Engineer.
This wo.k 6hall also include the furnishing and installation of any. appurtenant item necessary for the padicular prestaessing system to be
' used, incuding bul not limiled to ducts, anchorage assemblies and g.oLlt
405.2
405,2.1
used for pressure grouting ducls.
MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS .
Presrr$sinE ReiEforc;ment steel
Prestressing steel shall be high-tensile wire conforming to ASfMSpecification A-421 or MSHTO Designation .M-204; strand or iopecontorming lo ASTM Specification A-4'10 oTAASHTO Designation M"203 orhigh tensile al loY ba|s as'ol lows:
riigh{ensiJe-strength alloy bars sharl oe skess relieved and cold stretched toa mifimum of 9,i00 Kg/sq.cm, After cold stretching the physical propertiesshai . be as follolvsl
. Minimum Ultimate tensile strengthMin'm.um yield sfength, nreasuredby the 0.7 percent extension undefload method shail be not less thanl\4irilmum modolus oi elasticiiyillinlmum elongation in 20 bar dia meterDiamete€ after ruptureDiameters tolefance r
T'e steeJ shall be ftee from _jurioLs defects and shall have a smooil-surface. Matedal, which shows inluries cefects during or prior to its-srarlation in tne work, sl_all be re-ecled.
Wre and stand shali be supplied in coils oi sufflci€nt diamete. to ensurethat they l ie ouI s$a'ght
.The Engineer may call for a relaxaiion tesl on prestressing steel in case, heis not saiisfied with the source'of manufactufe. Relaxaiion ior prestressingsEe s'al l be neasllred ovef a period of thousand (1000) hours stressed atseventy (70) percent of its ultimate te.sile strength giving less than six (6)percent elorgation.
a) Testing
All \Mires, shands, or bars to be shipped to the siie shall be assigned a lot:nL' iber ald tagged fo. identi ical ion purposes. Ancnorage assemblies to besn.ooed shall be i(ewise ideft i f ied.
405"1
ii
iiDiv)v)VD
16,570 Kg/sq.cm
9,'1OO Kg/sq.crn1.75 x 10 Kg/sq.cm. 4 percent
- 0.75 mm-0 .25 mm
T;l
IIIII
rl
I
tII
All sanples submitted shall be representative oflhe lot to be furnished.
All of the materldls specified for testing shall be furnished free of cost and. shall be delivered in time lor tesls to be made well in advance of antcipatedrime of ise.
The contractor shall furnish for lesling the follov,ving samples selected fromeach lot as ordered by the Engineer, The selection of samFiles shall bemade at the manufaciureis plant by the Engineer or his representaiive.
pretensionina Method samples at least 2.10 M.iong shail be furhished ofeach wire, or strand size. A sample shall be taken from each and every coil.
PdstTensionina ,Method Semples of the fo{lowing lengths shall be' fumished:
For wires, sufiicidnt length to make up one paGllellay cable one and half(1.5) M long consisting of the same numbet of wires as the cable to beiurnished. For strands, one and hslf (1 5) M length shall be furnished
For bars to be iurni ihed with thrcaded ends and nuls, one and half ( i .5i Mbehveen thrcads at erds.
Anchoraoe Assemblies T\i!o ahchorage a3semblies of each size of;A;rad b be used shall be furnished, complete with distribution plated.
405.2.2 Concr8te
The rnaterials for concrete shal con'orm to the reqJkemen$ of ltem 401The concrete shall be Class D as shown in tabte 401-1 unless otherwiseshown on lhe Plats
ReinJorcemeut Ste€l
Reinfolcefient steelshall conform to the requiremenls of item 404
CONSTRUCTION Rf OUIREMTNTS
qeneral
Unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer, the cordraclor shall certify forthe Enginee/s approval that a technician skill€d in the approvedprestressirg method w'll be avalable to the Contractor to give aid andinstflrc on in the use of the prestressing equ.pmen! to obta:n the reqL;redresults.
T'te tensioring pfocess shall be conoucteo so that the tens:on berngsupplied and the elongation may be measured at al l t i f ies.
OLdrq the preshessing operat 'ons, standing berird or -nde' jack wi ' l rot bea owad ic order to ens-re that no one is in,u-ed by the f lying spindle' tendolor the jack'r the evenl of a b.eak occurring
II
l
II
405,2.3
405.3
IIII
405.3.1 Presrressinq Meihod
The method of prestressjng to be used shall be optional with the Conuactorprovided he ihkoduces no change in the positiod ol ceniroid ot the iotalpreskessing force over the l€ngth of the member and in the magnitude ofthe final effective preshessing fofce as prescribed in the Drawings. Theprestresslng syslem chosen by the Contfactor shatl have been indicated inthe tender. This option shall be subject to atl requiremerts hereinafterspecif ied.
Indepeldenlly from the prestfessing syslem to be appied. f l-e foltowngooints have lo be ensured-
(i) The salety of the a4cnorage of the p.eslress;ng tendons andtheir suitabilily for the transmjssion gf torces to the concrete
. Lrder aU loads whatso€ver.
(ii) That ttte actuai losses due to fricflon coincide with the calculaledones for ihe preskessing.
II
"l-r
I
>l
TII;lI
IIII
(iiD The suitabilify of thesystem.
proposed steel for ihe chosen prestressinq
(iv) The length of transmission of lhe force to the conqele and iheminimum strength of the lattef necessary for prestresslng insystems, ,vltere the prestressing elernents arB fllly br padiglty
. anchored to the concrete through bond and frlctjon.
(v) The su tabilily of measufes taken to protect prestressing ierdorsfron conosior Lrti{the fhaJ rensiol:ng is carried out.
. The Conlractor shall slbrnit we I in advahce .to the Engineer for approvalco'nplete deratls of ihe merhods, -naterials, and equ'pmant he propoies to. use In the prestressing operations. Such detait shait ouflife the rneihod andseqLte|ce oJ slressing, complete specifiqations and details of lneprestressing steel and anchoring devices proposed tor use, anchorhgstresses, type Ot enclosures, and all other data pedaininq to ine' prestressing op€ration, iacluding tf,e proposed anangemeni of tnepfestressing !nits in the rhembers.
An agreement certjflcate forlhe pfestressing system shall be submitted and€pproved by the Engineer before any slructural member to be prestressed.n'ay be tensioned: this agreeme-t cefliUcate rnust be jssued bv anauthorised testirg laboratory other#se the Engineef rray order sucn a.lag.eement certiflcate from a laboratory of his choice at the cost of rneContractoa Ail rules aeferdng to lhis agreeanent cediflcate here in aftef aresubject to the approval ofthe Engineer.
J05.3.2 PrastressiagEouipmert
Hydraulic jacks shall be equipped with accurate pressure Qauqes. Iheconiracior may eJect to substitute screw jacks or other types
-ioriydraulc
jacks. tn that case, proving dngs or other approved devices shall be used.inI.l.405-3
II
tt
tII
lIt
IttItIIt
405.3.3
405.3.s
connection \,'/ith the jacks. All devices, whether hydraullc jack gauges orother wise, shall be calibrated so as to permit the shess in the preslressingsteel to be computed at all times. A cedjfied aalibGtion cuTve shallacoompany each device. Safety measures shail be taken by the contractorto prevent eccldents due to possible breaking ofthe prestressing sleel or theslipping of the grips during the prestresslng process. All equipments shall betnoroughly washed with clean w€ter at.least once every three (3) noursduring the g-outing operations and ai the end of use for each day.
Eaclosuies
Enclosures lor prestressing steel shall bb accurately placed at locationsshown on the plans or apprdved by the Engineer.
All erclosures shall be of ferrous metallii material and shall be completely. mortar.tight with the exception thai the contractor, at his option, with the
approval of the Engineer, may form the enclosures by means oi cores orducts composed ol rubbei or oiher suitable mate al which can be removedpaior to installing the prestressing reinforcen'ent Enclosures shall be strongenough to maintain thelr shape under such forces as wil l be imposed uponthem. They shall be six (6) mm. larger in internal diameter than the bar,
. cable, stand or group of \Jires, which they enclose.. where pressuregrouting in sp€cified, cores or ducts shall be provided with the pipes or othorsuitabld connection for the injection of groul alter the prestressingopeEtions have been comPieted.
?ta;itre steel
All steel units shall be accuraidly placed in the positionrshown on theDfawings or fequired by the Engineer and fimly held durlng lhe placing andsettrng of the concrete.
Dista4ce lom $e fofms shal'be rnai' l ta:ned by stays, blocks, t ies, orhangers approved by the Engineer. Blocks for holding units trom contactwith the forms shall be precast modar blocks of approved shape anddimensions. Layers of units shall be separated by modar blocks or olherequalli sultable deviaes. Wooden blocks shall not be left in the concrete.
SuiJable horizontal and vertical spacers shall be provided, if requkdd, to holdlhe wkes in place in true pasitjon in the enclosure.
Placins Corcrete
Concrete shall be conirolled, mixed, and handled as specified in otheladicles ol thjs section uoless otherwise specified herein.
Co'rcrete sha I not be pou.ed 'n tl 'e forms unt:l the Engineer has 'nsoected
the placing of the reinforcement, conduits' anchoTages and prestfessingsteel and has given his approval thereof.
Tne corcfete shall be v brated interlaly o. exrernaily or boll as o'de'ed bythe Engineer. The vibratiog shall be done wiih care in slch a marlner as toavoid displacement of feinforcement, conduits of wkes
I
1:-:
II
405-4
trs*
,f,
$iZt
III405.3,6
405,J.7
g4e!!lg3tgs
The pretensioning elements shall be accuraiely held in position afidstressed by.iacks. A record shall be kept of the jacking lofce and theelonearion prodJced thereoy. Seve€'ul i ls may be cast in one continuoustine;nd stressed at ole t lrne. SJff icielt space shall be lef i between eids ofunits, if necessary, to permit access for cutting aftef ihe concreie hasattained the required slrength. No bond stress shall be transfeft'ed to theconcrete, nor end anchorages.released, uniil lhe concrcte has' attained .acompressive strength, as showd by cylihder tests, of al least b,vo hundredsand elghty (280) kg/so.cm and as aporoved by the E-gineer. The elementssl-a.l be cJt or re'eased in sJch an order that laieral eccenkicily of prestresswil l be midmum.
Post-TErsiorjnq
Tensioning shall be ca.ried out only in the presence of the Engineer or hisreprcsentalive unless permission has been obtained to conirary.Immedialely before tensioning, the contractor shall prove that all tendonsare free to move behleen jacking points and that members are free toaccommodate the horizontal and vertical movements due to the appllcationsof preskess.
Teosioning of prestressing rcirforcement shall noi be commenced untiltestsoh coocrete cylinders, mafllfactured of the same concrete and qured undelthe same conditions, indicbte that the concrete of the particular membef tobe Drellressed has. attained a compressive strength of at least 280Kg/sq.cm.
After the colc'ete has attarred tae requi160 svengll' Il^e prestresiingreinforcement shall be stressed by means oi jacks to the requifed tensionand slresa transfened to the end anchoEge(s). Sttessing shall be from bothends unleSs otherwise reqLrired in the Conlfacl or agfeed by the. Engineer.
.The tensignihg process shall beFo conducted that the tension being appliedand the elongaiion of the prestaessing elemenis'may be measured at a Itimes. The frigtion loss i[ the elements, i.e., the diffefence between thetension at the jack and lhe mifiimum tension in the prestressing steel shal1be dele'm ned bYthe fofmJla.
Fr = 2(Fr - e-A-9 :
totalf.iction loss
Observed tension at ihe jack
cross-sectional area of the prcstressing element:
observed elongation of the element when the lorceai the jack is Ft. .
-l-r
I:lt
,lI:l:l
"ll.l
I
.lIFffi
405-5
I
I
II
II
II
E = secant modules of elasticity of the element for the' stress F1 as deternined from the stress-sttaln
diagram of the elemenl'
d = distance trom the jack to the point of lowest tensionIn the element Where jacking isdone from.both endsof the membefs, the poinl of minimum tension.is the 'center of the member' Whereiacklng is done-ffom on"
' ' end onlv, d isthe distance to the other end ofthemembei
Any surplus length of tendon shall be cut oif by an approved method whjchwill not'affect ttre strength of the stressed tendon' with.particular care if the 'use oi spark erosion o' oxyacetylene burring methods of cufting are
' apPfoved bY the Engineef
. A record shall be kept of gauge pressufes and elongation at all times andsubmiited to the Engineerlor his approvaL with in twenty folr (24) hours oi
' each tensioning op;fation The tendons shall be malntained in such a'bondition that they can be re-stressed until the Engineer has given flnalapproval after inspecling the tensioning log
I
IItIt"I
405.3.8 Groutihs ofBodd€d Sie€l
I
Post-teisloned p.estrcssed bridge members pi'eferably shall bd -of lheoonO"a tvp" in which the tensioned steel is installed in holes or flexible
meta, duJts cast in the concreG and bonded to the sLrounding concrete by
filiino tne rubes or ducts \ /itli grout The grout sl_all be a miKure o'cement
and-fine sand (passing a No 30 sieve) in the agoroximate proportio4 oi one
oaa cement tob.ZS parf sand, the exact proportions lo be adiusted to foi'm a
ILuinauing the proper colsislency and urder no cifcumstances s'al l t l 'ei"ter ceme-nt |.atio ex"eed O 45 The cornpressive strength oilhe hardenedoro,rt st,an not be less than one hundred and seventy (170) Kg/so crr after
ieven (7) days at a teflPerature of eigl'teen (18) degree C' when nakingpieri"ninaiy triats to' quality The grout shall be m;xed for a minirnum of two
i2) minutes a1d until a unifor- consisrency is obtained
All orestfess;nq 'einforcerelt to be bonded sl_all be free o'did loose rust '
oi"ase. or oth6'deleterrous substances. Before grouting' t l 'e ducts sl 'al l be
i"" ot *u,"r, dirt or aly other fore:gn substance The dLrcts sharl be blowl
our wit i compressed ar unti l no wale'comes througn tne oucl l-o' long
members with.draped strands an open tap at the low point of the duct maybe necessary,
The qrour shall be f luid (corsistency of lh ck oa nt) but pfoport ioled so that
iree "warer wil t not separate out of t le rr ix Unoolished alu'ninun powde_
rnav De added in an aflount per sack of cemert as aporoved by me
indinu"t- comnrerclal plasiicisers used in accofdaflce with the
ma-nufacturer's recornmendaton may be used provided tl'ey conla:n no
inoiedients that are corosive to steel Suff ldent pressLre shall be Lseo '
;;"ri"; i; ';r."" tl'e groLt comoleiery tl-rougl tre duct care being taken
tnat rLplLri4g of the ducts does nol occl lr '
t
tI L
405-6
I
405.3.9 .. Hrrdl ius
Precast prestressed co4crete members shall be transported in an updghtposition and the points df support with respect to the member shall beapproximately the same during tEnsportation and storage as when lhernember is in its final posilion. ln the eveni thaf ihe Contractor deems iiexpedient to transpod or sto€ precast girders in oiher ihan this position itshould be done at his own rsk.
Ca.e shall be taken during storage, hoisting, and handling 0f the precastingunits to prevent cracking or dainage. Units damaged by improper stodng ofhandling shall be replaced by the Contracior at his expense..
Prestressed structural membbrs shall be consklcted in conformity wiih thedrawings governing the parlicular type of structure to be built or as req!kedby the Engiree..
M6nufacture pfPrestressed Me;bers off lhe Site
i) The details ot ihe method of manufacture shall be approved by thdEnginee. befofe work is started. When the method has been approved,no changes shailbe made without ihe consent ofthe Engineer.
ii) The Co-rractor sl'all infoln tFe Engineer in advance of the date ofcommencement of manufacture and the dales when tensioning oitendons, casting of members and transfer of stross will be undertaken fortre frst lime for each type of beam.
') The Contracror shall serd to the Enginee; not more than seven (7) daisafte. the transfer.of stress, a cedificate showjng the fo.ce and strain inthe tendons immedialely alief they were anchored, the sirenglh and ageof the test cubes cbst in accordance with speciUed procedure and theminim!m age in hours of the concrete at the time the strels w€s apptied.lo rhe me-Foer. A copy of al twenty eight (28) days cLbe test resuttsfelating to the wo* shall be s€nt to the Engineef as these becomeavailable. Records shall be kept so that the identity ol those who stresslhe tendonsi cast lhe concrete'and kansler the stfess on any member ori ine of members can be baced.
iv) \ lte-e tl'e Enginee/s Rep.esentative requkes tests to be caried out, nobeams to which the test relate shall be dispatAhed to the site until the
' tests have been salisfactorily compleled,
Composite Slab Bridees
a) TJ_e marufactLr'1g tolera,]ces for the p.ecast lne.nbers shail no-v/hereexceed those. given for the leflgth, cross-section and straightness i0 BSCode of Praciice CP116(1S69), The slructural use of precast concrete, lnaddition, where beams are laid side by side in a deck:
(i) The difference in sofflt level betlveen adjacent units before ihe insitu concrete is placed shall no-where exceed five (5) mrn fo.uniis up io live (5) meters nor ten (10).mm for longer units.
It
II
t
.405.3.10
I-!l
I
{05,3.11
405'7
ItI
('D The !4jdth ofthe deck soffit shall be within plus twedty five {+251mm of thai dascribed in the Cont|act.
(iii) ln adjacent spans, the conlinuity of line of the outside beamsshall be ma'ntained
(iv) The width of the gap betweeh lndividua'beams shall not exceedtwice lhe nomt'nal gap descdbed in the contract,
(v) The alignment of transverse holes shall perfiit the reinforcemearor prest|essing tendons to be placed without distortion
The in-silu concrete shall be placed in such a sequedce that theadvancing edge of the freshly deposited concrete over tl"e full width ofdeck of b;we;n longitudinal coistruct;ol joi.ts ls aoproximately parallelto the deck supoofts
Bearns shall be preveited i.om moving.laterally during the placing of thein-situ co ncfete.
!tI c)
IIIIItItI
405.3.12 5am pli !si!rlIc$!!s
a\ Te$inE of Pretenrioned B€an'l!
(i0
Any beam required by the Engineerto be subjected to a load testwili be selected aftef transfer and whetever possible belore thebeam has been removed fiom the casling yard to the storagearea. The contracter shal! not proceed with a load test uatil. hehas obtained the approval oi the Engineer to the detaileda.rangements. Except where olherwise agfeed by the Engineer,the load tesl shall be carried out not less than twenty eight (28)days after castjng. The cost of the load tesi shall be bom by theCont'actor.
The beam sha I be sJpponed 6t i ts design points of bearirg. Thespecified iest loads shall be applied equaily at the hird points ofthe span in not less than ten (10) approximately equal stages.The maximum load shall be sustained for five (5) minutes andthen removed in not less than five (5) approximately eqlalslaqes. Tne n;d-spa1 oeflectio,r relative to a ska:ght referencel:nt;oin'ng tne Doit ls or supood shal be neasLred fof eacnvalu; of th; load and flve {5) minutes €lter iemoval ol the load:Loads shall be Feasqred with an accuracy cjf i biva (2) per centof 50kg and defleciions with an accuracy of 1 decimal ilve (0.5)mil lmerer.The load-deflection graph $hall be plotted from ihese values andshall show no appreciable vadalion lrom a straight line. lf afterfive {5) minuies of removal of the load the beam does not show arecovery of at least ninety (90) pef cent of the maximurndeflection recorded. during the testi ihe test loading shall berepeated. The beam shal{ be considered lo ha're failed the iest ifthe recovery five (5) ftlinltes after removalofthe tegl load tor lhesecond time is not at least ninety (90) pef ceni of the maximum
(iii)
(iv)
deflection recorded durjng the second iesl.
ItI
II
The result of the test shall be deenred to apply to the otherbeams cas{ in the same production line but in the event offailureany additional beam may be separately tested at the contractoCsoplron.The corikactof shall suppiy to ihe Engineer record sheets ol thetest showing the.age of the beam at thd time of the test, loads,
' defleciions, load-defleclion clrves and calculated value ofYoung's Modules of Elasticity (E).ln addition, the.eco.d sheets suPplied by the contractor to theEnginebr shall show the temperatures of the top and bottomsurfaces oflhe beam moasured at the time of the test
bl Testirs o | ! res tressinF Anciql4gg
A|chorages fof post-tensionifg shall be tested in accordance with theprocedure descdbed in 854447 or as approved by the Engineer. For eachanchofage sysiem used in the Works, the charactedstic value for anchorageefficienoy sha!l be not less tfian njnety(90) percent
Curine C;ncr.te
'r) Ceneri l
For all preskessed concrete operations the curing procedurcs shall be wellestablished and properly oontrolled. C!ring shall be commencedimmedlately following iniiial set or complelion of surface finishing. Membercshall be kept wet during the entire period of cudns
b) Method of Curire
The curing melhods shall conforn to those aetaildd undef iiem 401,3.8.
Messu;emert
Measurement and pay-ents for the va.;ous iteis in preskess coniretework shall be made in accordance with approp ate items of relevantseclions, as depicted in tfe dfawi_gs.
Pavmetrt
Prec!st Preetressed Concrel€ [ lember
The quantity lo.be paid for shail be the number of prestressed concretestructural members ofthe severaltypes andsizes, constructed and installedin place, as per dfawings comp{eted and acaepied. Each member shallino ude ihe concrete, reinforcemenl and prestaessing steel, enclosures forpresiressing steel, anchorage, plaies, nuts, formwo*, shuttering andcente ng if fequired, and otheT such rnate al contained within or atlached tothe urit .
405-9
(vi)
(vii)
I,t
IIII
405.3.13
405.{
405.4.1
405.4.2
405.4.2.1
I>-l
IIIIII
Y
I
I
tttII
l.IIIIItI
!03,4.2.2. gastl!-PlacePrestressedconcrete
The work to be paid for under this.item will be only the Prestressing work assoeclfied here and shown oh the Drawings or required by the Engineer andshall include supply and installatlon of prestressinll steel' spacers,enclosures, anchomges plates, nuts and other such material deemednecessary io complete the wo|k. Steel reinforcement' concrele, falsework'
. and foamwork will, unless otheMse prescribed, be measured and paid fo'according to item No. 4O1and 404 respectively'
Pav item No. Description and lJnit of Measurement for Precast Pr'estressed. Concrete Members and Cast-in-Place Prestressed Concreie wili be
covered, under specified BOQ item number provided in slecial provisions,. as per drawingil and dtherrelated documenls fof following item separately'
CM,Ton.I On_
I On,
. (a)(b)(c)(d)
IItI
Concrete l\4ember (including grouting)Prestressed .opeslskands, Size .Prestressed Wre Size .. ..Pregtressed Hardware, including Sheeis'Male/Female Cofle and Anchors etc
I 405"10
It
ITTM 406 JOINTS AND BEARiNG DEI'ICES tr'OR CONCBETE
lTr
tI
1'
I
III
NII
STRUCTURES
406.1 DESCRIPTIOIT
The work covered in th;s i(em sha'l cons:st offumishing all plant, equipment' .natedals and.labouf in Pedorming all opelations In conneciioo wilh
fumishjng and placing (ln concfete siructures) all deck expansjon jojnts End' . . seals, metal bearing pads and elastome c bearing pads comp{ete and in
' accordance with the specjfications, the Drawngs, and or as rcquired by theEng:n€er'
406.2
406.2.1
I
,l
.l
:t
MATEruAL REOUIREMENTS
concrere iotnt Fi l ler
a. Preformei l Expapsion J0i tr t Fi l ler
unless otherwise dkected by the Englneer preformedconform io the requirements of AASI'ITO i!1-213.
joints lillershall
406.2.2
406,2,7
b. Neorrep€ Rubber Sbe€t*iih Bittn:astic Strsl
Unless otherwise dkected by the Engineef, neopiene rubber sheets six(6)mm in thickness, meeting the req!irernents of ltem 406.2.3, shall be used;s a joini filler covered with a bitlmastlc s€al as shown in the Dfawings.
Sreel for D€ck Exprusion Joitrt S€als
Plates, angles or oiher structural shapes including anchor bolts required forthe expansion joint seals shall conform, unless oiherwise direcied by theEngineer, io ihe fequirements ol MSHTO N1-160 and sh6ll be hot zincsprayed (galvanized) with the exception ofthe nutE and washers which shallb€ in sta:r less sleel.
Blastomer for Deck Ex!.r iotr Joint Seab
Elastomer shall be ol the compddeni as neopfene or of pol)r'inyl chlodde(PVC), al the option of the Contractor. Noopfene shall be rnanulacturedfrom a vulcanized elastoneric.cofipound containing neoprene as the soleelastomer and shall have the following physical charactedstics inaccofdance witn ASTM [,4etnod 015, Pa1 B.
. i
N
ffiI406-1
ttIIIIIttIIIII
tII
HardneSs, DuromeierA,ASTM D 2240.
Tersile Slrength,.ASTM D 412mln.
Elongation at Break
compression Set 22 Hours at70 degree C ASTM D 395 Method ts
I .wT;moerature, ASTM D 746
Ozone Resistance, Exposure to1oo PPHM Ozone for 70 hours at38 degree C SamPle ufider20 percent. ASTM D 1149
oil Detedofation - Volume increaseafter soakins in ASTM oil No 3 for70 hours at i0o degree C. ASTM D 470
'12? Kgs,rsquafe.centimeter
400 percent min.
20 oercent max.
Not briftle at 40 degree C.
Noc lacks '
120 percent max,
requirements in these
45 ! 5 points
406.2.4 Metal BearineDerices
Lnless otferwise d;-ected by the Engineer or prodded i'] -tne Specjal
Fio"irion tn" requirements for metal bearings sha(l conform to the
following
a) AAsHTo M 107 for bfonze uearrrrg'
b) AASIITO l!1 108 :or rol led coppe'al loy bearings
c) ASiNr4 B 438 for sintered metal powder bearings
d) MSHTO M 160 for galvar:zeo slee bea-ings
Elastome[qE!e&!g-!.e$
General
I
I
t
Etastomei'c beari4gs as herein siec''led shal include plain bearrngsf,J".i.ii"o oi"'u.r#"r on'y) and laminated bearings (consisting of layers
ii "iastorn'er
restrainea at tne . interfaces by bonded laminates'
The reinforcirg stee p,alea laminations fo' bear'ng pads shall confo'm to
ine reouire4leFts o'AASHTO M 183
Elaslomettc bearing pads shall conform tospecifications and the SPecial Provislons
I
406-2
gg'q
IIIpads twelve.{12) mm and less in thickness may be eithei laminated or all
elaslome/
pads ove. twelve (12) mm in thickness shall be laminated.
Laminated pads shall consist of alternale laminations of elastomer Endmetalor elastomer and lab.ic bonded togelher.
The lhickness celled for an eiastomeric bearjng pad is deemed to be thatotal effeciive thickness ofthe elastomedc laminations.
The outside laminations shall be metal or fabric, The outside edges of metallaminations shall be coated over wjth elastomer not mo.e than three (3) mmin thickness.
The edges of the steel reinforcing plates of. the bearing pads shall becarefurly treateo !o prevent noich etfects.
Steel plates s'ra'l be fully enclosed n elastomer so that there is.lo danger ofcorrosion,
Laminations of elastomef sh;ll be 12 mm ! 3 mm thickness, Vadatjon inlhickness of an individual elastomer lamination shall not exceed three (3)mm within the width of leogih of a pad and the vaiiation in thickness of allelastome. Iaminations within a pad shall be such that €;ach rnetal or fabriciamination will not vary by more than thfee (3) mm from a plane parallel iolhe top or botton sulace oFthe pad.
The total overall thjckness of a pad shall not be less lhan ihe thicknessshown on.the plan nor more lhan six (6) mm greater than .that thickness.Varjation of total thickness wilhin an individual pad shall noi exceed three(3) mn.
The lelgth a-d width of a pad shall ' rot vary nore than thfee (3) mm fromthe dimensions shown on the D.awings.
Where elastomedc beadng Dads over tweive (12) mrn, in tnickness areshown on ihe Dravvings or required by the Engineers, such pads may bemanutactLrfed as a nrolded laminated pad, or at the opiioo of.the Contractor,may be made up by stacking jndividual laminated pads.
\\hen laminEied pads are stacked, thek contact slrfaces shall be cleanedprior to stacking. and an approved method shall be used lo hold theindividual pads in the stack in proper alignment. Pads of all elasto.r]er orwith fabdc laminatjons may be cut fron la€e sheets. Cutting shall bepedormed in such 6 rnanner as. to avoid heating oi the maiefiat afd toprcduce a smooth edge with no tears or olherjagged areas and to cause asLdle oanage to the material as possiole.
Co.ne's and edges of rnolded paos may be rounded at the optior o. theContracto.. Radius at comers shall not exceed ten ('10) mm and radius ofedges sn;l l not exceed tn'ee (3) n-r
I
I;l
II
'.
IT
t
:l
406-3
tIIII
III
I
t
rhe bond between era-st:T: :":-f :5*:f::"",:T{*" tsh:1'*?}#?:::lf:"J:i:1i"jiii.il"fl ?"":f :',lxl"'ii,"on".
Metal laminations sl_all b€ rolled mild steel sheets not less than twenty (20)
gauge in thicKness
:::il?.,'.T"li:::i ":J.i,3:,?$1",!:'"#:l'":'X3:i:"{-Wl-"i":{l"di::#ifu i.*ll.yi;li.l.Cgll,Xi:1",1_"#q.,i;rgli.i;;li{ff iir'trilil,l'l."*grl.nill*ll:**n"};l!H*'::i:rhesorepoivmer.inth:ir::l-T-f i:,"""iiff ::1,*"i:L:i"??'"",L".:"""be not less than sixty (60) percent 0y \
The elastomer' as determined from test speciniens' shall conform to the
fo{lowingl
Tensile strength, Kgs/Eq cm
Elongation at break, Percent
Compressron set, 22 hls at 67
degree C, Percent (Method B)
Tear Slrenglh, Kgs Per cmz
Haldness (Shore A)
Ozone resistance 2O7o strain'100
n'ii ai ia-aesree c 1 too 1 zoparts 1 degree C
Low ternPe€luae stiifness'Young's Modr-llLis at 35 degree u
Low temPerature britt leness 5hours at _40 degree u
Kgs per cm (2) D 797 350 ilax'
D 736 Passed
4A6-4
After accelerated aging in accordance wjih ASTM desighation D S73 for TOhours at.100 degree C, the elastomer shall not show d;tedoration changesin excess of the followirg:
lensl le Stength, percent a 15
Elongaiion at Break, percent . - 50 (but not less tha; 3OO% totalelongatjon of lhe material)
Sanplirg. shall be pe.formed in accordance with AASHTO M2S1-Za asappropriate tor the tests rcqqired dufing orjmmediately after maruf;dure.--
T'le Contractor shall turnish to tne E.rgi.reer a certification bv themanuraqurer that lhe eJastorier. and fab c (,f used), in the elastodie.icbearing pads to be rurnished cofo.ns to alt of it
" "Ooi" |."qui"_"nlr. ilJce.rrflca[o,1 shat be suppoded by a cerlified copy of lhe results or testspenormeo by re manuiacturer upon sarrples of rne elasloner €nd febric tooe used ln tne oads.
The Eng:reer wil l take a_ sanple of nol tess than.1S x 30 cm in size forresrng rrofi each tot of pads or batch of elastoner to oe furnishedwnrcnever resLrlts,in the greater numbe. of samples. The sarlptes will besereqeo a! random at the point of marufacture 0., at the ootion of theuonvacror at. the job sjie. sampJes laken at the lob sjte shail consist oicomplete, paos as detai led or the plans. and the Contractor shall furnishaoollonal cornprete pads to replace those taKen for testing. pads shalJ beavailable.fof sarrpling three (3) weeks ir advance of injenAeo rr.. aisampre pads roa testjng sla be furdsl-ec by the corkactor at his expe.lse.
CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMiNTS
Opetr Joints
Open joints shali be constructed at -e locatjons shown oi lhe Drawinos or::1ul:1bii^,tjre Eng.neer usi.g a sujrabte mareriat, whicn i;:;;;;;$fl',removeo, Vvnen removing the rraterjal. Care Snql' be eXe,CiSeO tO'avo,;chipp.ing or breaking of concrete. Reinforcement sha not dxtend acioss anopen jo;nt, unless showr on ihe D-awtnos.
Filled Joitrts
Whel Joints o'.prefo.med type are requi-ed on the Drawilgs or by t leElgneer, the t i l tef sfatl oe p.aced :n correct positron befor; concrete isbeing placed against the lilier. preforned fitt"|" *lh frof""-unj ",a"t" ""f.,"ffnot be pe.mitted and shall be reiected.
i
,ti I
l t l.+;i
; , t
406.3.1
tIII
{06.3.2 lII
406-5
II 406,3.3
l
Ite!!!dl
plates. anqles or otner slructLlral shapes shall be accLrately shaped at the.noo. to c6niorm to the section of fte concrete lloor as per drawings Tneiabrication s,rall confo'rF to the requirements in Special Provisiona' Ca.eqhatl be taker to ensL'e that the surfabe ln the f inished plane is true andii"" ot-*Lrpi"s. Methods approved by the Engireer shall be employed inolacina the ioi; ts lo keep them :n correc! posit ol dunng the placing of t \eioncrju. Tne opering al expansjon joints shall be tfat to avo:d imPairmert
. of the crearance in any manner'
iv-rl!!:.!-te-P &i!l.Ss-e]'
Wate.-stops shall be fumished and installed in accordance with the details
"lo*n on lhe Drawings o|where required by the Engineer and in
accordance with the provisions in these speciflcations
Water-stops sharl be furnished 'n full length for each straight portion of.thetini. *itiiout fteld splices. I\4anufacrurer's shop splices shall be fulLy
vulcanrzeo.
Reinforcing ba's provrded to support the water-stops showr on.theOl"*ing=
_o,
"a requireo by t l 'e Elgireer'sl 'al be securely held in posiio'
bv tne -use
ot space_s support i4g wires, or othe'aporoved devices. S,lch.; inforcing bars shalr be considered for payment purposes, as a pad of the-wateFsto;. lf, after placi'1g concrele' wate''stops are materially out of
oosition dr shape, the surrounding concrete shall be rer'oved' lhe v,{ater-stop reset, and.the concrete replaced' all at the Contractofs expense
Field splices for neop.ene water-stops shall be either vulcanized, or
mecfranicat, using staliless steel parts, oi made with a splicing unjon ot th€isa.e stoct< as t l ie wate'-stop at the option o'the Conkaclo' Al l f i ' ished-
splices sl 'al ' 'ave a ful l s:ze le']si le strength of elgnteen ( '6J Kg per cm ol
wdth.
Field spl'ces for oolyv:1yl chloride water_slops shall be perfo'med- by heat
seal:rq tce adiaceit surfaces rT accordance with the 'nanufacture/s
recon;endafo;s. A thermoslatical l i conko'led eleckic source or heat sl_al l
tL used to make all splices. The heat shall be suflicient to melt but not char
the plast.c.
Water-stpps wheh being installed shall be cut and spliced ai,changes in
direction as nay be necissary io avoid buckling o( distortion oi the web or
fla.ge.
Merrl Bearins De\ices
Sleel bearing plates, bars, rockers' assemblies, and other expansior or
iriea oevices siraft be ccnst.ucted in accordance With the delails shov/n on
ine plans ana snaft ue nofdip galvanized afte'fabrication
II
I
tI
tII
i06.3.4
,106,1.5
tIt
Bronze or copper alloy plates, if specified, shall conform to the lequirementsof the SPecial Provisions-
Ihe bearing plates Ehall be set level and the rockers or other expansiondevices shall be set to confofm to the temperature at the tlme. oi ereotion or
lt't
IlII
"if
tII
. \dhen bearing assemblies or masonry plales a€ shown on the orawings tobe olaced. (not enbedded) directly on coqcfete, the cooorete beaing afeash;ll be construcled slighllv above grade and shall be finished by gl"indingo. other approved rne€ns to a true level plane whlch shall not varyDerceptibly from a skaight edge placed in any direction across the area. Thehnisfied plane shalT not vary fiole than lhree (3) mm from thq elevalion
' ' shown on the Drawihgs or that fequifed by the Engineef'
.106.3.6 Elnstomeric Betrins Pads
lMlen elastomeric bearing pads are shown on the Drawirigs, the concfetcjsLrrfaces on which pads or packing are lo be Placed shall be wood floatflnished to a level plane w4rich shall not vary more than one and a half (1 5)mm ffom a straightedge placed ii any direction ac.oss the afea- The '
finished p{ane shall not v4ry more than thrce (3) mn from the elevaljonshown on the Drawings or that required by the Engineef.
to ihe selting sPecifled.
IUEASUREMTNT AND PAYMTi\T
! Ietsuremenl
d l ! i i led LoncreIe,JornIs
The quantity to .be paid for shalJ be in sqLlarc meters.of eiiher expansionioint with preformed joint tiller or expansion joint with neoprene iubbef sheetiix (6) mm thick and covered with bitumastic seal cornpleted and acceptedin wof(.
hl SreelJoints
The qLa.t i ty to be paid fo'shal. be lne nu,nber of ki logra'ns of stee for steeljoi. ts fabricated, galvanized.and placed in the wofk cornpleted andacceprco.
cl \ arer S!ons
The quantity io be paid fof shall be the fumber of linear meiers of water-stop placed in lhe work, complet€d and accepted.
rl) tsearins Devices
The quantity to be paid for shall be the number oi cubic centimeter ofbearjng dev ces either steel beadng of
'elastomeric bearing pads installed in
tl'e wo* comple@d ano accePted
I406.J
{06.4.1
III
Y
II
twI
406-7
t
IIIII
tI
III
'406..1.2
.) AsDhalric f€lt
The quant;ty to be paid shall be in square meler o'3 ply rating Fibre/Fabacbased asphaltic feh werghing forty one !1 kg to forty five (45) kg per 20square meter including striking coatlpaint coat and flood coat of soecialindustrial bitlmen and sand blinding as approved by the Engineef, Iaid inplace as oirected by the Efig:neer'
The accepted quantity measuled as provided above shall be paid for at thecontract unii price respectively for the pay items Iisted helow and shown inthe Bill of Quantjties which price and paynienl ihall be futl compensation forfurnishing all materials, labour, equipmeot, tools and incidentals and anywork periaining to joints and bearings and which is noi pald fol separately,necessary to comPlete the iten
Pay llemNd.
Description. t,nit of.MeaSurement
406a Premoulded Joint flller12 mm thick.wi!h BitumasticJoint Seal.
Nebprene Rubber' Joint Filler'12 mm thick with BiiumasticJoint seal.
. Steel Expansion Joinis.
Water Siops 6" Size
Elastome c Beadng Pads (Accar-ding to size and lhickness)
. i .Asphalt F6lt (3 PIY)
Steel or metalBesring Devices
6ill
I 406b
406c
406d
406e
406f
4OOg
stvl
Kg
M
Cublc cm.
Sf\n
Each
406-8
(TfM 407 PILING
I:tI
"fIIItI
-!l
I!TTTI
X
tI
407,1. DISCRI?TION
This work shall consisi of performing all pperaiions in connection withfurnishing, driving, cuiting offand load testing of piles to obtain the speciiedbeadng value complete in place ahd strictly in accordance with theseSpecificaiiqns and as shown on the Drawngs.
The Contractor shal'furnish tre precast plles in accofdance witl' an itenizedlisi. which will be provlded bylhe Engineer, sho\4ing the number and lengthsof all piles. When cast-in-place conc€te piles are speclfied on the Drawings,the Engineer wiil not furnish the Confactor, an iiernized llsl showing th9number and length of piles. When test piles and load tests are required inconformance with sub]tems 407.3.8 and 407.3.9 respectively, lhe dataobtained from such tesl loads will be used in conjunction with olher avdilablesJbsoil rformal:on to deteamine t l_e numbe. and lengths of pi les to befurnished. The Engineer will not prepare lhe itemized list of piles for anypodion of the foundaiion area until ail loading tests represbntative ol thalpotior have been corp eted.
The contractof sl_all provioe an o-tline of his proposed method forconstructing large diameter pile when submittirg his tender; the proposedmetnod of boring be:ng slared.
Not less than two weeks before the coniaaciof proposes to. commencepiling, detailed proposal for the piling shall be delivered to the Engineer.These pfoposals shall include full details of matedals, equipmenl andmeihod lo be used ii the construcUon of piles.
lf it is proposed to use bentonite slurry, lhis shall also be described.
Work br prl ing shall not connerce l l t i l tne coFkactofs.proposals havebeen approved by the Englneer and communicated to the coniractor,
The. requi€ments herein a.e mjnirnum. Strict compliance with thesercquirements will noi relieve the Contlaclor of the responsibility for adoptingwhatever additional prcvisions nay be necessary to ensure the successfulcomplet.on of the wo.k.
The kind and type of p:les sral be as showr on the Draqigs and/or asspecified. No aliernate types or kinds of piling shall be used, except wilh lhewriheq approval of the Engineer each t ine.
407.1
It 401.2
407.2.1
MATERLq.L Rf, OUIREMXNTS
Tvp€s ofPiles
s- Untreated Timb€r Piles
Untfeated timber piles shall conform to the'168. .rPd r r l rFmAn tc ^ f AA c l JT l . \ ^ r
b. Treated Timber Piles
Trealdd iinber piles shall confom to the requirements or AASHTO M j 33and M 168.'Unless othe.wise called for on the drawings, the timber pilesshall be treated with qreosote according to the Standard AWPA Pl of theAmedcan Wood-Preservers p.ssociation.
Diameter of reinforced concrete piles shall be as shown on the Drawingsand may of may not have permanent lining, as shown on the drawing.
Reinforcing Steel shall c niom 10 the requirements under ltem 404 - SteelRein'o'cement.
Concrete shall meet all the requiremenis fof specified Class as providedunder ltem 401 and shall be of Class-D unless otherwise specifled.
d. Srrucrurr l Ste€t Pi les
Structural steel piles shall be rolled steel seclions of thelype, weight andshape called for on the Orawings. The piles shall be structufal steelconforming to the requirements of ASTM A 7 and ASTM A 36, except thalsteel produced by the Acid-Bessemer process shall not be used.
The steel piles shall be boated with red leab paint conforming td,a,csHTOf,4 72 as instructed by the Engineer, unless otherwise specified.
e. Precast Concrgt€ Piles
Conc.ete fof piles shall meet all ite requirements for tl'e specifiild class asprovided under llem 401 - Concrete. The concrele shall be of Class-D1unleSs otherwise specified.
Reinforcng Stee snall conform to l l 'e require'Fents undef l tem 404: SleelRe,niorcemeFt.
Prestressed concrele piles shall conform to ltem 405 - PrestressedConcrete SkuctLres.
tIIIIII
IItIIII
II
t 447 -2
Precast piles shall be made ln accordance wjth the Drawings' and
ieinforcement shall be placed accurately €nd secured rigidly in suih manner
as to ensure its oroper location in the completed p le lhe concrele co-ver a-s
measured to the outs:de face of ties or spira s shatl nol be less fi an lve (5)
cm.
The oiles sl^all be cast separate y.or, if alte'nate piles are cast in. a tier. the
intermedlate piles shal' not be cast unl l four (4) days a'ter the adjacent piles
have been poured. Piles cast in tiers shail be sepafated by tar paper-orother suitable separatjng matedals The concrete in each pile shall beolaced continuouslv..Thi completed piles shall be free from stone pockets'
oor,ous spots, or oiher defecls. and shall be straight and true to the formioeciRed. fhe foms shall be true to line and built of metal, plwaod' ord;essed lumber. Atwo and half (2.5) cm chamfer strjp shall be formed on alledqes, Fo.ms shall be watedight and shall not be.removed wilhin twentyfou; (24) hou|s afier ihe concrete is placed. Piles shall be given a suracefinish ac;ording to ltem 401.3.7 - concrete Surface Finishing
Piles shall be clred in accordance with the requirements of ltern 401 3.8 (e)- Curing Precast Co.crete Piles
Pies shall not be moved unti l t l -e tests indicate a comp'essive skerglh ofeiqhtv (80) percenl of tne design twenty eigl- l (28) days conpressivest;enqth aidiney shall not be t ianspoted of d-iven ul l i l the tests hdicate acompiesslve stiengtn eoua. to tFe desig' twenty e:gl-t (28) dayscompress ve stlefgtl^.
When colcrete pi'es are lifted or moved. they sha' be supoorted a! thepoints show,r on the Drawings or, if. not so shown, as instructed by theEngineef.
PiE-SI!-e5
Pile shoes when required shall be of the design as called for on theDfawings or bY the Engineer' . .
Pi le Solices .
Materals for pi le sp' ices wuer spl ic'ng is al lowed shal be oi the saneolalitv and chafacteristics as the rnatedals used for the pile itself and shallfollowthe requirements given on the Drawings unless otherwise directed bythe Ergineer.
CONSTRUCTION REOUIRE:qENTS
Driven Piles
q. Locahon and Site Pr€paration
Piles slal l be used where indicated or tre Draw ngs or as direcled by t l 'eEnoineeT
II
,lI
Y
IItI
407 2.2
401.2.3
I-Ll
IIIII401.3
,107.3.1
407-3
I
II
l6l,I
IIII
All excavations for the toundalion in which the piles are to be driven shall becompleted before the driving is begun. unless dtheNise specified o.approved by the Engineer, After dfiving is completed, all loose 6nddisplaced materials shall be removed from around the piles by handexoavation, leaving clean solid surfaces to teceive the concfele for' foundations
b. Deiermination ofPile LenErh
. Tne cr' teria for pi le length and bebring capacity Wll be determ:ned Dy theEngineer according to the results fror test pi les and load tests. The pi lesshall be driven to such depths, that the bearing toads indicated on theDrawings are obtaired.
The criterjon for pile length may be one qf the following;
1) Piles in sand and gravel shall be d ven to 6 beaiing valuedeiefmined by use fof the pile dfiving formlla of as decided bythe Engileer.
Piles in clay shall be ddven ro the depth ordered by tr-eEngineer. However, the bea ng value shall be bontrolled by theappropriate pile driving fofmula il called for by the Engineer.
Piles shall be driven to'refusal on rock or hard. layer when so
The contractof ihall be responsible fof correct pile lengths €nd beadngcapacities aQcofding to the crjteria given by the Enginee..
c. Pi te Dr i l inq
All piles shall be ddven accurately to the.vertical or the batier;s shown onthe drawings. Each pile shall, after driving, be wiihin flfieen (15) crn from thetheorctical locatjon. undemeath the pile c€p or underneath the'superskuclure
in the case oi pi le berts. Al l pi les pusheo uo by rhe o.iving ofad acent pi les or by any other carse shall be diven down aga'n.
Piles shall be used only in places whe.e a mifimlm penetration of th.ee (3)meters in firm m6terials, or five (5) meters in soft materials, can be obtaihed:!\hefe a soft straium overJies a hard stratum, the piles shall penetrate tohard material uFto a slfficient distance to.fix the ends rigidly.
At pi le dfiving eauipieqt;s subjeci to the Erginee/s aop'oval. TheContractor is €sponsible for sufilcient weight ard efflciehcy of the hamfiersto dfive the piles down to the required depth and beadng capacity.Hammers shall be g€vity hammers,.single acting steam o. pneumatjchamners or diesel hammers. Gravity hammers shall not weigh less thansixty (60) percent of the combined weight of the pile and dr;ving head andnoi less than 2,000 Kg- The fall shall be adjusted so as to avoid injury to thepile and shall in no case exceed one (1) rn fort imber and steelpi ies and onehalf (0.5) M fof concrete pi les unless oiherwise specii ied or approved bythe Engineer. The planl and €quipment furnished ior steam
407 -4
3)
IIItIIII
L
hammers shall have sufficient capacitv to maintain under working.^n.Jirions- the pressure at me nammer sp;cified by the manufacturer' The
i.ii". or or"s.rre tank shall be equipped with an accLlrate pressure gauge
iiii*tfi"i surg" tf,all be supp ied at the hammer intake to dete'mine thei.." in o," isu,e betlveen the gauge and the hammer' When desel
i'iimers'"re u.eo, trey shall be c;lib;ated w th test piling and/ot test loads
in accofdance with lte.n 407 3 9
Watef iets shall be used only when permitted in writing by the Engineer'Wl"n *",u|. iets are used. lhe nJnber of jeis a''ld the nozzle volume aro
oressure shall be sufficient to erode tfe material ad;acent to the pile treelyirre Lts sfratt be snut off at a deptn not less than three (3) M befo'e final tip
"i"Gt'i" i. reached, and tl^e piles ddven solely by hammer to final
penekaton as required bythe Eng'"eer'
piles shall be supported in line and posilion with leads while being driven'pi i" ci iuino leads shall oe corstructed i l such a mannef as to aford
freedo'n of-novement of the hammer' and shal ' be herd in posit ion by gl lys
l, =ieel orac"s to en"ure rigid lateral suppon to the p:le during driving Tl'e
ieads shall be of sufficient length to ma(e the use of a fol ower un'1ecessary'
"-no "t utt t" so designed as lo pe-mit proper placing of baher pi les TI"e
Jriv;nq of pites wittr fillowers srall be Evoided if practicable and shall be
dore ;nly unde'wfidea pernission from tl_e Eiginee' '
The method used h d'iving p:les sha l nol subject thbm to excessive andundue abuse p.oducing crushing ard spall lng of the concrete, injur:oussolittinq and brooming of Ine \ivooo, b'dofon'ation of tl-e steel Manipulationoi oiles- to force tlem into proper positlon, if considered by the Engineer to
be excessive will not be permilted
The Dile tops shall be protected by dr'ving heads' caps or cushioos inaccoidance with the recomrFeldatiols from the manufacturer of lhe pile
hammer and to the satisfaction of lhe Engineer. The ddving head shall beorovided to maintain lhe axis of the pile in line with the axis of the hammeran! provide a driving surface notmal io the pile,
Full- lenqt' ples shall be used wl-ere practicable Splchg of pi les whenoermitteio siraf be ir accofdance witn the provisioos of llem 407 3 5. Allpiles shall be continuously d ven unless oiherwise allowed by'the Engineef.
d. Pi le Drivinq Fornulae
pile davirq fo- 'nLras may be used to determ ne Ine nu-nbe'of blows ornamrner o;r unit o'p; le perefal ion needed to oblair the specif ied bearingcaoac'tv iof o, les driver i l the sJb-sorls at ihe site Piles shall be diven to a
final re!,sraice as indicated oi the plans oetermireo by tfe !ol lowing
fofrula:
II
,I'l1'
tIIIt
-Il
II
tII
447 -5
l,IIIIttIIIIII
For droD hammer
ori =. wHtlo(s+2.s)l
For single-acting steam or air hammers.and for dieselHaIrmels havinq unreskicted reboLrnd of rans.
wH/t6(s+0.25)l
WH46is r0.2sWDA/,/SDl
)n ihe above formllasl
(Use when drivef,wergnts afe smallerlhan striking weights){Use vvhen driven..weights are larger than
For double-acting steam or air hamme16and dieselharamerc havinq enclosed rams
striking weights)
(Use when drivenweights are sm"llerthan striking.weights).
Weighl of striking parts of hammef in Kilograms.'I.he height of fall in ce.timete's foc steam. ard a:rhar'nmers, and the obseryed.average height of fall incentimeters of blows used tq deterrfine Fenetration.fordiesel hamners with unfestricted rebound of hammer.
Average net penetration pef blow in centimeters for thelast 10 to 20 bl6ws of steam, air, or djesel hammer; oftor the last 15 centjmeters of driving for a drop hammei
The actual energy delivefed by hammer per bloi/Kllogram . cenlln'reler.
.Ddven weights in Kilogfams
of driven weights to striking weights should not exceed
Weighi oi st.iking parts in Kilograms.
tI th.ee.
IIIIII
t!4odifications of basic pile ddving lormula:
407 -6
o)
For plles ddven to and seated In rock as hlgh capacjty:end.bearlng piles: Drive to refitsal (approximately four (4) lo five (5)blows fof the last 0.625 centimeters of drjving). Re-drjve openend pipe piles repeatedly uniil resistance for refusal is reachedwithin fwo and half(2.5) cenlimeters of additional penetEtion.
For piles.driven through stlfl compresslbie maierials unsuitablefor pile beadng to an undedying bearjng stratum:
Add blows atlained before reaching beadng straium to requiredblows aha ned in bearing stratl.m.
For piles into lim:ted thin beadng straiuml
IIII.r.
I]l
II
ItII
IIII
7
I
II
407.3,2
Drive to predetermined tip elevation, and detemine allowable load by.load test.
The .bearing power as determined by the appropriate fofmula in theforegoing lisi will be considered effective only whef it is less than thecrushing strength of the pile. Other recognized iormula for determining pil6bearlng power may be used when given in special specification. However, iishall be understood ihat the €latjve merits and reliability of any of the pileformula can be judged only on the basis of comparisons with lhe results ofIoao testa.
Piles, cast"in-place, shall consist o'one of the types either shown on thedrawing and/or ds specified, The tbrm shaft wherever used in this section,shal mear either p:les or shafts.
, . workins Dra\ ' iqes
At leasi 4 weeks befote work on shafts is to begin, the Contractof shallsubmit to the Engineer for rcview and approv?1, an instalJation plan for theconstruclion of drilled shafts. The submiitalshall include the followjngr
i. List of proposed equipmirt to be used inctudjng cranes, dri i ts,aLgers, bail ing bJckeis. inal cleanirg equipr6nt. des.andjngequiprnent. slurry pumps, sampting equipment, tre.ries or concretepumps, casing elc.
li. Delails of oveaall construqtion operaiion sequence and ihe sequenceof shaft construction in bents or groups.Details oi shait excavation methods,When slurry is rcquired, details of the method proposed to rnix,circuldte and desand siLfry.Delails of rneihods to clean the shaft excavauon.Details oi reinforcement placemeni including suppott .andcedralization methods.
. Details of concrete placement. cuaing and protectioa.Details of anv req,J;red load tesisOther inform;iion shown on the plans or requesied by the Engineef_
nt.
vii.viii,tx_
447-7
II
II
The Contractor shalt not slart the cofiskuction ol d.illed shafls fo. whichworking drawings are requted until such drawings have been app/oved bvthe Engineef. Such app-oval wiU not re ieve tl'e Contractof of responsrbilitvfor results obtained by use of these drawjngs or any of his otherrespoasibi l : t ies under the cortract.
b. Fsbricatior of !ermaoeqt Lir inq
lf shown on the d.awngs. tne conrador shall provlde a pefmanert l ininosujtabli formed of ten 110) mm minjmum thjckness mild stdel pla6complying with B.S. 4360. The plates shall be cqt and rolled to the innefdiameter not less than the nomioal diameter oi the pile or such largerdiameter as to al low t)-e requisi le pi le diameter hole in the unl:oed length orpile. The rcrled plares sl-al be connected by ful' penetrat:on butt weldsgene-ally conply:ng \,^/ i th B.S. 5133. No mo€ lhan three (3) longitudhs'seam welds shall be employed in any one cross-section and such weldsshaill be staggered In position in the cross-section beNleen one length andthe next. The dimensional accuracy of the linlng shall be as staled on thedra\4ings.
ln the case of sleel shells or pipes, after being d ven and prior lo placingreinfgfcing steel and concrete therein, .the steel shells of pipes shall beexamined for collapse orreduced diameter at any point. A.y shell o. pipewhich is improperly driven or broken or shows partial collapse to such anextent as to malerially decrease its bearing value will be rejected. Rejectedshells or pipes shall be removed and replaced, or a new shell or pipe shall . :be driven adjacent to the rejected one, Rejected shells o. pipes, which cannot be removed, shall be lllled with lean concreie by the Contractor at hisexpense.
c. Pi&!-Ea$is-DIil-!:Eqehds
i) Borine Procedure
The method and equipment of boring generally either the dry method,wet melhod, tempgrar.y casing method or permanent casing method shell
.. be one which maintains stability, verticality or batter (as shown.on theDrawlng) of the wail and base of borehole by ihe use of temporary .cas ng and/or benton ie slurry.
All holes shall be drilled io the lip elevation shown on the Drawings,unless otherwise specified of approved by the Engineer. Rejeatedbofeholes shall be iilled with lean concrete by conlractoa at his expense.
The method shalT be such that allows soil samgles to be taken' and ir s:te soi l test (: f reouired) to be carried oJt dL.lrtng oranead of
bodng operations. The method/procedure used in execution of bofeholeand other operations shallnot be Such as.io cause vibratiods resulting andamage to completed or partially completed piles or to adjacent
' structures, setuices or other property. The procedufe shall not be suchas io cause harmful loosening or soft€jning of soil outside the pile lhat
IIII
II
407 '8
&:l:,:'
II'has to be filled with concrete. The equipment used for execution of
borehole shall be adequate to ensure that each pile penelrates to therequ:red founding level.. Use of Casino
Su'table casi.gs shail be fLmished and placed when required toprevent caving of the hole before concrcte is poured. Casing, if usedin drilling operatjons shall be removed from lhe hole as concrete ispoured unless otherwjse specified. The boitom of the casing shall lienalntained not less than fifty (50) cm below lhe top of the concreiedurjng withdrawal and pouring operations irnless otheiwise permittedby the Engineer. Separation of the conffete during withdraw€loperations shall be avoided.
. Reinforcemer-rt
Reinfo.cement if ca'led for shall confo'r1 to the reqriifements undefitem 404. Tl-e steel shells/pipes shall be of suf.ident strength and
. . rigidity to permit ddving to the requircd bearing valite or depth. without injury. The steel may be either cylindrical or tapered, step
tapered or a combination, plain, circllar or lluted, All types shall'confofm to the corresponding ASTM standards, The mjnimumaverage tensile strength of steel shall be 3500 Kg/sq.cm (5O,OOODsi)
When called for on the Drawings. oi by the Engineer, the .steelsheJls/pipes shail be faclory coated on both lnterior or exterior surfacesby red lead oaint confoiTi4g !o AASHTO M-72 or as stated in the specialspecifications. The coating shall not cause any hindrance whileassembling the pile section dudng Welding operations.
ii) Tempors11 CasinE M€thod
Tne te,nporary casing of approp-iate dianeler fo- locali .g the p; 'e andpiloting the bofehole shall be pitched at the exact locatjons as given onthe drawings lo ensure thai the casing when sufk js wiihin the specifiedlolerances. The casing shall be sunk to sufficient depth by approved
methods. Tl_e depth shar be at least suff,cieot to prevent lhe ina'ess ofal lLrvium or other loose rnate4als into the bo-e when execuled bJjow thebottom level of the casing. ln addition, the depth shall be such as theconkactor considers necessary for the stability of lhe casing and/ort€mporary works system during construction in general and for thefollowjng conditions afd operations in pa,ticuiar d!iing all conditions ofver cuffent which may occur.during the period of.works:
a: Open terrperary casing to ensJre againsl blow-in o. soi l .
bt Concreting ol ihe pile, until tempora.y casing is exi|acted.
tt
{
IIIII
l"I
II
F
t
TI
II
407-9
I
II
II
IIIItII
. Safetv of Caiino
The contractor shall take all such measures and paovide suchstrengthening and bracing as is necessary and to the aPproval of theengineer to ensure that the lemporary, aasing ls not disturbed,ov;rturned, over-stressed o. !rder-eroded in any condition oftemporary casing shall be such lhat it will not disturb the freshly castconcfete and/or permanent lioing and/or aeinforcement. _ . .
Wnere the Lse of temporary cas ng is approved for the purpose ofmaintaining ihe stabiliiy and over-rapid wiihdrawal.of the bo ng tools
.which coold lead to excessive. removaj of soil.and water anddisturbance of the surroundiog gfound and when boring through anyoermeable stGtum (includidg silt), the water level in lhe boring shallbe mainiained between one (1) meter and tr,vo (2) meters above theexternal w€ter level, unless the engineer dirccts othen^lse
Tl.e te'nporary casings shall be free from significant distodion and ofuniform cross secilons thfougllaut e6ch continuous length..Duringconcreting they shall be free from encrusted concrete or any internalprgjections which.might pfevent the proper fonnation of the piies
Permanent Casinq Meihod
Tne penna''rent casjng corstruclion melnod shall be used \,!hen requiredov t;e plans. Tbis rrethoo consists of driving or drir l ing a casing ta aoiescribed depth before excavation begins lf full penetration cannot beattaireJ, the Engineer may require eilher excavation of material withinthe embedded portion ofthe casing pr excavation of a pilot hole ahead ofrhe cas;ng unti l t l_e casjng reaches the desired penetratiol . ln sornecases, over-rea4r'1g ro the outside diamete'of the c?sng inay bercqu'red in ofder lo adva-ce tne casiTg
T\e casing sharl be conlinLoLls betweel the e evations sl^own ori t_eolans. Unless shown on the plans, the use of lemporary casing in lieu ofof in addition to the pefmanent caslng shall not be used except whenaLthorized by he Elgineer in wfit jng
Afte- the instal lat;on oi tne cas'rg ald the excava::oi1 of the s'ra1 iscorplete, the casi-g shall oe cutoFf at t l 'e Pfescrbed e evation and l lere,nf;rcing steel ard shafl conc.ete placed within the portion of theca;irg le't in Place.
i i i l Benlonil€ SlurrY
W_ere the use of bertolte slLrry ls approved for the pu-pose orf i 'ainta ning the slaoii ty oi t 'e walls ano base of bore' the contracto'spiooosats I'n accordanie with (sub clause vi) hereof shall include deiails
ol fhe€]urry, These shall include inter'alia:
a. The source oJthe benloniteb. Tne co'lstil.ition or the stJrry.i. Speciilc gravity viscosity. lheer strength and PH value cf slu'ry'
407 -14
'1i
d, The rnethods of mixing, storing, placing, removal andrecirculating the slurry, and
e. The provision of stand-by equipment.
Tesis lhall be carrjed out 10 ensure thai ihe proposed constitutjon of tbesluny is compatible with the groirnd water. Proposdls ior the constitutionand physical prcperfies of the slurry shall include avemge, irinimum andmaximum values. The specific gravity of ths slurry shall not be less thanone and three hundredth (1.03) in any case at any fime. The contractofshall use additives where necessary to ensure the satisfaotoryfunctioning of lhe slurfy.Manutacture$ Certifi cateA manufactu.e/s certificale showing lhe pfopedies of the benionitepowdef shall be delivered to the Engineer fo. each consignmentdelivered to site, lnddpendent tests shall be carded out at laboratoryapproved by the Engineer on samples of bentonite frequently.Testr ou Bertonite SlurrYThe Contraetor shall carry out iests dudng the course of lhe piling tocheck the physical properties of the bentonite slun'y in the works. Thesetests shall include, inter-alia, density, viscosjty, shear strength and PHtesls. Ihe test apparalus and test meihods shall be those given ln"Recommended Practice" Standard by American Peiroleum Institute,New York City, 1.957, reference API RP29, Section- I, ll and Vl,
The frequenoy of tests shall be that which the Contractor considersnecessary to ensure that the bentonite sllry is in accordance wjth hlsproposals and as such oihertjmes as the Engineer may di/ect.
Should the physical properties gfany beftonite slurry deviate outside theagreed limits, such slurry shall be replaced, irrespectlve ofthe number oftime it_ has been used by new bentonite slurry of correct physical0r0pen es.
Adequate lime shall be allowed fof proper hydralion to take place,oonsistenl with the method ol mixing, before using slurry in the works:Precaut ions
The Conkactor slal l conko, he bento_ite s ury so that i t does not causea n!isance either on the site of adiacqnt waterwEys or olher areas. Aftefuse it shallbe disposed in a manreF-ro the approval ofthe Engineer.
The level of the slurry in the bentonite shal be rnaintained so that theintenralfluid pressure always exceeds the external walerpressure_
lf chiselilg is used wher bori.g througl_ harq strata or to overcomeobshuctions, ihe stability of lhe excavation shalt be maintaihed. bymeil"ods acceptable to the Engileer.
iv) Ercrvation From Borehol€s
The soil and debris from inside the pile boreholes shall be rcmoved bVbucxet augJr o. circulating bentol;te slur.y provioed rhat no lett rg ar t1;
407,11
I-tl't
lIt
III
toot of the borehole shall be permitted. Methods of excavation, which inihe opinion ol the Engineer may damage lhe permanent tining of lhe pile,shallnot be erployeo.
Shoulcl the excavation -evea. any soil straium below the bottom or a pilewhich-is, in. the opinion of the Engineer, unsuilable fo. supporting theloads thal will be imposed on il ihe Contractor shall re.nove all luch subsoi stratum to tnesat:s'action of t l_e E_g:neerand shal. lergtlentnepileif necessary and iosl of any such lengthening shall be paid as per ihlscon(ract.
Excavation sl_all be carded oLt as raoidly as possible In ofder to.educeto a mini.num the time in which any stGta afe exposed to theatmosphefe, bentonite slJrry or water. In aTy case, a pi.e shall notremain unfilled with concfete for period exceeding eighteen (18) hours.after complet'on of borehole.
407-1AThe materlals fram plle excavailon shall be dlsposed so that the samedoes not interfe.e with any.pad( of the pefmanent wofks of this project, inneat and workmanlike mannei
v) Ssmoleg and I ests
The Contr6ito. shall take soiisamples as given below or as directed bythe Engineer to lhe designed tip elevation of the pile and shall cs.ry outinsitu Slanda.d Penetration tests wilhin, and ahead of borehole on theline ot vertical axis ol ihe pile at these loca ions after ond and hall (1.5)meter inteNal. The costs of tests and colleciion of samples shall bedeemed to.be included in lhe unit €tes quoted by the Conlractor. Eachdisiurbed sample shall, as far as possible, be truly representaiil,€ ol thegrading of insitu soil.at the poini ffom which it is taken, wilhoutcontaminallon by other.matedai. lt shall be ?pproximately flve (5) Kg inweight and shall be placed in a strong aif tight container irnmediatelyafter its removaL ffom the sampler. The containe. shall be sealed as soonas the sample has been placed in and shall be iaken to lhe siteleboratory lor gradlng, moisture content End Alterbe.g Limits tests
The apparatus and p.ocedure for ihe Standard Penetraijon Test shall bein accofdance with the provislons of ASTM D 1586 Peneiralion Tesl andsplit-barrel sampling of soils and/or ASTM O 1587 thin-walled samplingol soils, (excepi insofar as any such provisions rrla] conflict with otherrequireme.ts o! tne conract,
vi) Llmit t t ions of Boripe Sequeoce
Pi{es shal l be const lc led i l strc ' ] a l ra tne'a' td s€qLence as lo ensu-ethat no damage ls sustained by pi les already constr i lcted in adjacentposllions. The Contfactof shall submit to the Engineer for his aPproval aprogramme showing seqLlence of constauction of various piles
IIII
III
IlIIIIt
I
407 -12
Ivii) Tolerances
Following conskuct;on lole.ances ;I-al l rra;niarned
a. The dri l led shaft sha be with:n 3 inches of the pta.r posit io4 in, t,re horizonta prane at u-e plan elevat:on fo- -e top of ihe ;h;;lo Ine ventcat a tgnme']t o. the slaft excavaiion snall not very from
the plan al igarrent by mo.e lhan 1/4 inch oe. ioor of deDthc. Aler all the sl-aft corarete is placed. the top or the ieinforcino
steel cage sl^al l be no more thaa 6'aches above ard.no mor!lhan 3 inches below plan pos;t;on.
d. When casing is used, its outside diameter shall not be less thanthe shaft diamete. shown on the p a.rs. When ca.:rq ts noi useJthe minimun d;aFreter of ihe driJled snafr snaf oe-tne Oia.nelei. shown on lhe plans fof diameters 24 incnes oi fess, anA noiJ']91: ihan
i rich Jess tnar the diarneter sl.oM on tne prairis io.dtaretef s greatef than 24 :nchese. The bearing -area of bells shall be excavated to the plan bearino
area as a fi;nimJf All other plan djrre4sions snowl for th;Dets rnay 0e vafled, when.approved, to accomrroddie theequlpment used.f. Tne top erevation of the snEft shal be Wthin 1 ;nch of the plan
top of shaft elevation.g. The bo{om of the stsal excavarion shajl be nonral to the axis ofthe shaft wilhin 3/4 inch per foot of shaft diametef_
vi i i ) Iasprct ion
After ihe borehote has reached its Rnai stipuiaiea positions, after thesamples have been taken out. as reouired-by fi" 'e"gi"""i, l" i i t" iboiehole has been completely cleaned oi a toose matter.and otherwisernade ready to_recelve the reinforcement and ttere"iter fie "oncieie,
iiJcontraclor sha|l so iaform t"e Engi.reet,
The ,Enginee. s,hajt ;rspect tne soil samples ard tesl ,esJtts lhe.eo.,check the elevation of the bottorn of the borehole ana tire amouni anidirection, ifany, by which the top of the c".lng i" ouioi;o.;t,.on, -;loiil"
o.-pr-.rb aav'r,g s€tis.ed h,ftself or tl"ese ana on any other pojnts wh:cnre rnay constder reJeva.r sral l Sjgn.perm;sSon aJthoriz ina thecolr.acto. to proceed witn the placlng "r
,r." ,"i. _i"r""il i|ilConlracto. shall under no circumsiances proceed with the placiog oire'nfo.ce-ert or with t j .e sJbsequent conc-eiro withoui lavi." -r^,
obtahed the aulhor'ty signeo sepa-arety for eacn ;O """"y
Oo.i j i i i ." Uvthe Enoineer.
i i ( ) P i le Reinforcement
Ihe reinforcement for each pile sha be assembled and securely tied bVrn€ans of binding wire and by welded reinforcemert ri^gs oi twiniy nvj(25) mm diameter bar as shown on lhe d.awngs, In such a manner as toform a rigid cage.
III
TII
'l
I
,.lrlIIIII
.)1
I
#ifu'1
It
447 -13
II
I
The required concr€te cover to the reinfofcement shall be maintained bysuitab e spacerc sec,rrely attacned to the ie:nfo.cemert and of sulflcientstfength to resist damage dudng handling of the reinfofcemenl cage jntothe pile. The distance between the spaceG shall be such that the' required cover is maintained throughout and that there is nodisplacen'eni of t le te'n'orcement cage in tne course of the concretingopera!on.
Should the. Conrracror pfefer to lower the reirforcen ent cage assenbtyinto tne borel 'ole in sectiors, he may do so provided tne sa-re tappingrcqltircments as for assembly on ihe ground are followed, namely, ihelongitudinal rcinforcenent shall be Iapped as shown on the drawings andthe spiral reinJorcernent shall be doubled over the lap zones. Spacersmaintaining concreie cover shall be located immedialely below and
. above the laps at 4 points sFaced afound the cage.
Concret inq ofPi le5
In general. i te-n dol of the Genelal Spec:f,cat;ors shall be forlowed,however, the lollowing particular requiremenis shall be obse ed.
i) Materials
Compressive st-ength of corcrete iT pi les shall be of c'ass Ar asprcscribed in ltem 401, except if otherwse indicated.
SLr'table retarde-, plast;ciser n_ay be added as approved oy the Ergineer.
The Cortractor sna r submit tl_e derailed p.oposed addil;ve fo. approvalwhich shall be approved after laboratory trjal mix results. Ihe.dosing ofretarders Shall ensufe initial setting iime of not less than five (5) hours
. coftesponding to the ambient tenperatlrrd at which the concrcting isDroposed to be cart ied out.
i i ) Commencemert of Conctet ins
Prior to placing ady concrete
a. Any heavy contar'r inated benron:ie slLrry. \ , , /h:ch could rmpai rhe_ free flow of concrete fronr the lremie pipe, shall be removed.
b. Any loose of soft material/water soil shall be .emoved from thebotton'of the bore by -nethods acceptable to the Erginee'.
The Conractor shall rot proceed witq the colcreting or t l-e p.e uit i theEngineer giles specifc permii. to do so aftet satisfying hlmself of the:
.
* AdeqLacy of the Contfactors equipment a1d af-a_ge-le'lt- Pro"ciencv of h.s personne- Cleanliness of the borehole-
IIIIIIIIII
407,3.3
IIIttI
E
407-14
Coltracto. shall have a suiabre l ightjng arrangemerts at a,,t ines fori_sp-ecting the e']tte lenglh of the shelts pipe o. hole be'ore plac,'1g therernrorcrng steet or c0nc-ete,
Prio'to_the concretjng a pi le, sanple oF slurry shah be taken from theoase ot tne ooreFole using an appfoved sampl:.g dev,ce and its spec:f lcgravrry snat be determlned.
i; i) ?lacios of Concrere
qll
,lI
ITI
r. lIIIII
The tfem e shal. be oi not less than two hundred a"d flfly (250) mrndiametef made of watef-tignt colsiruction. The ir,."n" o.
"u'pp'o.ti,r'g in;
tremje shall be such as to permit the free novement of the dis;harq; endin the concrete ln the pile. The tremie pipe shan Ue fitt6a wim tra"vlttinoplug wl-ich shall be ptaced at the top ofthe p'pe before
"narqind i l . ,J
tren'e p'pe with corcrete as b6rr;er beh^/ee- the concrere a-d iaier orbentorire slLrry, so as io orevent water or bentoi;te s urry e' l te-i lo therube ard mx.ng wth the colc-ete. The trem e shall be cafefu lv lowiredinto lhe bofehole so that lhe end of the tube sna.t rest at atour on.hundred and fifty (150) mm above the bottom of the borel_role, withreinfofcement itl the borehole, and the hopper ena ot ttre tremie tudeshall be fihed wjlh concrete as aforesaid. tt dtratt te slightty ra;seJ so thaiwher lhe conc-ete reaches the botton it flows *t of tft i;*;. Jno ;iil;tube, and fills the bottom of the bofehole. thereafter; the iate oiwithdrawal of the trem:e shal ' be gfadJal so as to ensLre the eno;ih;lremte gpe ts always one ard half (1.S) f lerers below the top of.the
. concrete In the borehole An alowance shal be made for the too fvehLrdr€d (500) mn of qoncrele in borel-ole Au-ing concrettno ieinounsalsractory. Wfen lhe ne.{t batch is placed in the hoppe. tre kem:Eshall.be slighfly raised but not out of the concrete at the 6dtom, until th;batch discharges to the bottom of the upper. -tnis operation'sf,iiflie
control le! by calcLlaring -e vo,une of concrete .equifeo ro ft ,one l inea.meter ot o: le alo then by n easur,ng tne rare or witra.awa, oi the t-Gcorespondt, lg t0 tfe vol lrme o,the batch ir tne l .opper Tne ftow shallthen the rela-ded oy toweing ine tube. The depth of rhe ".n;t"
l;oorerote shati. be rreasufed al intervals to keep a conslant cfec< thatthe tremie pipe boltocn is immersed in concrete
Condeti lg i . eacn p;e sha I De cafried out ir a continuous operat:o4 withoutstoppages unti l the pi le has been completed. -- " ' - i
l ' rhe bottom of the rremie p,pe ceases to be ,.nrersed in the bodv of theconcrete in tFe pi le ald l l-e seal is bro(en, concreting sf" l , ' ;"; ; ;immediatejy and such renedial measures as tre Sngineer "mat acc"bioidireci shall be caffied o!t. The Conkactor shatt tate lrecaution! to e-nsur'ethat the concrete is free of voids and shall prevent the elrtry of water and/o;colapse o. 'soi i . to concrete. l . any so l or oiher deleter;o;s 6r ;; ;";"; ;malena s. 'aLr Into any oi le excavalion p.ior io or Ou.i.g concret ng :t shal, befe'noved immed atelv
Concreting sha{l coniinue until the concretb has reached an elevationflve hundred (S00) nm highef than the.designatdd pite cut ot Lveishown on the drawings, or as otherwise directeO by tne ingineer. - -'
''t
I
i.lII
t'l
407 -15
t
tIII 10?.3.{
The concreie shall be plaeed in one continuous operation from tip oi cuFdffelevation and shaTl be caried oLrt in Euch a manner as to avoid segregation.The method ot placing the concrete afid the consisiency (slump) shallconform to the lequirements of ltem 401 or to the satisfaction ot the
. Eng ree..
No shell or pipe shall be fllled wiih concrete until alladjacent shells, pipes orp:res with:n a radius of th.ee (3) lv1 or five (5) times ihe pie diameier,whichever is greater. have been drivel to the reoLired res starce.
Aftef a shell or pipe has been fllled with conc;ete, no pile shall be dfivenwithin seven (7) meters ihereof unlil at least seven (7) days have elapsed.
Wi{bdr!1val ol Temporar. Casirs
lf the method of conslfuction involves padial withdrawal of temporary casirjgas conc@ting lroceeds, a sufflcient head of concrete shall be maintaineaabove ihe bottom of the tempoaary casing to ensu@ that no voids areformed within the pile and to prevent the entry of ground water and loprevenl the coliapse of soil into the concrete-
lf such entry o. collapse should ooeur, the t9mporary casing Shall be re-' driven befofe the concrete has set qnd all defective concrete shall be
removed or the construction of the pile shall be abandoned, in which casetfe ofovis'on of the claJse herein whicn -efers to "Defective Plles' sha' laPoly.
The withdrawal of the temporary casing shall be cdrrjed out befofe theadjacent concrcte has taken its inilial set.
The melhod and tirning of withdrawal must be such as t6 enslre that thespace beiwe-en the pile and.lhe sir|rounding ground shall be filled withconcrete,
Splicips olPiles
Splicing of pi es, \r^er permiheo by the Enginee", shall be rrade ai showron the DEwings or as specified with materials having same quality andcharacteristic as for materials used forth.j pile ils€lf-
i) Precasi Concrete Piles
Fo. pleoast concrete piles, the splicing shall be done according to one of thefdLlowing methods unless otherwis.e specifiedi
1) Using pee'ab.icateo joi l ts mounteo :n the fo'ms and casttogethef with the pile sections and joineq together as speqifiedby the manufacturel afld approved by the €ngineer. The jointsshall be of the design and type as shown on the Dfawings. l
2) 8y cutting away the concrete at the end of the pile. leaving lhereinlorce|J1ent steelexposed for a length of fo.ty (40) times steelbar dianeters. The flnal cut of the concrete shall beperpendicular to the axis of the pi le. Reinforcement of the sarne
tItII
II
407.3,5
IIt!iII
407 -16
size as that used in the piie shall be welded to ihe projectingsieel and the necessary forrnwork shall be placed, carj beinitaken to prevent leakage along the pile, The concrete shall be oithe same quality as that used in the pile. Just prior to placingconcrete, the top of the pile shall be wetled itroroughty
"ndcoveaed with 6 thin coating of neat cement, or oiher suitablebonding material to the salisfaction of the Engineea. The forrnsshall remaln in place not less than seven (7) days. The pile shatlnot be driven until the 28-days design strength is .eached.
IITI
407.3.6
For steel pi les shells and pipe, the splicing shall be as under:
l f the o-dered length bf rhe steet pi,e, ppe, o. she,J is Insuffcient to obtainthe specified bearing value, an extension of same cross_section shall bespliced to it. Unless otheNise shown on the Drawings, spljces shall bemade by butl-$,e di'1g the entirc cross-sechor to for-r an integ.al oile usinorhe e.earric arc nethod. Tne sectiors connectea sr-art Oe propelrty a ;cnJi sithat the axls of the pi le wi{ be straight. pies bent of ot l-erwise nju.-ea sra,ibe rejecled.
Cutt jng oI Pr les
Tops of plles shall be embedded in the concrele footing as shown on thed.awjngs
Codcrete pies shall , whel aoproved by lne E.rgineer, be cut oa at s-cr atevet that at least-Eve 15) cm of unoarnaged oi le can be embedded in theSkucture above. lf a pile is damaged beiow this levelt the Contractor shatlrepa-ir the pi le to the sarisFaction of tre Engineer Tl-e lorqituJinare nro'cemeTt ot the prles shal be erbedded in the strucru.e aoo,-ve to alength equal to at least (40) times the diameter of the main reinforcinq bars.The,d:sra.lce ffon' the s.de oJ any p,ie to rl e nearest eage of t|; iootin;snal nor De tess tnan twenty (20) cm.
When tre cJt-otf eievatro- foa a p.ecast concrete p,e, steet shelt D;De or fora casFil-place concrete pi le is below the e,evauon of the bo(on o; tne Di,ecap the p' le may be butlt uo tom tFe bJn o.tne p:le to tf ,e etevaUon ofineootto-n ot me cap by neans 0f a rei'']forced calcrele constructio- accord;ngio Item 401 rfapproved bytne Eng:reer
Cut-o1s of sFuctJrar slee. pi les sral be nade at r ight angtes to the axis O.t"e pi le. The cJts shall be n-aoe in clean straight t ines a:o arv irreq.ltari ivdJe to cJit:ng or ouiri'1g slar be leveled of
-witn O"po.,t. oi *"A" _l,r'f
P " w , ! v P , a u | g ! E c , , 9 ! d p . ,
3) Any oiher methodEngineer.
ii) St€el Piles. Shells orpi!€s
shown on lhe orawings or appfoved by the TIITI
i.t
IlIIIII
407-17
ItIItIItIIItIIItIIItI
107.3.7 Defect ivePi les
Any plle delivefed with delects slch as danaged during ddvlng or casl. insitu, placed out of its proper location, incapable or partially capable of
pe.manently carrying the load which it is intended io cairy, driven below the' elevaiioo iixed by the orawing oi by the Eng neer, due to the immature
setting of the concrete in the pile or due to caving/collapse of the boreholeful ly or part ial ly, or due to any cause of which Engineer shall be solejudge' lo deter.nine shall be corrected al the contractois expense by one of thefollowing methods apprcved.by the Engineeli
a) The pile shall be withdrawn and replacednecessary, by Ionger pi le.
b) A second pile shall be ddven or cast adjacent to the defective pile-
c) The pile shall be spliced or blrilt up as otherwise provided herein or theunderside oi the looling lowered to properly imbed the pile.
The contraclor shall undelake such additiona tests/works as the Eng:neernray spqcify to provide additional foLlndations to sqpPlement lhe defectivepiles and so modify the structure to be s!ppo.ted as lo ensurc that load willbe tiansferred salely to the addilional foundations oI existing pile. The' conkaclor thall be rcsponsible for the cost o{ slch additional f!nctions andtests and/ot of the exka work caded out in such modification to thest fLctJfe.
A concrete pile shall be considered defective if it has a visibe crack orcracks, extending afound the four sides of the pile, or any defect, which, lnlhe opinion of the Engineer affects the st.ength of life of the pile.
When a new pile is driven or casl toat his expense, shall enlarge theEng neer,
Test Pil€s
Tesl piles which are shown on theshall coniorm to the aequire.mentslocated that lhey may be cut-offslrucure,
replace a rejected one, the Contractorrfooiing as deecfled necessary by the
by a new and when
40?.3.8
D€wings or ordered by lhs.Engineerfor piling as specifled and shall be soand become a pad of ihe compleled
Test oiles to be load tested in accordance with llem 407.3.9 shall be drivenin loc;tions determined by the engineer. These pjles shdll not be utilized intne structJre unless otherwise drfecled.
Test pi 'es drivet by the Conkactor ror his ovtn Lrse :n determil ing t5elengths ol piles lo be furnished may be so localed and they may be cut-offand become d part of the completed qtructure provided lhat such lest pilesconform to the requiremeot fof piling in these speciflcations
407 -18
Anv Dile whlch after serv'ng its pLl-pose as a test Pile is found unsatis'acioryi^i 'uf l izai 'on in the sFLclure shall be removed if so ordered by the
. E;q:neer. or i f appfoved by the Engrleer i t shall be cdl-olf below the g-oundlin; and footings, but such aPprcval does nol in afy way relieve theContructor of his responsibilities.
Test pi leb shall general ly be ddven with the same equiPment that is to be. used for d.iving foundation piles. When fequifed, the ground shall be_ excavated to the elevation of the bohom of the footing before the tdst pile is
. driven
When diesel hammefs ate to be used for driving end bearing piles, orfriction piles where the bearing capacity shall be checked by pile ddvjngforrn!las, the contractoa shall in advance carry oot lest piling or load tests todelermine the energy developed by the hammef. The Conkactof.may elecfone olthe following methods for the calibrationl
a) By'tesl drivjng ihe same iype ot piles successively with dlesqhammer and gravity of single acting hammer, or by driving twodifferent piles Wth diesel hammer and gravity or single actinghammer resPectivelY.
b) By driving test pi les to a depth determined bythe Engineef andload testing the same piles in accordance wilh ltem 407.3.9.
c) Calibfation tests shall be made at least at two difieient sites untilthe results are satisfactory io the Engineer.
Calibrarior o'diesel l^arnmers may not be.eqLired if t i_e 1a-me'has beelpreviously calibraied under soil conditions and for the same size and type ofpile, provided that the calibrbtion data is accepled by the Engineer.
JO-.J.9 !a4l1s!l-!
A load test shall conslst ol lhe application of a load equal to a minimunt of 2times the specified beadng capacity or as otherwise provided for herein of asdirected by lhe Engineer. Load iests shall be made where specifled and/or wherecalled for by the Engineer. Unless otherwise permitied by the Engineer, the load
. . lests shall be completed before the remaining pi les in the safite structure. ared-iven or casl.
Load lests shall be made by meihods approved by the Engineer The Conlractor. shall submit to the Engineer detai led plans of ihe loadjng syslem and appa.alus
he ifltends to use at least three (3) weeks in advance. The appa€tus shall be soconstructed as lo al low the various increments of the load to be placed gfaduallywithout causing vibration to the test pi les. Tensjon anchor prles i f useil , shah be.of a design and driven to a depth satisfactory to lhe Engineer. Steel shelLs or
. piles whose walls are not of adeqlate strength to withstand the test loading \,,rhene.npty shalLhave the required teinforcefient and concrete placed before loadingThe load test shall not be staded lntil the concreie has attained a minimumconrpressive strength of ninety ilve (95) percent oi the desigh twenty eight (28)days compfessive strength. l f he so elects, the Contraclor nay use high earlystrenglh cement in lhe concrele oi ihe load test pi le and th€ iension pi les.
q*BHtri
i&4i
liE
ifirI
T!III
I'l
+
I
I:l,l
III
II
407 -19
IItIttII
Suilable appfoved appa.atus for deierinining accurately the load on the oiLeand the settlement of the pile under each incfement of load shall be suooiiedby the Contractor. The apparalus shall have a working capacity of threetimes the design load fof the pile being tested. Refefence points fo.measllfemenl ot pjle settlement shall be sufficjenily away from the lesl pjieto preclude al l possib;l ty of distLr.barce.
All pile load settienlents shall be measuied by adequate devices, such asgauges, and shall be checked by means of an Erigineefs level. lncferoent ofdeflection shall be read.just af ler each load incremenl is applied and at 15_minute interya's thereafter. The safe allowable load shall be considered as50 percent of ihe load which, aftef 48 houas of continuous €pplication, hascaused not more ihan 6 mm of perrnanenl selflement, measured at the tooof the pr.e.
Tre f,rst load to be applieo lo the rest p:e shaf oe 5070. of t 'e pi le des:an,oad and tne frst incrcnent sh€ll be up ro the pi le desidn oao by app{y;;gadd,t ioaa roads in thfee equat incre.ne.rs A ninjn"u-n pedod of 2 hoursshal{ inteNene between the appllcation of each increment, .exiept lhat noiacrement shall be added L' lhl a setr,emeni o. less rnar one tenh (0 1) mmi5 observed for a 15-r,nJte interva) urdef the prev:ously applied increr..ent.lf there is a question as to whether the lest pile \4ill support the test load, theload incfements shall be reduced by flfty (5o) percent, af th€ difectjon of the .Engineer, in ofder that a more closely conkolled tailu.e cude may beplotied. The full test load shall remajn on the tes! pile noi less than_fortveighr (48) hours. The ful l test load sl_al t lel be re-noved alq the pernanenisett lement read.
When directed by the Elg:neer load rests sha I t l-en oe continLeo be/o-rdthe double design load in 1o-lon increments to failure or a maximum of three(3) t:nes the des.gn load.
The pile may be considered to have failed when the lolal perrnanentsett lenent exceedq (6) nn .
Bacl{.Ji l l ins Emoc\ Eorins
Whea each pi le has bee_ cast.fne e-noty bores fema_n-g st-al not beback-fllled unless requked by the construction proced!res and actjvitiesfo lowing t l_e co-plel on of oi l ing work
Pile Records
The Contiacior shall ke€p records of the piles driven or installed. A copy ofihe €cord shall be given io the Englneer within two (2) days afte. each pite.is d ven. The record form to be used shall be approved by the Engineer.The pi le recorcis shaLl give ful l information on the fol lowingi
tIIIIIIIIIIII
407.1.10
407.J.11
407-ZA
Any other relevant inlormation_
Driven Pi les Casrill-Place Piles
t, "-l
IPiie type and dimenSion.
Oriving equipment, type, weight,aeach-and elUciency of hammer etc.
Dald of casting (foa concrete .piles) and driving.
oetails of Reiaforcement,
Test resuits on concrete
Depth driveh & lip elevation.
For gravlty and singleractinghal.r'rmers: the height of droF.
Fol double acling harnrners: thefrequency of blows.
Final set for last 20 blows for every10 pi les and when the Engineer sorequi€s the penetration along thewhoie driven depth shall betecoroe0.
Detai ls of any interruption ind.ivin9.
Level of pi le top immediately afterdriving, and lhe level whef al lpi les ln the gaoup are driven.
0etai ls of.e-driving.
Any other relevant informaiion.
Pile type aod nominal dimefsions.
Date of boring corrmenced levelreached each day and date oIcasting-.
Soil sarnples taken from pile boringoperation and sojl test rcsLrlts.
Stiata and groUnd wate.encouniered with levels, descriptionshall be in accodance \^/th8 .S .C .P .2001 .
Length of finished piie and tipelevation
. Dia of borehole.
Elevalion of the bottom oiborehoie,
Date of placirig concrete;theoaeiical and aciual quantjties of.concrele Used in pile.
Lengihs and diameter of temporarycasing and permanenl iining andthe elevation ofthe tip of temporarycasihg and of permanent l ining.
Details of Reinforcemeht.
Detaiis of penet.at'on during boringoperation or dfiving of steel shd(driving fecofds as for driven piles).
Quality consistency and other lestresults on concfete,
Time intewal belween borir]g ordriving and concrcting.
tI't
ITII
IIII
-r. I
II
)1
447 -21 I
I'l
e4
IIIIIlI
I
Ij -
I
II
I
401.3.L2
On co,lpletion of the piling foa each sttucture, the Conlfactor shall deliver toth€ Engineer a d€wing recofding the elact location and the final depth (tipelevarion) of al l p: les.
'ConfirmalorY Borinq
The conVactor shal' ca-ry oLl co rtlfmatory horing at bddge site ;t locatio.si n , - l i - . 16 . . 1 h \ . r h . F . ^ i ^a . r
Boflng sfalt be carieo our with ASfM D 1586 pe-ekatioF Test and Spttban'el sampling of soil. Additionally, when undisturbed sampting is requi.ed,the procedure shall conform to ASTM D 1587, Thin Walled sampting of soit.
DiaF.eler of bo.enoles sha.l be twenty (20) ce'ltimeters cased tn.ough oufitslength and shall be down lo the designated elevation. In-situ standa.dpenet.ation lest shall be caffied out at one and half (1.5) meter! intervaifrom designated top elelaiion to the bottom of the hQle, Undisturbedsamples shall be taken from substlaium. lf clay is encountered, undistuftedsamples will be taken at interyal of three (3) rneters.
At least hvo bo.ings are requifed at each b dge site. The boring shall extendio a depth of at least th.ee (3) meters below lhe pile tip elevation asindicated in ihe dfawings.
MTASUREMINT AND PAYIV'ENT
Messurement
The quaniities'to be paid for shali be the rumber of linear meters of piles,completed and accepted, measured ffon the pile tip elevation to the bottomof pile cap$. footlngs or bottom af concrete superstru6hjre in thecase of
p:e be_ls In case the borror of p,e caps or iootirg of boitorr o'pi le be4t ,sabove N.S.L and method of fabrication is such lhat the work above N.S.L isdo4e as that of colurrn lne sa.ne shall be -easu'ed as corc;ete ald sleelfor column. No allowance shall be made for cut-offs or the requiaed length ofconcrete of reinfofcement Steel placed into the concrete shucture as called .for on the d€wings. Any additional pile le0gths that may be necessary.tosuit the Contracto/S method of operatioo or foi any other r€asoo shall not beincluded in the measurements.
For cast-in-situ piles, helical and vertical steel wlll be measuaed in lons.Pile casing where evef provided will be measlred in linear metets.Measurement shall be made fof pernranently placed pi le casing s shownon drawings. lf the Contractor likes ta use tempofary casing fof theconvenience of pre.paring of boreholes, the sarne shall not be measuredwhelhe.left al site or wilhdiawn afte. completing the bofeholes.
Teat pi,es when ordered by the Engnee-, whether or not Lti l ized asservice pi les.in the skuctLre shall nol.be inctuded in the abovemeasurements. Accepted test piles Will be rneasured sepaGtely as thenumbef of I inear meters.
407..{
407.,1.1
4u1,4.2
. Pile shoes when called for on the Dlawings or by the Engineef shall bemeasu|ed by the number accepted in place.
. Splicing of piles if not shown on lhe drawifgs will nol be allowed exceptthat the length of reinforcemenl is to exceed 12 meter in which case thesplicing will not be measured or paid directly but the cost thereo{ shallbeconsidered as included in the unitprice fo.pi l jng.
. Loac tests shall be courted as rhe nurrbe. of complete and Ecceotedroad tests as described in l len 407.3.9.
. Concreie footings or pile caps shall be measufed arid paid for asprovided under ltem 400 "Structures". Additional quantilies of concreie.feinforcenrbnt and fofmwork caused by jncoarect location of DiJes oraddiiional piles necessafy to.replace defective piles shall be to thea^ . l r . . r . r c evhan .a
P , Y m e n t
; The quantities of piling Ieft in place in the accepted skuctlre measured. as pfovided above shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear
meter of piles of the different types listed below and shown in the Bill ofQLa'1ti t ies.
. Fof cost- in-s;tu oies, rate pef l inear rreter wil nclude al l i terrs exceptfo. helical and vertical teinforcement, which will be pald as Der steelreinforcemenr ire|r 404.
. Fof prc cast pi les. the casl o'stee shsll be incuded in the rate pert!near maler.
Pile casing will be paid at lhe conkact unit pdce per ljneaf.nreler for Dilecas.ng
Test pi les whelher.or not used ir t te corpleted struclu.e o; constructedadjacent to st.uctJre as per reqLireTe.ts of tha conkaci documeot shall bepaidforatthecontiactUnjtpriceforpi|einsta||at ion.
Load lests shBll be paid for at the cont.dct.lnit price fo. dle lqad iests,either one and half (1.5) t imes or t\ , /o {2) l imes the design load. Tbe uritprice for tesl loadlng lo three (3) tirnes the design load shall ioctude the totaiload test with all load increments as descfibed in ltem 407.3,9.
Payment ior tubular steel piles left in place shall include the cost of theconcrete co.e of lhe specifled class of concrete and the steel rcinforcementof t l^e sa d concrele co e.
The q-a.l t i ly ro be pa;o for corf irmatory boring sha.i be tfe rurrrber of :nearmeters of the bo ng compleled and accepted-
"!TI
T+fIIIIIII
I'l
407 -23
IIlrIIItIttI
IItIItI
quch prjces and payment shall be considered flll .compensalion forfurn'shing al l mare.ials, pe.forring standa;d penekaion and arl otheriele'vant laboratory iests, labouri equlpment, tools, luel, welding, if neededand other inaidental expenses includlng splicing. csgjng provi-dlng coversetc. necessary to complete the item as difected by the Engineer
Pay ltemNo.
Descript ion. Unit ofMeasurement
407a
407b
407c
407d
407e
4071
4a7g
407h
407i
407i .
407k
4011
407m
Each
Each
Each
M
M
M
Precast Concrete Pites type _Cast-in-place Concrete Piles, type
Structural Steel Piles, type _Pile Shoes, type -test Ples, type
Pile Load Tests to 1.5 times the
design load
Pile Load Tests to 2 times
the design loaid.
Pile Loail Tests to 3 times the
desiga load.
Confirrnalory Boring
Pernranent Pile Casing, type _remporary tsl ie Lastng lype _
Unt.eated Tirnber Piles
Treated Timber Piles
M
M
ItI
407 -24
ITEM 403 SHEET PILING
408-1 DESCRT?TION
This l te- shal cor)sisl oi fumisl ing, cl iving, cuti ing of and rernoval, i .' requi€d, of sheei piles in accordanoe with the Drawings; or as deslgoated
by the Enginee.. Sheel piles for cofferdams in conneclion with foundationsfor str lctJres shal 'be i4cluded in tne unit price for l tem 1Cj7-structJralExcavation. Sheet piling shall be a separate pay item only when stated inthe Bil l of Quantit ies.
403.2.3 Steel Sheet Pil€s
408.2 MATERI4!tr!QII8E@!U!
403.?,1 Tin;ersheetPi les
The timber, unless othefwise delinitely noted on the Drawings or in theSpecial Provlsions, may consist of any lspecies, which wilj satjsiactorjlysland driving. ll shall be sawlt or hewn wilh square corners or with longue_and-groove joinl as directed by the Engineer and shall be frce from holes,loose knots, wing shakes, decay of uniiouhd portions, g. olher defectswhich might impairits skength or lightnesd.
408.2.2 Concrete She€t liler . !
. lConcrete, reinforcement, and manufacture of Conoeie Sheet piles shaltconform to the Specillcatidns govething ptecast Corcrele piles undet liem407 - Piling. Joint details shalt be as.indicaied on the Orawinos_
I
f
II
,lTII
ItI
*l"l
lr
.i,il:
fi,. . ' I '
r*i
lL.i+
-4lt&::)T
:.
SteeJ Sheer pi 'e,s sha l be of the type and Weight indicated or ^e Draw-rgs.The steel shall confofm to MSHTO t\4 223 or ASTM A S72. pemanantsteel sheet piles shall be coated with red lead paint conforming lo AASHTONl 72 as instructed bythe Engineer. I
IIIII
Bracings or anchoF for sheet pjles shall be made of wood or steelaccord ng to lhe D-av"i19s o- as designate( by the Engjneef.
For temporary sheei piling like cofferdami for excavations, the CootraDtorshall be solely responsible for the desigri and construction ot the bracinq.T'te Draw'ngs sha l fave the approval of the Engineer, b.lt such approvidoes not i1.any way'el ieve the Contfacior,) i his responsibi l i ty.
:lI
4a;E-1
{ ,i
408.3
408.3.1
CONSTRUCT]ON R.EOIIIREM,ENTS
Insrd!$g
Timber and conc.ete sheet piles shall be sharpened ai thelr lowest ends.
All sheet piles shall be driven to the elevation shown on the Drawings or asdirected by the Engineer. \ryhe.e it is impossible to drive to the elevationshown on the Drawings due to sub-surface coodilions, the Files may bestopped at a higher elevation with the wiitten permission of the Edgineer.However, before granting such permission the Engineer shall investigate toasceriain that the Contractor has adequate equipment for the requireddriving and that the piles can not be driven to the elevation shown with then r ^ ^ a r , ' c a h f t h i a 6 d , ' i ^ h 6 . t
Tfe tops of a bermaneni sheet pi ing s\al l be driven or cui-off to a stfaigl- iline at the elevation indicaled on the Dfawings.
The requirements governing ihe installation of sheet piling shall confo.m lo. those governing piles as set forth under ltern 407.3.3 and 407;3.11.
Removal
Tempo.ary sheet pi, i ' lg sha I oe removed o'cLt off ai the stream bed or theoriginalground \4hen directed by the Engineer.
ln qase when the Engineer orders sheet plling to be left in place for erosionprotection, the Contractof and the Engineer shall agree on an equitablep' lce
MEASUREMENT AND PAY}IENT
l4c3i!r!14!!l
When stated as a sepa.ate pay item ln the Bill of Ouantities, sheet piling \&illbe measured by the square meterc of sheet piling or as a Lump Sum asshown on the Drawings or directed in writing by the Engineer, complete. inplace and accepted. Meaburement oi pillng which has been deliveredaccording lo Drawings and cannot be dfiven to the directed €levationbecause of subsurface conditions shall be measufed to the daiven elevalion.
?rvmeni
Pavment of.Timber Sheei Plles, Concrete Sheet Piles and Steel Sheei Pilesas determined undea measuremeni shall be made at lhe contract unit priceper squaG meler or as a Lump Sum ioa the pay itefis listed below and
.shown in.ihe Bil l of Quantit ies. Such prices and payment shall beconsidered lul l campensation for al l materials, Iabour, equipmenl,. loospaini, bolts, Wales and incidentals necessary to compleie the item. Allnecessary bracings, whether shown on the drawings or not, shall be.ncluoec in t l 'e contfact prce.
